Skip to main content

Full text of "The life of science; essays in the history of civilization"

See other formats


^^^zz 

^^^■^^H 

So, 

— __  _□ 

— —  i_n 

o 

~                       -jj 

z 

,                   LH 

£ 

■  o 

-J 

====!  □ 

CD 

^"^■«" 

2 

— ^—    -H 

^^^-    □ 

— —  m 

^^=  CD 

^^=  a 

•       i 

THE  LIFE  OF  SCIENCE 


BOOKS  IN 

THE  LIFE  OF  SCIENCE  LIBRARY 


THE  LIFE  OF  SCIENCE 

Essays  in  the  'History  of  Civilization 

BY  GEORGE  SARTON 

VICTORY  OVER  PAIN 

A  History  of  Anesthesia 

BY  VICTOR  ROBINSON 


BENJAMIN  SILLIMAN 

Pathfinder  in  American  Science 

BY  JOHN  F.  FULTON  and  ELIZABETH  H.  THOMSON 


SUN,  STAND  THOU  STILL 

Jhe  Life  and  Work  of  Copernicus  the  Astronomer 

BY  ANGUS  ARMITAGE 


K 


THE  LIFE 
OF  SCIENCE 


•   -J>  <£&  * 


Essays  in  the  Tlistory  of  Civilization 


BY  GEORGE  SARTON 

Associate  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 
Professor  of  the  History  of  Science,  Harvard  lAniversity 


FOREWORD   BY   MAX   H.    FISCH 


HENRY  SCHUMAN   •   NEW  YORK 


> 


Copyright  i94  8  by  "Henry  Schuman,  Inc. 

Manufactured  in  the  V.  S.  A. 
by  H.  Wolff,  New  Jork 

Designed  by  Stefan  Salter  and  JAaurice  Xaplan 


FOREWORD 


There  is  in  the  making  a  movement  of  thought  toward  a  new  focus 
in  the  history  of  science.  Though  interrupted  by  two  world  wars 
and  a  great  depression,  it  has  been  steadily  taking  shape  and  gath- 
ering strength.  It  has  drawn  to  itself  a  considerable  number  of  our 
more  thoughtful  scientists,  historians,  and  educators.  So  far,  it  has 
spoken  the  language  of  scholars.  In  7be  Life  of  Science  Library,  it 
is  beginning  to  speak  the  language  of  lay  men  and  women,  girls 
and  boys. 

Among  the  scholars,  George  Sarton,  who  holds  the  chair  of  the 
History  of  Science  at  Harvard  University,  is  respected  and  loved 
as  the  leader  of  the  movement.  It  was  he  who  conceived  and  fash- 
ioned its  two  basic  tools:  the  Introduction  to  the  History  of  Sci- 
ence, which  he  has  now  brought  through  the  fourteenth  century, 
and  the  journal  Isis,  with  its  systematic  and  critical  bibliographies 
of  current  publications  in  the  field. 

Dr.  Sarton  has  not  only  led  in  developing  a  sound  scholarly 
basis  for  the  movement,  but  he  has  been  the  most  eloquent  voice 
of  its  ideals  as  a  new  form  of  humanism  which  is  needed  to  do  for 
our  time  what  an  older  humanism  did  for  the  Renaissance. 

Many  of  the  essays  in  which  he  has  expressed  these  ideals  can 
be  read  with  understanding  and  enjoyment  by  the  wider  circle  of 
readers  for  whom  Ibe  Life  of  Science  Library  is  intended.  It  has 
seemed  to  the  publisher  and  sponsors  of  7be  Life  of  Science  Li- 
brary that  its  purposes  could  not  be  better  conveyed  than  by  gath- 
ering together  in  the  present  volume  a  selection  from  these  essays. 

The  essays  chosen,  though  far  apart  in  time  of  composition,  are 
united  by  spirit  and  intent.  They  were  not  planned  with  a  view 
to  being  collected  here.  Yet,  when  read  together,  they  have  vir- 
tues a  more  formal  treatment  would  lack.  By  their  very  diversity 
of  subject  and  method,  they  give  the  beginner  and  the  layman 

v 


VI  FOREWORD 

a  livelier  sense  of  the  range  of  forms  the  history  of  science  may 
take,  and  of  the  values  that  may  be  expected  from  it.  They  show 
by  varied  and  lucid  examples,  both  topical  and  biographical,  that 
it  is  no  narrow  specialty  but  a  liberating  approach  to  human  cul- 
ture as  a  whole. 

They  are  linked,  moreover,  by  certain  recurring  themes:  7he 
unity  of  mankind;  7he  unity  of  knowledge;  7he  international 
character  of  science;  7he  kinship  of  artists,  saints,  and  scientists 
as  fulfillers  of  human  destiny,  as  creators  and  diffusers  of  spiritual 
values;  Jhe  history  of  art,  religion,  and  science  as  the  essential 
history  of  mankind,  which  has  so  far  been  largely  "secret  history" , 
Science  as  progressive  in  a  way  in  which  art  and  religion  are  not; 
7he  dependence  of  other  forms  of  progress  upon  scientific  prog- 
ress; 7he  history  of  science  as,  therefore,  the  leading  thread  in 
the  history  of  civilization,  the  clue  to  the  synthesis  of  knowledge, 
the  mediator  between  science  and  philosophy,  and  the  keystone 
of  education.  The  reader  learns  to  recognize  and  welcome  the 
variations  on  these  themes.  They  end  by  becoming  signposts 
for  his  own  thinking. 

Since  reading  these  essays  in  proof,  I  have  been  turning  over 
again  the  pages  of  the  thirty-eight  volumes  of  Jsis,  and  re-reading 
Dr.  Sarton's  contributions  to  them — especially  his  prefaces.  In  an 
essay,  'The  Faith  of  a  Humanist/'  which  did  duty  in  1920  as 
preface  in  Volume  III,  he  quoted  a  sentence  from  the  classical 
scholar  Gilbert  Murray:  "One  might  say  roughly  that  material 
things  are  superseded  but  spiritual  things  not;  or  that  everything 
considered  as  an  achievement  can  be  superseded,  but  considered 
as  so  much  life,  not."  Dr.  Sarton  added : 

It  is  true  that  most  men  of  letters,  and,  I  am  sorry  to  add,  not  a  few  sci- 
entists, know  science  only  by  its  material  achievements,  but  ignore  its 
spirit  and  see  neither  its  internal  beauty  nor  the  beauty  it  extracts  con- 
tinually from  the  bosom  of  nature.  Now  I  would  say  that  to  find  in  the 
works  of  science  of  the  past,  that  which  is  not  and  cannot  be  superseded, 
is  perhaps  the  most  important  part  of  our  quest.  A  true  humanist  must 
know  the  life  of  science  as  he  knows  the  life  of  art  and  the  life  of  religion. 


FOREWORD 


VII 


When  I  suggested  to  my  friend  Henry  Schuman  that  the  phrase 
I  have  italicized  be  used  as  title  for  the  series  in  which  this  vol- 
ume appears,  I  did  not  have  this  passage  in  mind,  but  it  might  well 
serve  as  a  motto  for  the  series. 

ni  .       ..       t  n11.     .  Max  H.  Fisch 

University  of  Illinois 


CONTENTS 


FOREWORD   BY   Max   H.    FlSCH  V 

part  one:  THE  SPREAD  OF  UNDERSTANDING 

1 .  The  Spread  of  Understanding  3 

2.  The  History  of  Medicine  versus  the  History 

of  Art  15 

3.  The  History  of  Science  79 

part  two:  SECRET  HISTORY 

4.  Secret  History  61 

5.  Leonardo  and  the  Birth  of  Modern  Science  65 

6.  Evariste  Galois  83 

7.  Ernest  Renan  101 

8.  Herbert  Spencer  116 

part  three:  EAST  AND  WEST 

9.  East  and  West  in  the  History  of  Science  131 

part  four:  CASTING  BREAD  UPON  THE  FACE 

OF  THE  WATERS 

10.  An  Institute  for  the  History  of  Science  and 

Civilization  169 

11.  Casting  Bread  upon  the  Face  of  the  Waters  175 

EDITORIAL    NOTE,    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS,    AND    SOURCES  187 

INDEX  191 


63^ 


PART     ONE 


THE  SPREAD  OF  UNDERSTANDING 


^»*   ^ 


1.  THE  SPREAD  OF  UNDERSTANDING  N/u^ 


AR 


"How  impatient  you  are!"  He  pats  my  shoulder  with  his  heavy 
hand  while  he  repeats:  "How  impatient  you  are!"  But  his  kind 
eyes  belie  the  severity  of  his  voice  and  he  hastens  to  add,  as  if 
fearing  that  he  had  been  too  harsh:  "Of  course  that  is  just  as 
it  should  be.  Though  they  have  so  much  more  time  before  them, 
we  must  expect  the  younger  people — especially  full-blooded 
ones — to  be  in  more  of  a  hurry,  to  be  less  patient.  It  would  be 
a  sadder  world  if  the  young  were  tolerant.  Yet,  listen  to  me. 
You  say  the  world  is  out  of  joint.  I  have  heard  that  before.  Has 
it  ever  been  otherwise?  The  tree-dwellers  and  the  cave  men,  I 
am  sure,  had  already  denounced  the  out-of-jointedness  of  their 
own  jungle.  So  put  it  that  way,  if  you  please,  but  I  believe  it  is 
wiser  to  conceive  mankind  as  an  organism,  as  yet  undeveloped 
but  moving  steadily  from  chaos  to  order.  The  progress  is  very 
slow  but  undeniable. 

"And  should  we  call  it  slow?  How  can  we  measure  its  speed? 
Think  of  it  and  you  will  realize  that  to  speak  of  the  slowness 
of  evolution  is  nonsense.  What  we  really  mean  is  that  our  own 
span  of  life  is  very  short.  We  can  see  but  an  absurdly  small 
part  of  the  play.  How  dare  we  criticise  it,  how  dare  we  decide 
whether  the  action  is  slow  or  not?  The  great  war  was  terrible 
enough,  the  wounds  it  made  in  millions  of  hearts  may  never 
be  healed,  but  who  can  say  how  much  of  a  scar  it  will  leave 
on  the  fair  face  of  the  earth?  It  is  considerably  easier  to  de- 
stroy than  to  build.  Why  should  we  expect  the  reconstruction 
to  be  completed  faster  than  the  devastation?  Why  should  we 
imagine  that  the  world  can  be  transformed — or  improved,  as 
you  say — within  our  lifetime?  Is  that  not  foolish?  .  .  .  The 
world  is  not  out  of  joint,  my  dear,  but  your  telescope  and  your 
clock  are  out  of  order." 

Uncle  Christiaan  is  one  of  the  most  lovable  old  gentlemen 

3 


4  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

that  the  generous  soil  of  Flanders  has  ever  produced,  but  as 
the  years  go  by,  he  becomes  ever  more  opinionated  and  more 
tyrannical.  Once  he  is  well  started,  I  know  that  my  chances  of 
escaping  are  very  small.  As  he  had  now  made  up  his  mind  to 
prove  that  I  was  wrong  to  expect  the  world  to  move  as  if  its 
own  life  were  hardly  longer  than  my  own,  I  knew  that  he  would 
not  let  me  go  on  until  he  had  labored  his  argument  at  least  ten 
times  over  and  I  resigned  myself  meekly  to  my  fate — for  I  love 
Uncle  Christiaan,  even  if  he  drives  me  mad.  And  then  his  knowl- 
edge and  his  wisdom  are  very  great  and  it  is  worth  while  to 
record  at  least  the  gist  of  what  he  said;  but  as  he  is  hopelessly 
discursive  and  as  I  could  not  possibly  reproduce  the  saving  hu- 
mor of  his  tone,  and  his  smiles  and  gestures,  it  will  be  best 
to  tell  the  story  in  my  own  way.  Not  one  story,  but  three  stories, 
for  the  old  man  is  nothing  if  not  thorough.  As  a  matter  of  fact 
he  told  me  seven,  and  he  would  have  told  as  many  more  but 
that  I  admitted  he  was  right  and  promised  that  I  would  be  more 
patient  in  the  future. 

7he  Tirst  Story.  One  of  the  greatest  discoveries  man  ever  made 
is  that  of  our  numerals,  but  we  are  so  familiar  with  them  that 
we  take  them  too  much  for  granted.  Yet  if  you  begin  to  think 
it  over,  is  that  system  not  very  admirable  which  enables  us 
not  simply  to  write  down  any  number  very  quickly  and  with- 
out ambiguity,  but  also  to  use  those  numbers  in  our  computa- 
tions, to  manipulate  them  according  to  a  few  fixed  rules  for 
any  length  of  time,  almost  mechanically,  and  to  obtain  finally 
another  number,  written  in  the  same  short-hand,  and  represent- 
ing the  very  result  which  we  had  started  to  find  out? 

To  be  sure,  we  might  have  obtained  the  same  result  by  count- 
ing with  pebbles,  but  that  would  have  consumed  far  more  time. 
It  would  have  been  on  the  whole  more  difficult,  our  chances  of 
error  greater  and  the  errors  themselves  harder  to  detect. 

Our  system  of  numerals  is  not  so  simple  as  it  seems  to  be, 
for  it  involves  at  least  three  distinct  ideas.  To  consider  first  the 


SPREAD    OF    UNDERSTANDING  ■> 

most  conspicuous  but  the  least  important  of  them,  we  use  only 
ten  symbols  to  write  any  number.  That  is,  our  system  is  decimal. 
The  beauty  of  this  is  that  the  number  of  figures  is  so  small.  It 
might  have  been  smaller  still — a  system  of  eight  figures  would 
have  done  very  well — or  else,  a  little  larger — twelve  would  have 
made  an  ideal  set — but  not  much  larger  without  sensibly  increas- 
ing the  difficulty  of  computations.  For  in  the  case  of  a  duodeci- 
mal system,  our  children  would  have  to  learn  by  rote  their  table 
of  multiplication  up  to  12,  and  so  on.  Why  did  we  choose  ten? 
The  reason  is  simply  that  our  ancestors  made  their  family  ac- 
counts on  their  fingers  or  on  their  toes,  and  they  happened  to 
be,  just  like  ourselves,  ten-fingered  and  ten-toed.  Ten  thus  be- 
came naturally  the  basis  of  their  numeration.  It  is  true  that  some 
other  people  developed  other  systems:  the  Babylonians  used  the 
basis  sixty  and  the  Mayas — most  intelligent  of  the  original  Amer- 
icans— the  basis  twenty.  However,  the  basis  ten  is  now  almost 
universally  used,  at  least  as  far  as  the  numbers  themselves  are 
concerned. 

The  second  idea  is  what  we  now  call  the  principle  of  local 
value.  That  is  the  very  heart  of  this  immense  discovery.  When 
we  write  324,  for  example,  we  mean  to  represent  a  collection 
constituted  by  4  units,  plus  7  tens,  plus  3  hundreds.  We  know 
at  once  that  the  3  stands  for  hundreds,  for  it  is  written  at  the 
third  place  from  the  right;  if  it  were  written  at  the  seventh  place, 
it  would  mean  3  millions. 

The  third  idea  is,  so  to  say,  an  elaboration  of  the  second :  what 
would  one  do  if  there  were  no  units  of  a  certain  order?  How 
should  we  write  three  millions  and  four  hundreds,  for  example? 
One  might  leave  an  open  space  between  the  4  and  the  3,  and 
another  between  the  3  and  a  final  dot,  but  that  would  be  very 
ambiguous.  Some  unknown  genius  (or,  maybe,  many)  hit  upon 
the  device  of  creating  a  special  symbol,  the  zero,  representing 
no  number,  but  to  be  used  only  to  mark  that  units  of  a  certain 
order  were  missing.  Thus  if  we  write  3,000,400  there  can  be 
no  misunderstanding.  A  careful  definition  of  the  new  symbol 


THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 


enabled  us  to  use  it  exactly  as  the  older  ones,  without  further 
ado.  It  seems  that  the  Mayas  knew  the  use  of  it,  but  they  did 
not  think  of  the  decimal  system.  When,  then,  did  the  latter,  that 
is,  the  combination  of  the  three  ideas,  originate? 

It  is  very  probable  that  it  originated  in  India  sometime  about 
the  fifth  or  sixth  century,  if  not  earlier.  The  system  was  already 
known  in  Western  Syria  about  662.  The  Moslems  who  trans- 
mitted Greek,  Hindu  and  Iranian  knowledge  to  the  Christian 
West  introduced  also  the  new  numerals  (which  are  often  called 
Arabic  numerals  because  of  that).  Yet  it  took  the  West  a  very 
long  time  to  understand  and  to  assimilate  them.  The  earliest  coin 
bearing  the  Hindu  numerals  is  one  with  an  Arabic  legend  struck 
in  1138  to  commemorate  the  reign  of  Roger  of  Sicily.  But  the 
conditions  obtaining  in  Sicily,  where  Byzantines,  Latins  and 
Moslems  met  on  an  equal  footing,  were  too  exceptional  to  be 
representative  of  Western  Europe.  However,  by  the  end  of  the 
twelfth  century  a  small  elite  was  apparently  familiar  with  the  new 
system.  Their  formal  and  final  introduction  was  due  to  Leonardo 
of  Pisa,  who  published  in  1202  a  book  containing  a  very  clear 
explanation  of  the  Hindu  numerals  and  of  the  best  ways  of  using 
them. 

Mind  you,  more  than  six  centuries  had  already  passed  since 
this  discovery  and  as  far  as  Europe  was  concerned,  this  was  only 
the  beginning,  the  first  satisfactory  and  successful  introduction 
of  the  subject.  At  the  close  of  the  thirteenth  century  the  bankers 
of  Florence  were  forbidden  to  use  these  numerals  and  we  may 
gather  that  they  actually  used  them,  but  in  the  face  of  a  strong 
opposition.  The  only  alternative  was  the  clumsy  Roman  notation 
which  offered  a  means  of  writing  numbers  in  a  manner  unequiv- 
ocal but  very  unclear;  it  was  altogether  out  of  the  question  to 
use  them  for  any  but  the  very  simplest  reckonings.  One  might  say 
that  the  Roman  numerals  could  be  used  solely  because  they  were 
not  used:  all  calculations  were  actually  made  by  some  kind  of 
abacus  or  calculating  table,  and  only  the  results,  partial  or  final, 


SPREAD    OF    UNDERSTANDING  / 

were  put  down  in  Roman  letters,  the  calculations  themselves  were 
lost  in  the  sand  or  vanished  with  the  motions  of  the  counters. 

The  heroic  period  was  now  long  over  and  the  rest  of  the  history 
of  our  numerals  is  but  one  example,  among  so  many  others,  of  the 
difficulty  of  overcoming  the  enormous  inertia  of  vested  tradi- 
tions. The  case  is  interesting  because  the  new  decimal  system 
was  a  time-  and  labor-saving  invention  of  the  first  magnitude. 

The  Hindus  had  made  to  mankind  a  gift  of  inestimable  value. 
No  strings  of  any  kind  were  attached  to  it,  nor  was  the  sug- 
gested improvement  entangled  with  any  sort  of  religious  or  philo- 
sophic ideas.  Those  proposing  to  use  the  new  numerals  were  not 
expected  to  make  any  disavowal  or  concession;  nor  could  their 
feelings  be  hurt  in  any  way.  They  were  asked  simply  to  exchange 
a  bad  tool  for  a  good  one.  Yet  it  was  not  until  the  fourteenth  and 
fifteenth  centuries  that  the  new  system  was  generally  accepted  in 
Italy,  and  not  until  the  sixteenth  and  even  the  beginning  of  the 
seventeenth  that  it  was  finally  established  in  the  rest  of  civilized 
Europe. 

All  counted,  more  than  a  millennium  had  elapsed  between  the 
discovery  and  its  general  acceptance,  even  in  that  primary  stage. 
In  the  meanwhile,  it  is  true,  the  center  of  civilization  had  moved 
from  Southern  Asia  to  Western  Europe,  but  that  had  not  been  the 
cause  of  the  delay.  Mountains  and  seas  and  even  desert  plains  are 
smaller  obstacles  to  the  diffusion  of  ideas  than  the  unreasonable 
obstinacy  of  man.  The  main  barriers  to  overcome  are  not  out- 
side, but  inside  the  brain. 

7he  Second  Story  (which  is  very  different,  and  yet  not  so  dif- 
ferent). It  is  well  known  that  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  the 
human  body  was  satisfactorily  explained  for  the  first  time  by  Wil- 
liam Harvey.  The  first  idea  of  this  discovery  occurred  to  him  not 
later  than  1616  but  he  did  not  publish  it  until  1628  in  a  little  book 
dealing  with  the  motion  of  the  heart  and  blood.  One  is  rather  sur- 
prised to  find  that  this  book  did  not  make  more  stir;  neither  did  it 
arouse  much  opposition,  at  least  in  England.  In  France  the  oppo- 


8  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

sition  to  the  new  theory  was  considerable,  but  even  there,  and 
bitter  as  it  was,  it  did  not  last  very  long.  More  happy  in  this  than 
many  other  forerunners,  Harvey  was  granted  a  taste  of  victory 
before  his  death  in  1657.  By  1673  his  cause  was  definitely  won, 
even  in  France,  and  the  people  who  had  been  his  contemporaries 
could  witness  the  complete  supremacy  of  the  new  doctrine. 

Thus  less  than  half  a  century  had  been  needed  to  ensure  its  tri- 
umph. The  speed  of  this  reception  is  less  wonderful,  however, 
than  the  lateness  of  the  discovery  itself,  for  as  to  Harvey's  priority 
there  can  be  no  doubt.  How  is  it  then  that  no  one  anticipated  him? 
There  was  nothing  whatever  in  the  nature  of  this  discovery — as 
Harvey  made  it — to  prevent  its  being  made  many  centuries  be- 
fore: nothing  but  prejudice. 

Until  the  time  of  Harvey,  the  prevalent  conception  was  that 
promulgated  by  Galen,  more  than  fourteen  centuries  earlier.  It  is 
not  easy  at  all  to  give  a  complete  account  of  Galen's  ideas,  but  it 
will  suffice  to  note  the  following  points.  According  to  him,  the 
blood  was  produced  in  the  liver  from  the  materials  furnished  by 
our  food  and  was  then  transported  to  the  right  half  of  the  heart. 
Some  of  it  passed  into  the  left  half,  where  it  was  imbued  with 
new  properties,  and  became  fit  to  nourish  the  whole  body.  To  use 
Galenic  language,  the  blood  of  the  right  heart  was  endowed  with 
"natural  spirits/'  that  of  the  left  heart  with  "vital  spirits."  The  lat- 
ter blood  was  thus  essentially  different  from  the  former.  They  did 
not  circulate  in  the  body,  but  both  moved  in  a  ceaseless  ebb  and 
flow,  each  in  its  own  domain.  But  how  did  the  blood  pass  from  the 
right  to  the  left  ventricle?  To  explain  the  impossible,  Galen  had 
been  obliged  to  assume  that  it  passed  through  innumerable  in- 
visible pores  in  the  solid  wall  which  divides  the  right  heart  from 
the  left.  Nobody  ever  detected  these  pores  for  they  are  not  simply 
invisible  but  nonexistent.  Yet  Galen,  supreme  pontiff  of  Greek 
medicine,  and  nine  centuries  later  Avicenna,  the  infallible  medical 
pope  of  the  middle  ages,  had  spoken  ex  cathedra  with  such  indis- 
putable authority  that  this  gratuitous  assumption  was  generally 
taken  for  gospel. 


SPREAD    OF    UNDERSTANDING  9 

Even  a  man  like  Leonardo  da  Vinci,  endowed  with  so  much 
genius  and  originality,  and  who  had  himself  dissected  a  large  num- 
ber of  bodies  and  examined  very  minutely  many  a  heart,  even  he 
was  subjugated  by  this  intangible  dogma.  This  is  the  more  pa- 
thetic in  that  Leonardo  was  certainly  on  the  scent  of  the  true  ex- 
planation, but  the  invisible  holes  were  too  sacred  to  be  touched, 
and  nothing  but  this  prejudice  caused  his  failure  to  discover  and 
to  proclaim  the  circulation  of  the  blood. 

When  I  shut  my  eyes  and  evoke  the  past,  I  imagine  that  this 
great  discovery  was  enclosed  in  a  chest  of  which  intelligent  ob- 
servers like  Leonardo,  Vesalius,  Servetus  or  Columbus  could  have 
easily  found  the  secret  if  they  had  set  their  hearts  upon  it,  but  they 
did  not  dare  approach  near  enough  because  Prejudice  sat  on  the 
lid.  I  can  see  those  great  men  standing  shyly  around  the  coffer, 
mysteriously  attracted  by  it,  yet  awed  into  impotence,  while  Truth 
was  prisoner  inside. 

A  moment  of  reflection  will  now  convince  you  that  the  second 
story  is  not  so  widely  different  from  the  first  as  it  might  appear  at 
first  view.  In  both  cases  the  application  of  a  great  discovery  was 
delayed  for  more  than  a  millennium  by  unreasonable  prejudices. 
But  in  the  first  case  the  obstruction  occurred  after  the  discovery 
and  prevented  it  from  becoming  effective,  while  in  the  second, 
prejudice  blocked  the  way  to  the  discovery  itself,  preventing  it 
from  being  made. 

7he  Jhird  Story  (which  is  in  some  way  a  secjuel  to  the  first). 
Prince  Maurice  of  Nassau,  stathouder  of  the  Low  Countries,  took 
into  his  service  about  the  year  1593  a  Fleming  of  considerable 
genius,  Simon  Stevin  of  Bruges.  He  used  to  refer  to  him  for  mathe- 
matical advice  and  employed  him  as  his  chief  hydraulic  engineer 
and  as  quartermaster  general  of  his  armies.  This  Stevin  has  not 
yet  received  his  full  meed  of  recognition,  for  he  certainly  was  one 
of  the  greatest  men  of  the  sixteenth  century.  Various  important 
discoveries  or  inventions  are  ascribed  to  him  and  the  historian  of 
mechanics  can  quote  no  greater  name  for  the  whole  interval  (of 


10  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

more  than  eighteen  centuries)  between  Archimedes  and  Galileo.  In 
the  year  1585  Stevin  published,  in  both  a  Dutch  and  French  edi- 
tion, a  little  booklet  entitled  7be  lithe,  wherein  he  gave  for  the 
first  time  a  systematic  account  of  decimal  fractions.  Though  he 
was  not  the  first  to  think  of  such  fractions,  he  showed  such  a  deep 
understanding  and  gave  such  a  masterly  exposition  of  them,  that 
we  will  not  be  far  wrong  if  we  call  him  their  inventor.  His  manner 
of  representing  them  was  rather  clumsy,  however,  and  that  might 
have  delayed  their  diffusion,  had  this  brilliant  innovation  not  been 
reinforced  a  little  later  by  another  invention  at  least  equally  im- 
portant, that  of  the  logarithms.  The  logarithms,  like  the  decimals, 
made  it  possible  to  increase  considerably  the  speed  of  computa- 
tion. It  has  been  justly  said  that  the  discovery  of  logarithms  dou- 
bled the  lives  of  the  astronomers.  They  were  introduced  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  following  century  (1614,  1619)  by  John  Napier, 
laird  of  Merchiston,  who  showed  us  at  the  same  time  a  far  sim- 
pler method  of  representing  the  decimal  fractions,  the  very  one  we 
use  today.  The  triumph  of  the  logarithms  was  immediate — no 
amount  of  prejudice  could  have  prevented  the  astronomers  from 
doubling  their  years! — and  the  decimals  shared  the  triumph  as  a 
matter  of  course.  But  here  again  our  surprise  is  not  that  these  frac- 
tions were  accepted  so  readily,  but  that  they  were  offered  so  late. 
Indeed  what  did  they  stand  for?  Just  as  the  main  idea  of  the 
decimal  system  was  to  collect  the  objects  to  be  counted  in  tens, 
tens  of  tens,  or  hundreds,  and  so  on;  so  the  gist  of  the  decimal  frac- 
tions was  to  count  fragments  of  unity  similarly  in  tenths,  tenths  of 
tenths  or  hundredths,  etc.  When  this  was  consistently  done  it  was 
found  that  those  fractions  could  be  written  and  used  almost  as 
simply  as  ordinary  numbers.  The  decimal  fractions,  so  to  say, 
drove  the  fractions  out  of  our  calculations  and  the  more  so  that 
one  could  always  suppress  them  altogether  if  one  wished.  If  it  an- 
noyed you  too  much  to  speak  of  $3.53,  you  could  say,  without 
changing  a  single  figure,  353  cents.  The  decimal  fractions  are  so 
simple  that  most  people  handle  them  without  being  aware  of  their 


SPREAD    OF    UNDERSTANDING  11 

presence,  just  as  Monsieur  Jourdain  spoke  in  prose,  without  his 
knowing  it. 

The  most  convincing  proof  of  Stevin's  genius  was  perhaps  that 
after  having  explained  the  decimal  fractions,  he  did  not  rest  there. 
He  saw  at  once  the  logical  consequences  of  their  introduction  and 
the  immense  possibilities  which  were  involved.  Decimal  numbers 
are  naturally  introduced  when  we  enumerate  objects  if  we  count 
them  by  tens,  but  what  will  happen  if  our  numbers  are  the  result 
not  of  a  direct  enumeration,  but  of  a  mensuration — as  when  we 
want  to  know  the  length  of  a  piece  of  cloth  or  the  weight  of  a 
cheese?  Then  it  is  clear  that  we  can  only  obtain  the  same  fractions 
that  are  included  in  our  instruments. Thus  if  we  deal  with  feet  and 
inches  or  shillings  and  pence  we  are  driven  to  use  duodecimal 
fractions  which  do  not  at  all  tally  with  our  decimal  system.  Stevin 
was  the  first  to  realize  that  the  adoption  of  a  decimal  system  of 
numbers  led  irresistibly  to  that  of  a  decimal  system  of  weights 
and  measures  (and  vice  versa)  and  that  neither  adoption  was 
truly  complete  without  the  other.  To  measure  according  to  one 
system  and  to  count  according  to  another  destroyed  the  economy 
of  both. 

This  great  vision  of  Stevin's  was  beautifully  simple,  as  simple  as 
it  was  deep,  yet  it  was  not  embodied  until  the  end  of  the  eighteenth 
century,  when  the  French  Revolution  created  the  so-called  metric 
system.  The  idea  was  accepted  by  the  Assemblee  Constituante  in 
1790  and  the  system  became  legally  established  in  France.  During 
the  last  century  it  spread  all  over  the  world,  except,  strangely 
enough,  in  the  Anglo-Saxon  countries  where  it  met — and  still 
meets — with  a  resistance,  which  is  the  stronger  in  that  it  is  irra- 
tional. In  the  fifteenth  century,  there  were  still  any  number  of 
learned  doctors  and  professors  who  claimed  that  the  Roman  let- 
ters were  much  clearer  than  the  Hindu  numerals.  Was  it  not  much 
simpler  to  write  CCCXLVIII  than  348?  In  the  same  way,  there 
are  still  many  English  and  American  apostles,  full  of  learning,  who 
will  prove  to  everybody  who  will  listen  that  their  incongruous  sets 
of  weights,  measures  and  moneys  are  much  more  convenient  than 


12  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

the  metric  system!  How  can  they  do  it?  I  really  don't  know,  but 
they  do  it  with  a  fervor  only  equalled  by  the  paradoxical  ab- 
surdity of  their  plea.  A  Frenchman  needs  no  fraction  but  the  deci- 
mal,* and  these  can  take  care  of  themselves,  so  to  say;  he  hardly 
notices  them.  On  the  contrary  your  Englishman  uses  vigesimal 
fractions  if  he  speaks  of  pounds  sterling  and  shillings;  both  Amer- 
icans and  Englishmen  need  duodecimal  fractions  when  dealing 
with  feet  and  inches,  and  sixteenths  to  measure  in  pounds  avoir- 
dupois and  ounces,  and  many  more  varieties  each  of  which  seems 
to  be  entirely  independent  of  the  others.  The  factor  ten  is  about 
the  only  one  absent  from  his  tables  of  weights  and  measures,  yet 
he  clings  faithfully  to  the  decimal  system  of  numbers !  It  looks  as 
if  after  having  admitted  the  superiority  of  these  numbers,  his  need 
of  order  had  been  exhausted  and  he  stopped  short,  discouraged, 
on  the  road  of  improvement. 

When  Uncle  Christiaan  had  reached  this  point  of  the  story — 
the  story  which  he  was  telling  in  order  to  instil  into  my  soul  the 
noble  virtue  of  patience — he  became  so  enraged  that  he  could 
hardly  master  his  feelings  or  choose  his  words:  'Think  of  it!  Try 
to  visualize  this  great  discovery  made  in  India  about  the  sixth 
century,  perfected  in  the  Low  Countries  in  the  sixteenth,  com- 
pleted in  France  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth :  one  of  the  greatest 
labor-saving  discoveries  which  the  human  race  has  ever  made.  Can 
you  imagine  that  the  nations  which  are  in  many  respects  the  most 
civilized  of  our  own  times  have  not  yet  grasped  its  importance? 
The  work  of  more  than  ten  generations  has  not  sufficed  to  con- 
vince them  with  regard  to  a  truth  of  the  simplest  and  most  ob- 
jective kind! 

"It  makes  me  mad  to  think  of  the  time  which  the  children  must 
need  to  become  familiar  with  those  grotesque  assortments  of 
weights  and  measures.  As  if  they  were  not  yet  sufficiently  handi- 

*  Except  when  measuring  time  and  angles,  when  he  uses  sexagesimal  fractions,  because 
the  Babylonians  wore  such  a  deep  rut  with  respect  to  these,  some  four  thousand  years  ago, 
that  mankind  has  not  yet  been  able  to  extricate  itself  from  it. 


SPREAD    OF    UNDERSTANDING  13 

capped  by  the  most  erratic  spelling  of  all  languages  dead  or  alive. 
Poor  children!  It  did  not  matter  so  much  in  the  past,  when  they 
had  but  little  to  learn,  but  now  that  we  can  not  find  enough  time 
to  teach  them  the  essentials,  it  seems  almost  criminal  to  waste 
their  attention  upon  such  artificial  knowledge.  For  even  if  they 
should  know  all  the  relations  between  those  measures,  and  all  the 
eccentricities  of  the  English  dictionary,  and  even,  if  you  please, 
the  peculiarities  of  many  other  languages,  would  they  be  able  to 
understand  the  world  any  better?  Certainly  not.  They  might  just 
as  well  have  memorized  the  telephone  directory.  For  example,  to 
know  that  you  must  spell  knee  and  pronounce  nee  is  no  real 
knowledge  for  it  does  not  teach  you  anything  about  the  nature  of 
things  in  general  or  of  knees  in  particular.  This  gives  one  at  best 
a  clearer  notion  of  human  perversity;  it  can  give  one  no  knowl- 
edge of  nature,  no  understanding  of  the  cosmos.  Poor  little  chil- 
dren, victims  of  the  insane  obstinacy  of  their  elders  and  of  the 
ignorance  and  lack  of  imagination  of  the  educators.  .  .  ." 

Uncle  Christiaan  is  so  overcome  that  he  will  not  talk  any  more. 
It  is  my  turn  now  to  soothe  and  humor  him.  Soon  he  will  recover 
his  enthusiasm  and,  maybe,  his  voice. 

To  be  sure,  in  the  domain  of  pure  science,  progress  has  now  be- 
come far  more  rapid  because  the  value  of  discoveries  is  no  longer 
judged  by  the  crowds  from  an  irrational  point  of  view,  but  by  ex- 
perts from  a  purely  technical  one.  Even  the  most  revolutionary 
theories,  such  as  radioactivity,  the  quanta,  or  relativity,  are  exam- 
ined quietly  by  a  very  small  body  of  scientists  who  are  kept  con- 
stantly on  their  guard  by  mutual  criticism  and  who  are  expected 
to  justify  their  every  opinion.  Their  verdict,  whichever  it  be,  de- 
stroys any  irrational  obstruction  in  the  egg.  Unfortunately  such 
improved  methods  can  be  used  only  in  the  case  of  problems  amen- 
able to  a  scientific  treatment,  without  any  philosophic  or  senti- 
mental loophole,  and  which  are  of  sufficient  technicality  to  be 
beyond  the  reach  of  meddling  people.  In  the  field  of  technology, 
though  so  close  to  that  of  science,  new  ideas  may  be  jeopardized 


14  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

or  their  success  considerably  delayed,  by  various  irrelevant  cir- 
cumstances. This  explains  why  the  proper  launching  of  an  inven- 
tion is  so  tremendously  important.  But  when  it  comes  to  social  or 
political  problems  (not  to  speak  of  religious  ones)  it  is  almost  as 
difficult  to  obtain  a  proper  appreciation  of  them  as  it  was  in  the 
middle  ages.  Indeed  a  large  number  of  the  non-  or  half-educated 
people,  even  of  the  most  enlightened  nations,  are  still  intellectually 
in  the  medieval  stage.  That  is,  they  are  uncritical,  unable  to  judge 
matters  dispassionately,  unable  to  disentangle  truth  from  its  web 
of  prejudice.  We  should  not,  in  our  turn,  judge  them  too  severely, 
for  even  the  greatest  heroes  of  truth  were  not  entirely  untram- 
melled. It  humbles  our  minds  but  mollifies  our  hearts  to  realize  that 
each  of  them,  after  having  fought  gallantly,  one  after  another,  the 
errors  and  the  prejudices  which  lay  ambushed  along  his  way,  was 
finally  checked  by  some  imaginary  obstacle  which  he  could  not 
overcome,  by  a  last  prepossession  which  he  durst  not  challenge. 


2.  THE  HISTORY  OF  MEDICINE  VERSUS 
THE  HISTORY  OF  ART* 


IN     REMEMBRANCE    OF     FIELDING    H.     GARRISON 

I 

I  appreciate  the  honor  of  having  been  invited  to  deliver  this  lec- 
ture, and  I  welcome  the  opportunity  of  paying  homage  to  the 
memory  of  an  old  friend,  who  was  a  distinguished  historian  and 
did  perhaps  more  than  anybody  else  to  promote  the  cultivation  of 
the  history  of  medicine  in  our  country.  There  is  no  medical  or 
reference  library,  however  small,  without  a  copy  of  one  of  the  edi- 
tions of  his  Introduction  to  the  History  of  'Medicine,  and  many 
American  doctors  have  derived  their  knowledge  of  the  subject  al- 
most exclusively  from  it.  They  were  fortunate  in  having  such  a 
good  source  of  information,  for  Garrison's  Introduction  is,  all 
considered,  the  best  one-volume  account  of  the  medical  past,  espe- 
cially the  more  recent  past  which  concerns  more  immediately  our 
contemporaries. 

II 

The  subject  of  my  lecture  was  selected  on  two  grounds.  Firstly, 
it  enabled  me  to  reassess  the  views  formulated  in  the  essay  intro- 
ducing 7s is  t  (1912);  and  secondly,  it  was  a  means  of  showing 
the  humanity  of  Garrison's  history.  In  spite  of  the  lack  of  space 
(for  the  evocation  of  the  whole  medical  past  in  less  than  a  thou- 
sand pages  is  somewhat  of  an  adventure) ,  Garrison  always  man- 

*  The  Fielding  H.  Garrison  Lecture,  read  at  the  Seventeenth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  the  History  of  Medicine,  May  1941. 

+  An  international  journal  devoted  to  the  history  of  science,  the  official  quarterly  organ  of  the 
History  of  Science  Society. 

15 


16  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

aged  to  add  the  human  touch  without  which  history  remains  hope- 
lessly dull.  He  thus  illustrated  his  own  sensitiveness  to  the  essen- 
tial if  elusive  values  without  which  our  life  has  no  savor  and 
hardly  deserves  to  be  recorded. 

He  was  especially  sensitive  to  music:  witness  his  many  refer- 
ences to  it.  These  references  were  of  necessity  very  brief,  but  I 
shall  expand  two  of  them  in  order  to  bring  forth  their  rich  im- 
plications. 

I  have  the  reputation  of  being  a  hard  worker  and  among  the 
physicians  listening  to  me  to-day  are  perhaps  many  who  work  as 
hard  as  I  do,  or  harder  still;  yet,  as  compared  with  the  famous 
Dutch  physician,  Hermann  Boerhaave,  we  are  but  self-indulging 
weaklings.  According  to  his  early  biographer,  William  Burton, 

The  mornings  and  evenings  he  devoted  to  study,  the  intermediate 
part  of  the  day  to  domestic  and  public  affairs.  He  used  to  rise 
during  summer  at  four  in  the  morning,  and  at  five  in  the  winter, 
even  in  his  later  years;  ten  was  his  usual  bed  time.  In  severest  win- 
ters he  had  neither  fire  nor  stove  in  his  study,  where  he  passed  the 
three  or  four  first  hours  of  the  morning:  his  application  to  study 
was  greater  in  the  last  ten  years  of  his  life,  than  in  any  space  of 
equal  duration  from  the  year  1700.  When  business  was  over,  he 
took  the  exercise  of  riding  or  walking,  and  when  weary  revived 
himself  with  music,  his  most  delightful  entertainment;  being  not 
only  a  good  performer  on  several  instruments,  particularly  the 
lute,  which  he  accompanied  also  with  his  voice,  but  a  good 
theorist  likewise  in  the  science,  having  read  the  ancient  and  best 
modern  authors  on  the  subject,  as  appears  by  the  lectures  he 
gave  on  sound  and  hearing;  and  during  the  winter  he  had  once 
a  week  a  concert  at  his  own  house,  to  which  by  turns  were  in- 
vited some  select  acquaintance  of  both  sexes,  and  likewise  pa- 
tients of  distinction  from  other  countries. 

His  teaching  should  presumably  be  understood  as  a  part  of 
those  "domestic  and  public  affairs"  which  occupied  the  inter- 
mediate part  of  his  day.  Perhaps  he  thought,  as  many  scholars  do, 
that  teaching  was  not  real  work  but  rather  an  interruption  of  it. 


MEDICINE    VERSUS    ART  17 

And  yet  he  taught  a  lot,  not  only  clinical  medicine  and  ophthal- 
mology (in  1708,  he  gave  the  first  special  course  on  that  subject), 
but  also  physics,  chemistry  and  botany!  In  those  days,  famous 
professors  did  not  occupy  a  chair  but  a  whole  settee. 

Boerhaave's  musical  interest  must  have  been  deep,  for  he  de- 
voted a  special  section  to  it  in  his  autobiography.  That  section 
(XXII)  is  very  brief  (seven  words) ,  but  that  is  of  a  piece  with  the 
rest.  Boerhaave  was  too  busy  a  man  down  to  his  last  day  to  in- 
dulge in  reminiscences.  Here  it  is : 

XXII.  Fessus  testudinis  concentu  solabatur  lassitudinem.  Mu- 
sices  amantissimus. 

How  eloquent  are  those  few  words !  Since  I  have  read  them  and 
pondered  upon  them,  Boerhaave  is  more  alive  to  me  than  he  was 
before,  and  I  can  almost  see  him  with  his  "testudo"  (not  a  tortoise 
that,  but  a  lute)  relaxing  his  mind  when  his  duty  was  done. 


Ill 

The  other  story  concerns  Theodor  Billroth  (1829-94),  one  of 
the  greatest  surgeons  of  his  time;  the  pioneer  of  visceral  surgery. 
Whatever  be  his  greatness  or  his  shortcomings  as  a  surgeon,  we 
shall  love  him  better  if  we  realize  that  he  was  a  life-long  friend  of 
Johannes  Brahms  (1833-97).  Brahms  and  he  became  very  inti- 
mate in  Zurich,  and  when  Billroth  was  called  to  Vienna,  Brahms, 
being  a  bachelor  and  without  position,  followed  him  there. 
Though  they  spent  much  of  their  time  together  and  often  trav- 
elled together,  they  exchanged  a  great  many  letters,  of  which  331 
are  preserved.  These  letters  deal  chiefly  with  musical  matters,  most 
of  Brahms'  works  being  discussed  in  a  friendly  fashion.  The  sur- 
geon's villa  in  Alsergrund  (a  suburb  of  Vienna)  became  a  mu- 
sical center.  Indeed,  he  enjoyed  the  jus  primae  noctis  over  Brahms' 
new  creations,  and  the  friends  of  both  masters  were  given  oppor- 
tunities of  hearing  for  the  first  time  some  of  the  masterpieces  of 
chamber  music.  Did  they  appreciate  their  privilege?  Probably 


18  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

not.  But  we  are  interested  here  primarily  in  the  relationship  be- 
tween the  composer  and  the  doctor, — a  relationship  which  is,  I 
believe,  unique  in  its  intensity.  Billroth  was  a  good  amateur,  a 
clever  pianist  and  a  capable  viola  player  much  in  demand  for 
quartets  (bless  the  gentle  violists  for  we  need  them) .  Under  the 
combined  influence  of  his  scientific  studies  and  of  Brahms'  conver- 
sations, Billroth  devoted  more  and  more  thought  to  the  psycho- 
physiological basis  of  music  and  gathered  a  number  of  notes  on 
the  subject  which  were  edited  after  his  death  under  the  title  "Wer 
ist  musikaliscb?"  by  no  less  a  person  than  Eduard  Hanslick 
(1825-1904).  Who  remembers  Hanslick  to-day?  Yet  he  was  the 
leading  critic  of  the  German  world,  pontificating  for  a  third  of  a 
century  in  the  T^Jeue  freie  Vresse,  defending  with  painful  iteration 
the  canons  of  "musical  beauty"  and  of  the  "significant  form" 
(beseelte  Jorm).  He  was  a  member  of  the  'Brahmscjemeinde 
(Brahms  clique)  and  was  the  champion  of  the  Schumanns,  of 
Brahms,  of  Dvorak  against  the  'Musik  der  Zukunft.  If  Liszt  and 
Wagner  irritated  him  so  much  what  would  he  have  thought,  I 
wonder,  of  the  musical  anarchists  of  our  own  days,  of  the  "jazz" 
and  "swing,"  of  all  the  music  which  seems  to  be  written  for  the 
spinal  cord  rather  than  for  the  brain?  At  that  time  the  arch-of- 
fender was  Wagner,  and  I  sometimes  ask  myself  whether  Hans- 
lick was  not  right  in  his  distrust  of  the  Wagnerian  witchery?  His- 
torians discussing  our  times  a  few  centuries  hence  will  be  able  to 
discern  more  clearly  than  we  can  the  spiritual  origins  of  the  pres- 
ent chaos.  They  will  probably  recognize  Wagner  and  Nietzsche 
as  the  leaders  in  the  movement  to  pull  Germany  back  to  the 
Nibeluncjen  level. 


IV 

There  is  considerably  more  to  be  said  about  medicine  and 
music,  but  these  two  examples  must  suffice.  It  is  more  pleasant  to 
talk  about  that,  I  think,  than  to  write,  for  the  talking  would  be  less 
deliberate  and  we  could  digress  more  capriciously,  and  perhaps 


MEDICINE    VERSUS    ART 


19 


stop  talking,  to  listen  to  music.  For  what  is  the  good  of  talking 
about  music?  Let  us  listen.  Take  the  Jhird  piano  cfuartet  in  C 
minor  (op.  60) .  When  Brahms  sent  the  finished  work  to  Billroth 
in  1874  he  wrote:  ffI  am  showing  you  the  quartet  purely  as  a  curi- 
osity! An  illustration  as  it  were,  to  the  last  chapter  of  the  man  in 
a  blue  swallow  tail  and  yellow  waistcoat.  .  .  "  Or  take  the  two 
Rhapsodies  for  piano,  dedicated  to  Frau  Elisabeth  von  Herzogen- 
berg  (op.  19,  c.  1878).  Listen,  and  remember  Billroth's  comment: 
"In  these  two  pieces  there  lingers  more  of  the  titanic  young 
Brahms  than  in  the  last  works  of  his  maturity."  Without  the 
music  itself,  either  present  or  remembered,  these  words  are  mean- 
ingless, and  there  is  no  point  in  quoting  more. 

Let  us  return  to  the  history  of  medicine.  I  am  afraid  that  many 
physicians  think  of  it  too  much  in  terms  of  a  list  of  discoveries 
and  achievements.  In  fact,  such  lists  have  been  compiled  in  such  a 
dry  and  impersonal  manner  that  the  names  of  physicians  asso- 
ciated with  each  "item"  might  almost  be  replaced  by  an  x,  y,  or  z. 
Such  lists  are  useful,  but  they  are  to  the  history  of  medicine  hardly 
more  than  a  skeleton  is  to  a  living  body.  The  skeleton  is  indispen- 
sable to  be  sure,  but  insufficient. 

A  mere  list  of  discoveries  is  a  falsification  of  the  history  of 
medicine,  even  from  the  purely  scientific  point  of  view,  for  such 
a  list  exaggerates  the  discontinuities  in  medical  progress.  A  deeper 
study  of  almost  any  discovery  reveals  that  what  we  call  the  dis- 
covery is  only  the  final  clinching  of  an  argument  developed  by 
many  men  throughout  a  long  period  of  time.  However,  such  a 
list  is  a  far  greater  falsification  from  the  broad  human  point  of 
view. 

The  history  of  science,  and  in  particular  the  history  of  medi- 
cine (we  can  not  repeat  it  too  often)  is  not  simply  an  account  of 
discoveries.  Its  purpose  is  to  explain  the  development  of  the  scien- 
tific spirit,  the  history  of  man's  reactions  to  truth,  the  history  of 
the  gradual  revelation  of  truth,  the  history  of  the  gradual  libera- 
tion of  our  minds  from  darkness  and  prejudice.  Discoveries  are 
evanescent,  for  they  are  soon  replaced  by  better  ones.  The  his- 


20  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

torian  must  try  not  only  to  describe  these  evanescent  discoveries 
but  to  find  in  science  that  which  is  timeless.  When  he  does  that 
he  comes  very  close  to  the  historian  of  art.  To  put  it  in  other 
words,  a  man's  name  may  be  immortalized  by  his  discoveries. 
Perhaps  there  was  nothing  else  in  him  deserving  of  remembrance? 
He  may  have  been  a  poor  sort  of  man,  a  man  whose  mind  was  as 
sharp  and  narrow  as  a  knife-edge?  Or  else  the  historian  betrayed 
him?  In  so  far  as  a  scientist  is  also  an  artist,  his  personality  can 
survive,  otherwise  not.  It  is  the  historian's  main  duty  to  revive  the 
personalities,  rather  than  to  enumerate  their  scientific  excres- 
cences. Discoveries  may  be  important,  but  personalities  are  in- 
finitely more  so. 

V 

The  materials  investigated  by  historians  of  art  often  are  of  great 
value  to  historians  of  medicine,  because  artistic  traditions  are 
likely  to  be  more  tangible  than  purely  scientific  ones.  This  is  espe- 
cially true  of  ancient  and  mediaeval  times,  during  which  the  dif- 
fusion of  knowledge  was  necessarily  difficult  and  erratic.  Beautiful 
monuments  had  on  the  whole  a  better  chance  of  survival  than 
others,  and  their  language  is  easier  to  understand,  even  to-day. 
Dr.  Sigerist  has  given  remarkable  examples  of  the  mutual  aid  of 
the  history  of  medicine  and  the  history  of  art  in  his  lecture,  "The 
historical  aspect  of  art  and  medicine/'  Remember  his  pictorial  his- 
tory of  the  plague,  and  his  account  of  the  transformation  of  Apollo 
into  St.  Sebastian,  both  being  saviors  or  intercessors  in  times  of 
pestilence. 

Such  examples  might  easily  be  multiplied  and  a  balanced  ex- 
planation of  them  would  enrich,  as  well  as  fortify,  our  traditions. 
I  have  adumbrated  some  of  them  in  the  first  volume  of  7sis — 
apropos  of  the  history  of  cultivated  plants — and  in  my  Introduc- 
tion to  the  History  of  Science,  e.g.,  indicating  the  importance  of 
the  pilgrimage  roads,  such  as  the  Way  of  St.  James  (to  Santiago 


MEDICINE    VERSUS    ART  1\ 

de  Compostela) ,  and  of  the  dispersion  of  Romanesque  and  Gothic 
architecture. 

Much  as  they  are  needed  for  the  following  up  of  Western  tradi- 
tions, they  are  needed  considerably  more  for  the  understanding  of 
Eastern  ones.  Indeed,  Western  traditions  are  supported  by  literary 
witnesses  in  Greek,  Latin  or  vernaculars  which  offer  no  special 
difficulties;  while  the  Eastern  literatures  are  generally  closed  to  all 
but  a  few  Orientalists,  and  the  latter's  knowledge  is  almost  always 
restricted  to  a  single  group  of  languages.  Now  consider  this  case. 
In  the  beginning  of  the  fourteenth  century,  a  most  remarkable  cul- 
ture was  developed  in  Tabriz  under  the  patronage  of  the  Mongol 
rulers  of  Persia.  The  spiritual  leader  was  Rashid  al-din,  physician, 
theologian  and  one  of  the  outstanding  historians  of  the  Middle 
Ages.  He  wrote  chiefly  in  Persian,  but  had  a  deep  knowledge  of 
Arabic  and  was  acquainted  (directly  or  through  secretaries)  with 
documents  written  in  Hebrew,  Uighur,  Mongolian  and  Chinese. 
A  scientific  edition  of  his  works  requires  a  good  knowledge  of  all 
of  those  languages.  This  you  will  admit  is  a  big  order.  Happily,  the 
cosmopolitanism  of  that  age  and  place  can  be  perceived  almost 
immediately  by  any  person  sensitive  to  artistic  values  and  know- 
ing sufficiently  the  peculiarities  of  Asiatic  arts.  Indeed,  under  the 
patronage  of  the  same  Rashid  al-din,  there  blossomed  in  Tabriz  a 
school  of  miniaturists  whose  works  reveal  immediately  the  same 
Chinese  influences  which  can  only  be  detected  in  the  text  by  that 
vara  avis,  an  Orientalist  as  familiar  with  Chinese  as  with  Persian 
and  Arabic.  Indeed  Chinese  traits  are  just  as  obvious  in  those 
fourteenth-century  miniatures,  as  they  were  to  become  four  cen- 
turies later  in  the  ubiquitous  "chinoiseries"  which  delighted  our 
rococo  ancestors. 


VI 

The  view  that  we  need  art  for  the  understanding  of  science  and 
vice  versa  is  by  no  means  a  new  one,  but  it  is  so  often  forgotten  or 
obscured  by  good  scientists  and  by  good  historians  that  it  is  neces- 


22  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

sary  to  give  it  from  time  to  time  new  strength  and  new  life,  and 
to  treat  it  as  if  it  were  a  novelty,  the  most  important  novelty  of 
our  own  time.  Among  the  best  exponents  of  it  in  the  last  century, 
was  a  man  who  was  also  one  of  the  pioneers  of  our  own  studies. 
Can  you  guess  whom  I  mean?  I  will  help  you.  He  should  not  be 
difficult  to  find,  for  he  was,  a  hundred  years  ago,  the  most  famous 
man  in  the  world.  He  is  not  so  famous  now,  for  the  wheel  of  for- 
tune never  stops  turning,  even  after  one's  death.  He  is  a  bit  for- 
gotten, and  when  our  schoolboys  are  asked  to  name  the  most 
prominent  men,  no  one  would  think  of  choosing  him.  After  having 
received  a  scientific  preparation  which  was  as  elaborate  as  it  was 
diversified,  and  having  crowned  it  with  a  literary  initiation  in  the 
Weimar  circle  (Goethe,  so  critical  of  others,  never  wavered  in  his 
admiration  of  him) ,  he  spent  five  years  exploring  South  America, 
then  thirty  more  discussing  and  publishing  the  results  of  his  ob- 
servations. At  the  age  of  fifty-eight  he  delivered  in  Berlin  a  series 
of  lectures  which  were  but  the  sketch  of  the  grand  fresco  of  which 
he  began  the  publication  eighteen  years  later  and  to  which  he  de- 
voted the  remainder  of  his  life. 

That  man  is — need  I  name  him — Alexander  von  Humboldt, 
and  the  work  of  his  old  age  to  which  I  referred  is  the  Cosmos. 
The  first  two  volumes  appeared  in  1845  and  1847  (when  he  was 
76  and  78),  vols.  3  and  4  between  1850  and  1858;  he  died  in  1859 
at  the  age  of  90,  and  volume  5  appeared  three  years  later.  We 
need  consider  only  the  first  two  volumes.  The  first  contains  an 
elaborate  description  and  explanation  of  the  physical  world,  and 
the  second  is  a  history  of  science.  Thus  Humboldt  was  a  pioneer 
in  geographical  synthesis,  and  also  in  historical  synthesis.  He  was 
a  founder  of  the  new  geography  and  also  of  the  new  history.  The 
first  innovation  was  rapidly  understood  and  was  developed  in 
many  countries;  the  second  was  comparatively  neglected.  Geog- 
raphy and  history  are  two  necessary  bases  of  a  man's  education; 
just  as  some  knowledge  of  geography  removes  his  provincialism 
with  regard  to  space — that  is,  teaches  him  that  things  are  not 
necessarily  better  in  his  own  village,  in  his  own  metropolis  or  in 


MEDICINE    VERSUS    ART  23 

his  own  country  than  elsewhere — even  so,  a  knowledge  of  history 
is  the  only  way  of  removing  his  provincialism  with  regard  to  time 
— that  is,  of  making  him  realize  that  things  are  not  necessarily 
better  in  his  days  than  in  earlier  or,  maybe,  in  later  ones.  Neither 
geography  nor  history  was  new  in  Humboldt's  days,  but  he  in- 
creased considerably  the  scope  and  the  implications  of  both.  For 
example,  he  showed  that  history  should  be  focussed  upon  the  his- 
tory of  science,  and  also  upon  the  history  of  arts  and  letters;  but 
most  remarkable  of  all  was  his  realization  of  the  polarity  of  arts 
and  sciences.  After  having  described  nature  in  volume  one  of  the 
Cosmos,  he  devoted  the  second  volume  to  a  new  description  of 
nature  as  reflected  in  the  human  mind,  by  the  imagination  (that 
is  art)  or  by  the  reasoning  power  (that  is  science) .  In  this  respect, 
he  was  breaking  ground  so  new  that  the  vast  majority  of  scientists 
and  scholars  of  to-day  have  not  yet  grasped  what  he  was  trying 
to  do. 

The  project  was  so  ambitious  that  realization  fell  far  short  of  it, 
but  we  must  not  blame  him.  Pioneers  are  beginners;  they  cannot 
be  expected  to  complete  their  task;  it  is  not  their  business  to  com- 
plete it.  Some  day  the  substance  of  that  second  volume  will 
have  to  be  worked  out  again  and  rewritten,  but  it  will  take  a  man 
of  unusual  learning,  artistry  and  wisdom  to  do  it  well.  As  I  see  it 
now,  the  great  story  which  cries  to  be  told  is  that  of  the  rhythm  of 
the  mutual  interrelations  between  science,  art  and  religion.  The 
story  is  very  difficult  to  tell,  because  it  is  not  a  story  of  progress 
like  the  history  of  science,  but  of  vacillations  and  vicissitudes,  of 
harmony  followed  by  chaos,  and  beauty  mixed  with  horrors.  It 
would  be  the  story  of  man's  sensitiveness  to  the  fundamental 
problems  and  the  main  values  of  life. 

All  honor  to  Alexander  von  Humboldt  for  having  shown  the 
way,  and  the  more  so  that  we  are  so  slow  in  following  it,  and  that 
our  scientists,  so  intelligent  in  some  respects,  are  so  stupid  in 
others,  and  our  artists,  so  clever,  yet  so  blind.  Beauty  is  there  for 
all  to  see,  and  truth,  and  virtue,  but  how  few  realize  that  they  are 
but  different  aspects  of  the  same  mystery? 


24  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

VII 

The  mention  of  the  mystery  brings  us  close  to  the  heart  of  our 
subject,  for  it  is  there  on  its  threshold  that  art  and  knowledge  and 
faith  meet  and  kneel  together.  This  will  appear  more  clearly  when 
we  have  examined  how  far  art  and  science  diverge  in  the  ordinary 
routine  of  life.  After  having  completed  that  examination,  briefly 
as  we  must,  we  shall  retrace  our  steps  and  peep  once  more  into  the 
sanctuary. 

The  outstanding  difference  between  art  and  science  is  that  the 
latter  is  progressive  while  the  former  is  not.  Scientific  activities 
are  the  only  ones  which  are  cumulative  and  progressive.  Thus 
reading  the  history  of  science  gives  us  the  exhilarating  feeling  of 
climbing  a  mountain;  we  may  go  downward  sometime  for  a  short 
run,  or  we  may  turn  around  its  slopes,  but  the  general  direction  is 
upward,  and  the  top  of  the  mountain  is  lost  in  the  clouds.  Every 
scientist  is  enabled  to  start  off  from  the  highest  level  reached  by 
his  predecessors,  and  if  he  have  it  in  him,  to  go  higher  still.  The 
history  of  art,  on  the  contrary,  is  like  a  glacial  landscape,  a  plain 
wherein  many  hills  are  unevenly  scattered.  You  may  climb  one  of 
those  hills  and  reach  the  summit, — but  then  you  cannot  continue 
without  going  down  to  the  level  land;  then  up  again,  and  so  on. 

When  I  began  my  ascension  of  the  topless  mountain,  I  used  to 
gloat  over  that.  Progress,  here  it  was  indeed  and  nowhere  else. 
Unfortunately,  there  is  the  devil  to  pay  for  it.  Because  of  the  pro- 
gressive nature  of  science,  its  achievements  are  evanescent.  Each 
one  is  bound  to  be  superseded,  sooner  or  later,  by  a  better  one 
and  then  it  loses  its  practical  value  and  becomes  like  a  neglected 
tool  in  a  museum  showcase.  On  the  other  hand,  because  of  art's 
very  unprogressiveness,  works  of  art  are  eternally  young.  It  is  very 
difficult  to  read  an  old  scientific  treatise,  for  in  order  to  under- 
stand it  properly,  one  must  know  equally  well  the  old  science  and 
the  new,  and  everything  before  and  between.  It  is  painful  to  read 
Newton,  but  the  plays  of  Shakespeare  are  as  timely  and  pleasur- 
able to-day  as  they  ever  were. <( A  thing  of  beauty  is  a  joy  forever/' 


MEDICINE    VERSUS    ART  15 

The  following  remarks  made  by  Picasso  in  1923  throw  a  curious 
light  on  this.  Said  he, 

To  me  there  is  no  past  or  future  in  art.  If  a  work  of  art  can- 
not live  always  in  the  present  it  must  not  be  considered  at  all. 
The  art  of  the  Greeks,  of  the  Egyptians,  of  the  great  painters 
who  lived  in  other  times,  is  not  an  art  of  the  past;  perhaps  it  is 
more  alive  today  than  it  ever  was.  Art  does  not  evolve  by  itself, 
the  ideas  of  people  change  and  with  them  their  mode  of  ex- 
pression. When  I  hear  people  speak  of  the  evolution  of  an  artist, 
it  seems  to  me  that  they  are  considering  him  standing  between 
two  mirrors  that  face  each  other  and  reproduce  his  image  an  in- 
finite number  of  times,  and  that  they  contemplate  the  successive 
images  of  one  mirror  as  his  past,  and  the  images  of  the  other  mirror 
as  his  future,  while  his  real  image  is  taken  as  his  present.  They 
do  not  consider  that  they  all  are  the  same  images  in  different 
planes.* 

Science  is  progressive  and  therefore  ephemeral;  art  is  non- 
progressive and  eternal.  A  deeper  contrast  could  not  be  imagined. 

In  the  field  of  science,  the  methods  are  supremely  important.  A 
history  of  science  is  to  a  large  extent  a  history  of  the  instruments, 
material  or  immaterial,  created  by  a  succession  of  men  to  solve 
their  several  problems.  Each  instrument  or  each  method  is,  as  it 
were,  a  crystallization  of  human  genius.  Look  at  the  cockpit  of  an 
airplane,  and  ask  yourself  what  was  the  origin  and  development  of 
each  one  of  its  tools;  it  is  an  endless  story  of  patient  accumula- 
tion and  adjustment.  In  art,  on  the  contrary,  the  results  matter 
more  than  the  methods.  I  am  not  interested  in  knowing  how  a 
symphony  was  produced,  how  a  fresco  was  painted,  how  a  dish 
was  cooked.  The  beauty  of  the  symphony  and  the  painting  satisfy 
me,  and  so  does  the  tastiness  of  the  food;  I  do  not  ask  for  the 
recipe. 

The  scientist  strives  to  be  more  and  more  objective  and  accu- 
rate; the  artist  lets  himself  go  and  his  accuracy  is  intangible.  The 


*  Picasso,  forty  years  of  bis  art,  2nd  ed.,  edited  by  Alfred  H.  Barr,  Jr.,  issued  by  Museum 
of  Modern  Art  (New  York,  1939,  p.  11). 


76  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

scientist  says :  "If  you  can  measure  the  thing,  you  are  beginning 
to  know  something  about  it,  if  not  .  .  .  "  but  the  artist  answers, 
"What  about  beauty  and  love?" 

Science  is  essentially  international,  or  perhaps  we  should  say 
supernational.  Men  of  science  of  all  times  and  places  cooperate 
together;  they  cannot  help  cooperating,  even  if  they  don't  particu- 
larly wish  to  do  so,  because  their  task  is  essentially  the  same.  They 
are  ascending  the  same  mountain,  and  even  when  their  trails  di- 
verge they  are  aiming  at  the  same  goal.  Art  is  tribal,  national.  To 
be  sure,  it  may  transcend  local  peculiarities  and  reach  the  bed- 
rock of  human  nature.  Yet  when  we  speak  of  Spanish  painting  or 
Russian  music  we  evoke  fundamental  differences,  which  may  be 
difficult  to  analyze,  not  to  say  measure,  but  are  as  tangible  as  the 
air  we  breathe.  Sometime  ago  I  had  to  write  a  study  on  Borodin, 
who  was  a  distinguished  chemist  as  well  as  one  of  the  leading 
Russian  composers.  In  order  to  reconstruct  his  background,  I  had 
to  investigate  the  contemporary  state  of  international  chemistry 
and  of  Russian  music. 

The  scientific  procedure  is  essentially  analytic;  the  artistic  one 
synthetic,  intuitive.  Scientific  discoveries  are  the  result  of  long 
evolutions,  artistic  achievements  of  short  involutions.  This  applies 
not  only  to  the  creation  of  scientific  or  artistic  works,  but  also  to 
their  interpretation.  We  cannot  penetrate  the  thought  of  Faraday 
or  Poincare  without  a  sustained  effort,  but  a  Greek  statue  reveals 
to  us  immediately  the  best  of  Greece,  and  a  Gothic  cathedral  il- 
luminates the  Middle  Ages.  Science  is  the  field  of  arduous  and 
unremitting  work;  how  beautiful  the  flowers  in  it  are  if  we  have 
earned  them  with  honest  travail  of  limbs  or  spirit!  Art,  by  con- 
trast, is  the  paradise  of  immediate  intuitions. 


VIII 

All  of  which  is  very  true,  but  it  is  not  the  whole  truth,  and  I 
knew  it  all  the  time.  Now  let  us  look  together  at  the  other  side  of 
the  picture. 


MEDICINE    VERSUS    ART  27 

In  science  as  in  art,  there  is  always  a  fundamental  need  of  selec- 
tion. Just  as  an  artist  cannot  paint  every  landscape,  or  a  lover  love 
every  woman,  just  so  the  scientist  cannot  investigate  every  prob- 
lem. None  of  them  has  a  ghost  of  a  chance  unless  he  restricts  his 
goal.  The  immense  success  of  science  is  due  largely  to  the  selec- 
tion of  problems,  one  at  a  time,  the  simplest  and  easiest  first,  and 
so  on.  Genius  in  science  as  well  as  in  art  is  essentially  the  ability 
to  select  properly. 

Then,  too,  there  is  technical  progress  in  art.  The  history  of 
music,  like  the  history  of  science,  can  be  written  partly  in  terms  of 
instruments.  The  modern  symphony  is  as  much  an  instrumental 
triumph  as  the  transatlantic  flights.  Scientific  knowledge  is  not 
simply  rational,  a  good  part  of  it  is  manual  and  intuitive.  What  a 
gulf  there  is  between  the  born  diagnostician  and  the  physician 
who  has  learning  enough  but  lacks  insight!  There  is  uncanny  wis- 
dom in  the  hands  of  a  surgeon  as  well  as  in  those  of  a  pianist. 

Science  and  art  have  both  their  collectivist  aspects,  as  well  as 
their  individualist  ones.  The  former  are  seen  at  their  best  in  re- 
ligious art  and  in  social  medicine,  and  that  rapprochement  is  sug- 
gestive. For  what  is  religious  art,  but  the  highest  form  of  the  social 
art?  And  what  else  is  social  medicine  but  the  finest  realization  of 
the  second  commandment:  'Thou  shalt  love  thy  neighbor  as 
thyself"?  Neither  religious  art  nor  social  medicine  can  succeed 
unless  they  be  sustained  by  a  living  faith. 

Science,  every  science  and  of  course  medicine  above  all,  is  an 
art  as  soon  as  it  is  applied.  It  becomes  part  and  parcel  of  a  man's 
religion  as  soon  as  he  is  thoroughly  conscious  of  his  own  in- 
significance and  of  his  solidarity  with  the  rest  of  the  universe.  We 
cannot  understand  the  history  of  medicine,  unless  we  see  in  it  not 
only  discoveries  and  scientific  achievements,  but  also  personal  de- 
feats and  victories,  the  timeless  fruits  of  men's  love  and  faith.  On 
the  other  hand,  as  Canon  Streeter  has  remarked:  "Science  is  the 
great  cleanser  of  the  human  spirit,  it  makes  impossible  any  religion 
but  the  highest."  The  well-tempered  historian  will  keep  this  in 
mind  always,  and  think  of  men's  art  and  religion,  as  well  as  of 


28  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

their  learning.  He  will  try  to  see  the  whole  of  their  personalities 
and  thus  give  to  his  own  work  its  greatest  value  for  other  men. 
Science  is  the  reason,  art  the  joy,  religion  the  harmony,  of  life. 
None  is  complete  without  the  others.  We  cannot  hope  to  under- 
stand the  mystery  of  life  unless  we  be  prepared  to  consider  it  from 
these  three  angles,  and  this  means,  first  of  all,  that  we  must  drop 
our  scientific  conceit,  and  second,  that  we  must  never,  never,  sub- 
ordinate humanities  to  technicalities. 


3.  THE  HISTORY  OF  SCIENCE 


The  history  of  science  is  the  study  of  the  development  of  science, 
— just  as  one  studies  the  development  of  a  plant  or  an  animal — 
from  its  very  birth.  We  try  to  see  it  grow  and  unfold  itself  under 
many  diverse  conditions.  And  it  is  not  enough — as  we  shall  see 
further  on — to  study  separately  the  development  of  each  science; 
one  has  to  study  the  development  of  all  the  sciences  simultane- 
ously. Besides,  it  is  impossible  to  separate  them  satisfactorily  one 
from  the  other;  they  grow  together  and  mingle  continually  in 
innumerable  ways. 

While  numberless  books,  many  of  them  excellent,  are  published 
every  year  on  the  history  of  literature,  of  art,  of  religions,  how  is 
it  that  there  is  not  yet  a  single  history  of  science  that  can  be  com- 
pared with  the  best  of  them?  When  so  many  institutions,  libraries, 
lectureships  have  been  dedicated  to  the  history  of  everything, 
how  is  it  that  the  history  of  science  has  been  so  much  neglected? 

People  who  have  no  knowledge  of  science,  or  but  slight,  are 
afraid  of  it.  They  are  not  inclined  to  read  a  book  dealing  with 
the  history  of  science,  because  they  think  they  are  not  equal  to 
appreciating  it.  Now  this  is  a  mistake:  every  intelligent  man  or 
woman  can  understand  the  development  of  science,  at  least  if  it 
be  properly  presented  and  taken  from  the  beginning.  More  than 
that,  I  am  convinced  that  the  historical  method  is  the  best  for  con- 
veying scientific  facts  and  ideas  to  unprepared  minds  and  to  make 
them  thoroughly  understandable — at  least  that  is  so  in  the  case 
of  grown-up  people.  On  the  other  hand,  those  who  know  science 
— or  are  supposed  to  know  it  because  they  have  made  a  special 
study  in  some  narrow  field — are  often  given  to  viewing  history 
with  contempt.  They  think  that  the  study  of  history  is  hopelessly 
inaccurate  and,  according  to  their  own  definition  of  science,  un- 
scientific. This  is  another  mistake,  which,  however,  it  would  take 
too  long  to  refute  completely.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  historical  stud- 

29 


30  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

ies,  like  all  other  studies,  are  approximate;  the  approximation  ob- 
tained by  historians  may  be  looser,  but  the  studies  are  none  the 
less  scientific  for  that.  It  is  not  so  much  its  degree  of  approxima- 
tion, as  a  definite  knowledge  of  this  degree,  that  gives  to  a  study 
its  scientific  character. 

Scientists  and  philosophers  are  at  the  present  time  unanimous 
in  wishing  that  the  general  tendencies  and  fundamental  principles 
of  science  be  constantly  extricated,  criticized  and  stated  with 
more  precision.  They  are  well  aware  that  this  is  now  an  essential 
condition  of  progress  and  security.  But  how  will  it  be  possible  to 
conciliate  the  imperious  needs  of  synthesis  and  the  division  of 
labor? 

It  would  seem  that  the  only  possible  solution  is  that  which 
was  recommended  by  Auguste  Comte  and  partly  realized  by  him- 
self and  his  disciples :  namely,  to  originate  a  new  great  specialty, 
the  study  of  scientific  generalities.  To  secure  the  unity  of  knowl- 
edge, it  will  be  more  and  more  necessary  that  some  men  make  a 
deep  study  of  the  principles  and  of  the  historical  and  logical  de- 
velopment of  all  the  sciences.  Of  course,  they  will  not  be  expected 
to  be  perfectly  acquainted  with  all  the  technical  details,  but  they 
must  have  at  their  command  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  great 
lines  and  of  the  cardinal  facts  of  each  science.  It  is  a  very  difficult 
but  not  an  impossible  task.  The  inconveniences  of  excessive  spe- 
cialization will  be  happily  counterpoised  by  this  new  branch  of 
knowledge,  which  induces  a  collaboration  of  philosopher,  his- 
torian and  scientist.  It  will  appear  clearly  from  the  following 
pages  that  the  best  instrument  of  synthesis,  and  the  most  natural 
hyphen  between  scientist  and  philosopher  is  the  history  of  science. 

Auguste  Comte  must  be  considered  as  the  founder  of  the  his- 
tory of  science,  or  at  least  as  the  first  who  had  a  clear  and  pre- 
cise, if  not  a  complete,  apprehension  of  it.  In  his  Cours  de  philo- 
sophic positive,  published  from  1830  to  1842,  he  very  clearly 
brought  forward  the  three  fundamental  ideas  which  follow:  (1) 
A  synthetic  work  like  his  cannot  be  accomplished  without  having 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  31 

constant  recourse  to  the  history  of  science;  (2)  It  is  necessary  to 
study  the  evolution  of  the  different  sciences  to  understand  the  de- 
velopment of  the  human  mind  and  the  history  of  mankind;  (3)  It 
is  insufficient  to  study  the  history  of  one  or  of  many  particular 
sciences;  one  must  study  the  history  of  all  sciences,  taken  to- 
gether. Besides  this,  as  early  as  1832,  Auguste  Comte  made  an 
application  to  the  minister  Guizot  for  the  creation  of  a  chair,  de- 
voted to  the  general  history  of  the  sciences  (histoire  generate  des 
sciences).  It  was  sixty  years  before  this  wish  of  his  was  granted; 
and  the  course  entrusted  to  Pierre  Laffitte  was  inaugurated  at  the 
College  de  France  in  1892,  thirty-five  years  after  Comte's  death. 
Another  French  philosopher,  Antoine  Cournot,  also  helped  to 
clear  up  our  ideas  by  the  publication  in  1861  of  his  book  Iraite 
de  Vencbainement  des  idees  fondamentales  dans  \es  sciences  et 
dans  I histoire.  However,  the  real  heir  to  Comte's  thought,  from 
our  special  point  of  view,  is  neither  Laffitte  nor  Cournot,  but  Paul 
Tannery.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  much  of  him,  because  all 
who  have  the  slightest  knowledge  of  the  history  of  science  must 
needs  have  come  across  one  of  his  numerous  memoirs,  all  so  re- 
markable for  their  originality  and  exactitude.  Paul  Tannery  him- 
self attached  importance  to  his  intellectual  connection  with  Comte 
and  often  expressed  his  admiration  for  the  founder  of  positivism. 

Tannery's  philosophy  is  very  different  from  Comte's,  but  the 
greatest  difference  between  them  is  that  Comte's  knowledge  of 
the  history  of  science  was  very  superficial,  whereas  Paul  Tannery, 
being  extremely  learned  and  having  at  his  disposal  a  mass  of  his- 
torical research  work  which  did  not  exist  in  the  thirties,  knew 
more  of  the  history  of  science  than  anybody  else  in  the  world. 
Certainly  no  man  ever  was  better  prepared  to  write  a  complete 
history  of  science,  at  least  of  European  science,  than  Paul  Tan- 
nery. It  was  his  dream  to  carry  out  this  great  work,  but  unfortu- 
nately he  died,  before  realizing  his  ambition,  in  1904. 

One  can  understand  the  history  of  science  in  different  ways, 
but  these  different  conceptions  do  not  contradict  each  other;  they 
are  simply  more  or  less  comprehensive.  My  own  conception  does 


32  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

not  differ  much  from  Tannery's,  except  that  I  attach  more  im- 
portance to  the  psycho-sociological  point  of  view. 

Auguste  Comte  had  noticed  all  the  bonds  that  unite  the  differ- 
ent sciences,  but  he  did  not  give  enough  attention  to  them.  If  he 
had  understood  that  these  interactions  and  this  interdependence 
have  existed  in  all  directions  from  the  very  beginnings  of  science, 
would  not  the  rigid  framework  of  his  Cours  de  philosophie  have 
burst  asunder? 

On  the  other  hand,  some  people  seem  to  think  that  it  is  impos- 
sible to  write  the  history  of  science  as  a  whole,  that  the  subject  is 
too  great.  I  should  rather  say  that  the  impossibility  is  to  pick  out 
from  this  inextricable  network  the  development  of  one  single 
branch  of  human  knowledge.  Moreover,  it  is  actually  impossible  to 
write  the  history  of  any  important  discovery  without  writing, 
willingly  or  not,  a  chapter  of  the  history  of  science — I  mean  the 
history  of  science  as  a  whole.  How  could  we  explain,  for  instance, 
the  discovery  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood  if  we  did  not  explain 
the  evolution  of  anatomy,  of  comparative  zoology,  of  general 
biology,  of  natural  philosophy,  of  chemistry,  of  mechanics?  Like- 
wise, to  make  clear  how  the  determination  of  longitudes  at  sea 
was  discovered,  little  by  little,  we  have  to  resort  to  the  history  of 
pure  and  applied  mathematics,  the  history  of  astronomy  and  navi- 
gation, the  history  of  watch-making,  etc.  It  would  be  easy  enough 
to  give  more  examples  of  the  same  kind. 

Further,  it  is  only  by  considering  the  history  of  science  as  a 
whole  that  one  can  appraise  the  scientific  level  of  a  definite  period 
or  of  a  definite  country.  It  has  happened  more  than  once  that  one 
science  became  neglected  while  others  were  thriving,  or  that 
scientific  culture  moved  from  one  country  to  another.  But  the  his- 
torian is  not  deluded  by  these  facts,  and  he  does  not  think  that 
human  genius  is  suddenly  quenched  or  rekindled;  from  his  syn- 
thetical standpoint  he  sees  the  torch  of  light  pass  from  one  science 
to  the  other  or  from  one  people  to  another.  He  perceives  better 
than  anybody  else  the  continuity  of  science  in  space  and  time,  and 
he  is  better  able  to  estimate  the  progress  of  mankind. 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  33 

But  the  historian's  mind  is  not  satisfied  with  the  study  of  the 
interactions  between  the  different  sciences.  He  wishes  to  study- 
also  the  interactions  between  the  different  sciences,  on  one  hand, 
and  all  the  other  intellectual  or  economic  phenomena,  on  the 
other.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  he  has  to  give  a  great  deal  of  attention 
to  these  reciprocal  influences,  but  of  course  he  does  not  forget 
that  the  aim  of  his  work  is  essentially  to  establish  the  connecting 
links  between  scientific  ideas. 

In  short,  the  purpose  of  the  history  of  science,  as  7  understand 
it,  is  to  establish  the  genesis  and  the  development  of  scientific 
facts  and  ideas,  taking  into  account  all  intellectual  exchanges  and 
all  influences  brought  into  play  by  the  very  progress  of  civiliza- 
tion. It  is  indeed  a  history  of  human  civilization,  considered  from 
its  highest  point  of  view.  Ihe  center  of  interest  is  the  evolution 
of  science,  but  general  history  remains  always  in  the  background. 

It  follows  from  this  definition  that  the  only  rational  way  to  sub- 
divide this  history  is  not  at  all  to  cut  it  up  according  to  countries 
or  to  sciences,  but  only  according  to  time.  For  each  period  of  time, 
we  have  to  consider  at  once  the  whole  of  its  scientific  and  intellec- 
tual development. 

Of  course,  to  make  this  general  synthesis  possible,  it  will  often 
be  expedient,  even  necessary,  to  write  monographs  or  partial 
syntheses  of  different  kinds.  For  instance,  the  study  of  the  archives 
of  a  definite  place  leads  naturally  to  the  drawing  up  of  an  essay 
on  the  history  of  science  in  that  place.  On  the  other  hand,  a  spe- 
cialized scientist  will  be  tempted  to  look  up  the  genealogy  of  an 
idea  in  which  he  is  particularly  interested,  or  to  write  the  biog- 
raphy of  a  forerunner  whose  work  and  genius  he  can  better  ap- 
preciate than  anyone  else.  But  all  this  research  is  necessarily 
incomplete  and  does  not  acquire  its  proper  significance  so  long 
as  it  cannot  be  inserted  properly  into  a  history  of  the  sciences  of 
the  same  age.  It  may  be  worth  while  to  add  that  all  monographs 
are  not  equally  useful;  some  are  so  clumsy  and  absurd  that  they 
obscure,  mislead  and  delay  the  next  synthesis. 

To  elaborate  our  historical  work  we  have,  of  course,  to  use  the 


34  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

same  methods  that  are  used  by  ordinary  historians  to  appraise 
and  criticize  the  materials  available  to  them.  But  the  historian  of 
science  has  to  use,  independently,  some  other  methods  of  a  more 
special  nature.  I  cannot  explain  them  here,  but  it  is  easy  to  under- 
stand that,  for  instance,  to  establish  at  what  date  a  discovery  be- 
came a  real  part  of  science  and  enriched  human  experience,  the 
historical  exegesis  must  be  supplemented  by  a  scientific  exegesis, 
based  on  the  evidence  given  by  the  positive  sciences. 

We  must  try  to  marshall  all  scientific  facts  and  ideas  in  a  defi- 
nite order;  this  means  that  we  must  try  to  assign  to  each  of  them  a 
date  as  precise  as  possible — not  the  date  of  their  birth  or  of  their 
publication,  but  that  of  their  actual  incorporation  into  our  knowl- 
edge. Likewise,  biographers  have  to  exert  themselves  to  find  pre- 
cisely during  which  periods  the  influence  of  great  scientists  was 
the  most  felt,  in  order  to  range  them  in  chronological  series.  This 
is  generally  a  very  difficult  thing  to  do,  and  the  reader  will  not  fail 
to  appreciate  the  work  that  is  discreetly  accomplished  by  such 
scholars.  Such  work  of  erudition  is  the  bed-rock  on  which  all  his- 
torical writing  is  built  up. 

These  remarks  complete  and  add  precision  to  our  definition  of 
the  history  of  science.  However,  it  may  be  well  to  give  some  more 
details  about  the  different  exchanges  which  the  historian  has  to 
consider  in  order  to  put  the  evolution  of  science  in  its  proper  light. 

I  shall  successively  examine  some  of  the  other  departments  of 
life  which  are  the  most  interesting  for  the  historian  of  science: 
(1)  General  history  or  the  history  of  civilization;  (T)  The  history 
of  technology;  (3)  The  history  of  religions;  and  (4)  The  his- 
tory of  fine  arts,  and  arts  and  crafts. 

1.  Science  and  Civilization.  Since  the  eighteenth  century,  and 
notably  under  the  influence  of  Vico,  Montesquieu  and  Voltaire, 
the  conception  of  history  has  become  more  and  more  synthetic. 
History,  the  principal  interest  of  which  once  consisted  in  military 
records  and  court  annals,  is  growing  up  into  a  history  of  civiliza- 
tion. It  stands  to  reason  that  a  sufficient  knowledge  of  the  history 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  35 

of  civilization  is  absolutely  necessary  for  the  historian  of  science, 
were  it  only  to  locate  the  scientific  facts  in  the  very  surroundings 
that  gave  rise  to  them. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  historian  of  civilization  can  no  longer 
remain  unacquainted  with  the  history  of  science.  Some  of  the 
most  recent  historical  manuals  contain  paragraphs  devoted  to  it. 
It  is  true,  the  space  allowed  is  rather  scanty,  but  that  is  a  begin- 
ning. I  feel  confident  that,  before  long,  general  histories  will  be 
written  in  which  the  history  of  science,  far  from  being  banished 
to  some  obscure  corner,  will  be  the  very  center  of  the  picture.  Is 
not  science  the  most  powerful  factor  of  evolution? 

Some  examples  will  illustrate  the  significance  of  the  history  of 
civilization.  How  can  one  account  for  the  fact  that  the  Latin 
manuscripts  containing  translations  of  Greek  authors  made  from 
Arabic  texts  for  so  long  barred  the  way  to  the  printed  translations 
that  had  been  elaborated  directly  from  the  Greek  texts?  The 
latter,  indeed,  were  much  better.  Bjornbo  has  given  some  reasons 
that  are  very  probably  the  true  ones.  The  printed  books  that 
nobody  cared  to  copy  became  rarer  and  rarer.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  manuscripts  were  copied  over  and  over  again  and  continually 
multiplied.  Besides,  the  copyists  lacked  knowledge  and  critical 
sense  to  a  great  extent,  and  they  could  not  help  being  favorably 
impressed  by  the  bulk  of  Arabic  literature. 

Mere  scientific  reasons  do  not  suffice  to  explain  the  creation  of 
the  metric  system  by  the  French  revolutionaries.  This  creation 
was  also  in  part  a  reaction  against  the  "foot  of  the  king"  of  the 
ancien  regime. 

Financial  or  tariff  regulations  or  the  promulgation  of  labor  laws 
can  transform  the  business  life  of  a  country  and,  indirectly,  its 
scientific  production. 

To  understand  the  beginnings  and  development  of  geography 
one  has  to  take  into  account  many  facts  that  are  quite  foreign  to 
science.  For  instance:  the  quest  for  mythical  treasures;  con- 
querors' ambitions;  religious  proselytism;  the  adventurous  in- 
stincts of  daring  young  men. 


36  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

Lastly,  it  is  necessary  to  know  the  history  of  epidemics  and  to 
study  all  the  social  facts  that  have  been  their  causes  or  their  re- 
sults, to  estimate  correctly  the  evolution  of  medical  ideas. 

2.  Science  and  technology.  Industrial  requirements  are  always 
putting  new  questions  to  science,  and  in  this  way  they  guide,  so  to 
say,  its  evolution.  On  the  other  hand,  the  progress  of  science  con- 
tinually gives  birth  to  new  industries  or  brings  new  life  to  old 
ones.  It  follows  that  the  history  of  science  is  constantly  inter- 
woven with  the  history  of  technology,  and  that  it  is  impossible  to 
separate  one  from  the  other. 

Let  us  see  some  examples.  After  exhaustion-pumps  had  been  in- 
vented, there  was  such  a  demand  for  good  pumps  of  this  kind  that 
special  workshops  were  founded  in  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth 
century,  in  Leyden,  Holland,  to  make  them,  and  of  course  these 
workshops  soon  undertook  to  make  other  scientific  instruments.  It 
is  hardly  necessary  to  point  out  how  intimately  connected  the 
making  of  these  instruments  is  with  the  history  of  physics  or  as- 
tronomy. 

A  geological  discovery  suffices  to  revolutionize  a  whole  country 
and  transform  an  agricultural  nation  into  an  industrial  one.  Of 
course,  a  transformation  as  complete  as  this  involves  a  radical 
change  in  scientific  needs.  The  working  of  mines  has  always 
exerted  such  a  deep  influence  on  the  evolution  of  science  and 
civilization  that  one  might  compare  the  importance  of  mines  in  the 
history  of  science  with  that  of  temples  in  the  history  of  art.  L.  de 
Launay  has  very  clearly  shown  that  the  silver  mines  in  Laurion 
played  a  considerable  part  in  the  history  of  Greece. 

The  history  of  chemistry  would  sometimes  be  unintelligible  if 
the  history  of  chemical  industries  was  not  studied  at  the  same 
time.  Let  me  simply  remind  the  reader  of  the  case  of  coloring 
matters.  Industrial  research  made  in  this  direction  has  deeply  in- 
fluenced the  progress  of  organic  chemistry.  On  the  other  hand,  it 
is  well  known  how  much  has  been  done  to  improve  this  industry 
by  the  scientists  of  the  German  Chemical  Society. 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  37 

A  chemical  discovery  can  revolutionize  a  whole  country,  just 
as  completely  as  a  geological  one;  as  soon  as  it  becomes  possible 
to  realize,  on  a  business  basis,  the  chemical  synthesis  of  a  natural 
product  (like  indigo,  vanilla,  India  rubber),  the  agricultural  in- 
dustry and  civilization  of  immense  countries  are  in  danger. 

Technical  inventions  are  more  precisely  determined  every  day 
by  industrial  needs.  The  manufacturer  can  often  say  very  defi- 
nitely to  the  inventor:  "This  is  the  invention  which  I  now  need 
to  improve  my  production."  Besides,  every  invention  starts  a 
series  of  others  that  the  first  has  made  necessary  and  that  it  would 
have  been  impossible  to  realize,  or  even  to  conceive,  previously. 

Lastly,  commercial  needs  also  influence  the  development  of  the 
sciences,  not  only  the  natural  sciences  and  geography  (that  is  too 
obvious  to  dwell  upon),  but  even  mathematics.  It  is  necessary 
to  take  into  account  the  evolution  of  book-keeping  and  banking 
business  to  understand  thoroughly  the  introduction  and  the  spread 
of  Hindu- Arabic  numerals  into  Europe,  and  later  the  invention  of 
decimal  fractions.  It  is  also  owing  in  great  measure  to  commercial 
requirements  that  many  astronomical  discoveries  were  made,  and 
that  the  different  systems  of  weights  and  measures  were  created. 

3.  Science  and  Religion.  Science  and  religion  have  never  ceased 
to  influence  one  another,  even  in  our  own  time  and  in  the  coun- 
tries where  science  has  reached  a  high  degree  of  perfection  and  in- 
dependence. But  of  course  the  younger  science  was,  and  the  farther 
we  go  back  through  the  ages,  the  more  numerous  these  inter- 
actions are.  Primitive  people  cannot  separate  scientific  or  technical 
ideas  from  religious  ones,  or,  more  exactly,  this  classification  has 
no  sense  to  them.  Later,  when  the  division  of  labor  had  created 
some  scientists  or  engineers,  distinct  from  the  priests,  or  at  least 
had  given  birth  to  a  class  of  priests  who  had  undergone  a  higher 
scientific  training  than  their  colleagues,  even  then  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  holy  books,  the  observance  of  rites,  the  needs  of  agri- 
culture and  medicine,  the  making  of  the  calendar,  and  above  all, 
the  hopes,  the  fears  and  the  anxieties  of  a  very  precarious  exist- 


38  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

ence,  have  been  innumerable  links  between  science  and  religion. 
The  great  plagues,  and  generally  all  cataclysms,  for  instance  earth- 
quakes or  wars,  have  been  followed  by  religious  revivals  and  often 
by  violent  outbursts  of  religious  fanaticism. 

On  the  other  hand  I  know  many  cases  where  the  priests  them- 
selves have  been  the  transmitters  of  knowledge  from  one  genera- 
tion to  the  following.  The  best  example  of  this  can  be  found 
during  the  period  extending  from  the  end  of  the  second  school  of 
Alexandria  to  the  ninth  century.  We  owe,  if  not  the  advance- 
ment of  science,  at  least  its  conservation,  to  the  doctors  of  the 
Latin  and  Greek  churches,  to  the  Nestorians  and  other  heretics. 

In  some  other  cases  the  influence  of  religion  is  less  direct,  but 
not  less  important.  For  instance,  A.  de  Candolle  has  proved  that 
the  Protestant  families  which  were  exiled  from  the  Catholic  coun- 
tries of  Europe  during  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries 
and  even  during  the  eighteenth,  have  given  birth  to  an  extraor- 
dinarily high  number  of  distinguished  scientists.  This  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at.  These  people  who  preferred  the  misery  of  exile  to 
moral  servitude  were  certainly  above  the  average  in  their  conscien- 
tiousness and  earnestness. 

The  interactions  between  science  and  religion  have  often  had 
an  aggressive  character.  There  has  been,  most  of  the  time,  a  real 
warfare.  But,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is  not  a  warfare  between  science 
and  religion — there  can  be  no  warfare  between  them — but  be- 
tween science  and  theology.  It  is  true  that  the  man  in  the  street 
does  not  easily  differentiate  between  religious  feelings  and  faith, 
on  one  side,  and  dogmas,  rites  and  religious  formalism,  on  the 
other.  It  is  true  also  that  the  theologians,  while  affecting  that  re- 
ligion itself  was  aimed  at  when  they  alone  were  criticized,  have 
not  ceased  from  aggravating  these  misunderstandings.  An  excel- 
lent proof  of  this  has  been  given  in  this  country.  One  of  the  great 
men  of  these  United  States,  Andrew  Dickson  White,  pub- 
lished a  splendid  book  on  7he  Warfare  Between  Science  and 
Jheohgy.  Mr.  White  was  a  very  godly  man,  and  his  book  is,  it  is 
hardly  necessary  to  state,  extremely  liberal  and  indulgent  to  every- 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  39 

body.  Notwithstanding  this,  the  author  and  his  book  had  to  bear 
the  attacks  of  a  great  many  fanatics. 

One  of  the  saddest  results  of  these  misunderstandings  is  that 
some  very  religious  and  sincere  souls  have  been  misled  and  have 
treated  science  as  an  enemy.  Another  important  result  is  that  the 
evolution  of  science  is  very  intimately  interwoven  with  that  of  re- 
ligions and  their  heresies. 

4.  Science  and  Art.  It  may  be  useful  to  tender  some  remarks 
upon  the  different  characteristics  of  scientific  and  artistic  work 
before  pointing  out  what  is  interesting  from  our  point  of  view  in 
the  history  of  art.  In  the  history  of  art  as  it  is  generally  taught, 
very  little  is  said  about  technicalities.  Are  there  many  people  who 
know,  or  care  to  know,  what  kind  of  colors  Botticelli  used,  or 
what  were  the  tools  of  Phidias?  We  love  a  work  of  art  for  itself. 
It  is  essentially  the  ultimate  result  that  interests  us,  not  the  meth- 
ods used  to  obtain  it.  In  the  domain  of  learning,  on  the  contrary, 
the  result  is  generally  less  interesting  than  the  methods  em- 
ployed to  reach  it. 

The  history  of  science  is  not  merely  a  history  of  the  conquests 
of  the  human  mind,  but  it  is  much  more  a  study  of  the  instru- 
ments— material  and  intellectual  instruments — created  by  our  in- 
telligence; it  is  also  a  history  of  human  experience.  This  long 
experience  of  the  past  has  much  more  significance  for  the  scien- 
tist than  for  the  artist.  The  artist  admires  the  work  of  his  fore- 
runners, but  the  scientist  does  more  than  admire,  he  makes  actual 
use  of  it.  The  artist  may  find  an  inspiration  in  it,  but  the  scientist 
tries  to  incorporate  it  entirely  in  his  own  work.  It  is  very  difficult 
to  conceive  progress  in  art.  Does  Rodin  carve  better  than  Ver- 
rocchio  or  Polycletus?  The  pictures  by  Carriere,  by  Watts,  or  by 
Segantini :  are  they  finer  than  those  by  Fra  Angelico,  by  Van  Eyck 
or  by  Moro?  Have  these  questions  even  any  sense? 

In  the  domain  of  science  the  matter  is  quite  different.  Un- 
doubtedly it  would  be  foolish  to  discuss  whether  Archimedes  was 
more  or  less  intelligent  than  Newton  or  Gauss;  but  we  can  in  all 


40  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

security  assert  that  Gauss  knew  more  than  Newton,  and  that 
Newton  knew  more  than  Archimedes.  The  making  of  knowledge, 
unlike  that  of  beauty,  is  essentially  a  cumulative  process.  By  the 
way,  this  is  the  reason  why  the  history  of  science  should  be  the 
leading  thread  in  the  history  of  civilization.  Nothing  that  has  been 
done  or  invented  gets  lost.  Every  contribution,  great  or  small,  is 
appreciated  and  classified.  This  cumulative  process  is  so  obvious 
that  even  very  young  men  may  be  better  informed  and  more 
learned  than  their  most  illustrious  forerunners.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  they  are  standing  on  the  shoulders  of  their  predecessors, 
and  so  they  have  a  chance  to  see  further.  If  they  are  not  very  intel- 
ligent they  may  be  inclined  to  think  that  it  is  useless  to  study  his- 
tory, under  the  misapprehension  that  they  already  know  from 
the  past  all  that  is  really  worth  knowing.  In  short,  we  are  not  sure 
that  men  become  more  intelligent — that  is,  whether  intelligence 
increases — but  we  know  positively  that  human  experience  and 
knowledge  grow  every  day.  As  I  have  said,  one  does  not  pay  much 
heed  to  mediocre  artists.  What  they  do  has  not  much  importance. 
On  the  contrary,  in  the  laboratories,  libraries  and  museums  where 
science  is  slowly  growing — like  an  ever-living  tree — enormous 
quantities  of  excellent  work  is  done  by  thousands  of  men  who  are 
not  unusually  intelligent,  but  who  have  been  well  trained,  have 
good  methods  and  plenty  of  patience. 

Scientific  work  is  the  result  of  an  international  collaboration, 
the  organization  of  which  is  perfected  every  day.  Thousands  of 
scientists  devote  their  whole  lives  to  this  collective  work — like 
bees  in  a  hive — but  their  hive  is  the  world.  This  collaboration  does 
not  take  place  simply  in  space,  but  also  in  time;  the  oldest  astro- 
nomical observations  are  still  of  some  use.  Perhaps  this  collective 
nature  of  scientific  work  is  one  of  the  causes  of  the  general  indif- 
ference concerning  its  history — indifference  strongly  contrasting 
with  the  widespread  curiosity  about  the  history  of  literature  and 
the  fine  arts.  Science  aims  at  objectivity;  the  scientist  exerts  him- 
self to  decrease  to  a  minimum  his  "personal  equation."  Works  of 
art,  on  the  contrary,  are  extremely  individual  and  passionate;  so 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  41 

it  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that  they  excite  more  sympathy  and 
interest. 

The  history  of  the  fine  arts  and  of  literature  is  generally  con- 
sidered as  a  history  of  the  great  artists  and  of  the  works  they  have 
bequeathed  to  us.  But  one  could  adopt  a  different  point  of  view: 
just  as  the  history  of  science  gives  us  the  materials  of  an  evolu- 
tion of  human  intellect,  so  one  could  look  to  the  history  of  arts 
and  of  literature  for  the  story  of  the  evolution  of  human  sensibil- 
ity. The  history  of  science  is  a  history  of  ideas;  just  so  the  history 
of  art  could  be  considered  as  a  history  of  man's  dreams.  Under- 
stood in  this  way,  the  two  histories  complete  and  enlighten  one 
another. 

The  interactions  between  science  and  art  have  been  particu- 
larly vivid  at  times  in  naturalistic  reactions  against  scholastic  and 
pedantic  excesses.  It  would  be  extremely  interesting  to  make  a 
closer  study  of  the  rhythm  of  the  different  tendencies  that  swayed 
plastic  arts  and  music,  and  to  look  for  similar  rhythms  in  the  con- 
temporary succession  of  scientific  theories,  or  more  exactly,  atti- 
tudes. The  appearance  of  men  of  genius,  who  were  at  one  and 
the  same  time  artists  and  scientists — such  as  Leonardo  da  Vinci, 
Albrecht  Diirer  and  Bernard  Palissy — gives  us  a  splendid  oppor- 
tunity to  study  these  interactions  in  their  deepest  and  most  fasci- 
nating form.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  a  fact  that  scientific  ideas 
have  often  been  transmitted  by  works  of  art;  moreover,  for  all  the 
period  preceding  the  beginnings  of  popular  printing,  these  works 
of  art  give  us  direct  testimonies — often  the  only  ones  we  have — 
of  inestimable  value.  For  instance,  it  would  be  impossible  to  trace 
the  history  of  ancient  chemistry  but  for  all  the  works  of  art  and 
decoration  that  have  come  to  us;  and,  to  understand  the  history 
of  chemistry,  not  only  in  ancient  times  but  even  up  to  the  thresh- 
old of  the  seventeenth  century,  it  is  still  necessary  to  study  the 
development  of  the  arts  and  crafts — the  art  of  the  potter,  glass- 
maker,  chaser,  jeweler,  miniature-painter,  and  enameler. 

But  the  history  of  art  helps  us,  above  all,  to  understand  the 
spirit  and  the  soul  of  vanished  civilizations.  From  this  point  of 


42  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

view,  works  of  art  have  an  immense  superiority  over  every  other 
manifestation  of  the  human  mind;  they  give  us  a  complete  and 
synthetical  view  of  times  gone  by;  they  offer  us  the  information 
that  we  need  at  a  glance;  they  bring  the  past  to  life  again.  A 
granite  sphinx,  a  Nike,  a  picture  by  Giotto  or  by  Breughel,  a 
Gothic  cathedral,  a  mass  by  Palestrina — all  these  things  teach  us 
more  in  one  flash  than  living  men  could  do  by  long  discourses. 

The  following  examples  will  show  what  kind  of  information  the 
history  of  art  can  give  us.  It  is  by  comparing  various  monuments 
that  Viollet  le  Due  has  been  able  to  find  out  some  of  the  principal 
commercial  roads  of  the  twelfth  century.  Illustrations  from  Roman 
monuments  give  us  exact  information  as  to  the  origin  of  domestic 
and  medical  plants.  Indeed,  it  is  through  Greece  and  Rome  that 
most  of  them  were  introduced  from  the  East  into  Europe.  The  his- 
tory of  these  plants  tells  us  all  the  vicissitudes  that  modified  the 
commercial  and  intellectual  relations  between  those  peoples.  Here 
is  another  very  curious  fact.  The  great  botanist  H.  de  Vries  dis- 
covered the  variety  monophylla  of  7ragaria  vesca  in  a  picture  by 
Holbein  the  Elder  ("The  Saint  Sebastian  of  Munich/'  dated 
1516).  This  variety  is  now  cultivated  in  botanic  gardens  as  a 
rarity.  One  guesses  that  similar  discoveries,  however  small  they 
may  appear,  sometimes  accomplish  the  solution  of  historical  prob- 
lems. 

Lastly,  I  wish  to  note  that  the  history  of  science  is  also,  to  a 
certain  extent — perhaps  less  than  some  mathematicians  think,  but 
much  more  than  the  artists  suppose — a  history  of  taste.  Leaving 
aside  the  external  beauty  of  many  books  of  science,  for  many 
scientists  were  splendid  writers  (think  of  Galileo,  Descartes,  Pas- 
cal, Goethe,  Darwin) ,  the  very  substance  of  their  work  has  often 
a  great  aesthetic  value.  Scientists  who  are  men  of  taste  very  easily 
distinguish  the  scientific  theories  that  are  beautiful  and  elegant 
from  the  others.  It  would  be  wrong  to  ignore  this  distinction,  be- 
cause this  beauty  and  harmony,  that  the  average  person  cannot 
see  but  that  the  scientist  does  see,  is  extremely  deep  and  significant. 
One  might  ask :  'These  theories  that  are  more  beautiful — are  they 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  43 

more  true?"  Anyhow,  they  are  easier  to  grasp  and  more  fertile; 
and  for  these  reasons  alone  it  is  worth  while  to  give  them  our 
preference. 

THE  SCIENTIFIC  POINT  OF  VIEW 

The  history  of  science  has  a  great  heuristic  value,  especially  if 
it  has  been  worked  out  by  somebody  who  is  as  well  acquainted 
with  modern  scientific  tendencies  as  with  ancient  ones.  The  se- 
quence of  old  discoveries  suggests  similar  concatenations  to  the 
scientist,  and  so  enables  him  to  make  new  discoveries.  Disused 
methods,  cleverly  modified,  may  be  rendered  efficient  again.  When 
this  is  understood,  the  history  of  science  becomes  really  a  research 
method.  A  great  scientist  of  our  own  time,  Ostwald,  has  even 
gone  so  far  as  to  say  that,  "It  is  nothing  but  a  research  method." 
We  do  not  admit  that  much.  Anyhow,  new  and  old  science  com- 
plete and  continuously  help  one  another  to  advance  and  to  di- 
minish the  unknown  that  surrounds  us  everywhere.  Does  this 
idea  not  illuminate  our  conception  of  universal  scientific  col- 
laboration? Death  itself  does  not  interrupt  the  scientist's  work. 
Theories  once  unfolded  are  eternally  living  and  acting. 

To  give  to  our  history  all  its  heuristic  value,  it  is  not  sufficient 
to  retrace  the  progress  of  the  human  mind.  It  is  also  necessary  to 
remember  the  regressions,  the  sudden  halts,  the  mishaps  of  all 
kinds  that  have  interrupted  its  course.  The  history  of  errors  is 
extremely  useful;  for  one  thing,  because  it  helps  us  to  better  ap- 
preciate the  evolution  of  truth;  also  because  it  enables  us  to  avoid 
the  same  mistakes  in  the  future;  lastly,  because  the  errors  of 
science  are  of  a  relative  nature.  The  truths  of  today  will  perhaps 
be  considered  tomorrow,  if  not  as  complete  mistakes,  at  least  as 
very  incomplete  truths;  and  who  knows  whether  the  errors  of 
yesterday  will  not  be  the  approximate  truths  of  tomorrow?  Simi- 
lar rehabilitations  frequently  occur,  and  the  results  of  historical 
research  often  oblige  us  to  admire  and  honor  people  who  have 
been  misunderstood  and  despised  in  their  own  time.  This  inci- 


44  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

dentally  proves  that  the  study  of  the  history  of  science  has  also 
some  moral  advantages. 

However,  the  history  of  superstitions  and  errors  must  not  make 
us  forget  that  it  is  the  history  of  truth — the  most  complete  and 
the  highest  truths — that  interests  us  primarily.  Besides,  one  may 
aim  at  retracing  the  history  of  truth  in  its  entirety,  because  it  is 
naturally  limited;  but  the  history  of  errors  is  infinite!  Therefore 
it  is  necessary  to  fix  some  artificial  limits  to  the  latter  and  to 
choose  judiciously  between  the  errors  and  the  superstitions.  A 
great  simplification  is  obtained  by  classifying  the  errors  in  groups. 
Indeed,  the  same  mistakes  and  superstitions  appear  over  and  over 
again  in  different  shapes,  and  it  is  useful  to  know  the  various 
types  of  errors  in  order  to  understand  the  mechanism  of  intellect. 

It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  many  scientists  decline  to  admit 
the  utility  of  historical  research,  or  consider  it  simply  as  a  kind 
of  pastime  of  small  importance.  They  base  their  contempt  on  the 
following  argument:  "All  the  best  of  ancient  science  has  been 
assimilated  and  incorporated  in  our  own  science.  The  rest  only 
deserves  oblivion,  and  it  is  awkward  to  over-burden  our  memory 
with  it.  The  science  that  we  are  learning  and  teaching  is  the  result 
of  a  continuous  selection  which  has  eliminated  all  the  parasitic 
parts  in  order  to  retain  only  that  which  is  of  real  value/' 

It  is  easy  to  see  that  this  argument  is  not  sound.  For  one  thing, 
who  will  guarantee  that  the  successive  selections  have  been  well 
made?  This  is  so  much  the  more  a  matter  of  doubt  in  that  this  se- 
lective and  synthetic  work  is  generally  done  not  by  men  of  genius, 
but  by  professors,  by  authors  of  textbooks,  vulgarizers  of  all 
kinds,  whose  judgment  is  not  necessarily  irreproachable  and 
whose  intuitions  are  not  always  successful.  Besides,  as  science  is 
constantly  evolving,  and  as  new  points  of  view  are  introduced  every 
day,  any  idea  that  has  been  neglected  may  be  considered  later  on 
as  very  important  and  fertile.  It  often  happens  also  that  some 
facts,  scarcely  known,  all  at  once  become  very  interesting,  because 
they  can  be  inserted  into  a  new  theory  that  they  help  to  illustrate. 
Of  course  scientific  syntheses — such  as  those  represented  by  our 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE 


45 


textbooks — are  indispensable.  Without  them  science  could  hardly 
be  transmitted  from  one  generation  of  students  to  the  next,  but  it 
must  be  understood  that  they  are  always  provisional  and  pre- 
carious. They  must  be  periodically  revised.  Now,  how  would  that 
be  possible  if  the  history  of  science  did  not  show  us  our  way 
through  all  the  unutilized  experience  of  the  past?  History  is,  so 
to  say,  the  guide,  the  catalogue  without  which  new  syntheses  and 
selections  made  from  fresh  points  of  view  would  hardly  be  pos- 
sible. All  the  vicissitudes  and  recantations  of  science  prove  con- 
clusively that  no  man  can  ever  flatter  himself  that  he  has  definitely 
and  completely  exhausted  a  scientific  fact  or  theory.  No  particle 
of  human  experience,  however  small,  can  be  entirely  neglected. 
To  assert  this  is  to  assert,  at  the  same  time,  the  necessity  of  his- 
torical research. 

Moreover,  among  scientific  works  there  are  some,  the  genesis 
of  which  cannot  be  explained  in  the  ordinary  analytical  way. 
They  introduce  abrupt  discontinuities  into  the  evolution  of 
science,  because  they  so  far  anticipate  their  own  time.  These 
works  of  genius  are  never  entirely  explored,  and  the  interest  they 
offer  is  never  entirely  exhausted.  It  is  perhaps  because  it  is  almost 
inexhaustible,  that  true  genius  is  so  mysterious.  Sometimes  cen- 
turies pass  before  the  doctrines  of  a  man  of  genius  are  appraised 
at  their  true  value.  A  great  deal  of  benefit  is  still  to  be  reaped  from 
reading  in  the  works  of  Aristotle,  Diophantus,  Huygens  or  New- 
ton. They  are  full  of  hidden  treasures.  It  is  a  gross  mistake  to  think 
that  there  is  nothing  more  in  such  works  than  the  facts  and  ideas 
which  are  positively  formulated;  if  that  were  true,  of  course,  it 
would  be  useless  to  refer  to  them:  the  enunciation  of  these  facts 
and  ideas  would  suffice.  But  that  is  not  true,  and  I  cannot  but  ad- 
vise those  who  have  any  doubt  about  it,  to  try.  They  will  find 
that  nothing  excites  the  mind  more  than  this  return  to  the  sources. 
Here,  also,  it  is  the  historian's  business  to  point  out  to  the  scien- 
tist the  very  sources  where  he  will  most  likely  invigorate  his  mind 
and  start  a  fresh  impulse. 

I  wish  now  to  give  a  few  examples  to  illustrate  the  preceding 


46  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

remarks.  Any  amount  of  them  can  be  found  in  the  history  of 
medicine;  we  need  but  recall  how  greatly  the  whole  of  medical 
evolution  has  been  influenced  by  the  Hippocratic  teaching,  our 
modern  ideas  on  humorism  and  naturism;  or,  again,  the  organo- 
therapeutic  theories.  Not  only  are  the  old  ideas  restored  to  vogue, 
but  it  sometimes  seems  that  a  kind  of  rhythm  brings  them  back 
to  light  periodically.  Georges  Bohn  has  shown  the  periodical 
return,  in  the  domain  of  comparative  psychology,  on  one  hand, 
of  the  animistic  and  anthropomorphic  conceptions,  and  on  the 
other  hand,  of  the  positivist  conceptions.  As  a  rule,  the  further 
science  is  removed  from  the  mathematical  form,  the  more  likely 
these  vicissitudes  are.  One  can  also  say  that  when  science  is  more 
accurate,  that  is  to  say,  when  the  domain  of  uncertainty  and 
hypothesis  becomes  narrower,  the  oscillations  of  the  mind  between 
divergent  points  of  view  are  so  much  the  less  numerous, — but  they 
do  not  cease  entirely.  Thus  E.  Belot  reintroduced  into  cosmology, 
in  a  very  seductive  shape,  the  vortex  theory  that  one  would  have 
thought  had  been  entirely  banished  by  Newton's  criticisms. 
Similarly  weighty  reasons  exist  for  reinstating  into  optics  the 
emission  theory,  which  seemed  to  have  been  forever  exploded 
by  the  discoveries  of  Huygens,  Young  and  Fresnel. 

But  the  best  examples  of  such  return  to  ancient  knowledge  are 
given  to  us  by  the  history  of  technology.  The  history  of  chemical 
industries  is  very  significant  from  this  point  of  view :  this  is  due  to 
the  fact  that  here  economic  conditions  play  a  considerable  part.  In 
order  that  an  invention  may  be  realized  it  does  not  suffice  that  it  be 
theoretically  possible;  it  must  pay.  Now  thousands  of  circum- 
stances continually  modify  the  material  factors  which  the  engineer 
is  struggling  with;  many  are  of  such  a  nature  that  nobody  could 
foresee  them,  or  (what  amounts  to  the  same  thing) ,  that  it  would 
cost  too  much  to  insure  oneself  against  all  of  them.  If  new  products 
appear  on  the  market,  or  if  the  prices  of  some  of  the  raw  materials 
happen  to  vary  considerably,  or  if  new  discoveries  are  made,  or 
if  new  residues  are  to  be  employed,  old  methods  that  were  once  too 
expensive  may  become  economical,  or  vice  versa.   Hence  the 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  47 

chemist  and  the  engineer  have  a  vital  interest  in  knowing  the 
processes  that  have  fallen  into  disuse,  but  to  which  the  very 
progress  of  science  may  give  from  one  day  to  the  next  a  new 
career.  The  history  of  science  is  to  them,  so  to  say,  what  aban- 
doned mines  are  to  the  prospector. 

But  in  my  opinion,  however  important  its  heuristic  value  may 
be,  there  are  still  deeper  reasons  why  the  scientist  should  give 
his  attention  to  the  history  of  science.  I  am  thinking  of  those 
which  have  been  so  splendidly  illustrated  by  Ernst  Mach  in  his 
"Mechanics.  For  one  thing,  it  is  obvious  that  "they  that  know  the 
entire  course  of  the  development  of  science  will,  as  a  matter  of 
course,  judge  more  freely  and  more  correctly  of  the  significance  of 
any  present  scientific  movement  than  they  who,  limited  in  their 
views  to  the  age  in  which  their  own  lives  have  been  spent,  con- 
template merely  the  momentary  trend  that  the  course  of  intellec- 
tual events  takes  at  the  present  moment."  In  other  words,  in  order 
to  understand  and  appraise  at  its  just  value  what  one  possesses,  it 
is  well  to  know  what  the  people  possessed  who  came  before  us; 
this  is  as  true  in  the  domain  of  science  as  it  is  in  daily  life.  It  is 
historical  knowledge  that  discloses  to  the  scientist  his  precise  at- 
titude toward  the  problems  with  which  he  has  to  grapple,  and  that 
enables  him  to  dominate  them. 

Moreover,  while  research  workers  exert  themselves  to  extend 
the  boundaries  of  science,  other  scientists  are  more  anxious  to 
ascertain  whether  the  scaffolding  is  really  solid,  and  whether  their 
more  and  more  daring  and  complex  edifices  do  not  risk  giving 
way.  Now  the  task  of  the  latter,  which  is  neither  less  important 
nor  less  lofty  than  that  of  discovery,  necessarily  implies  a  return 
to  the  past.  This  critical  work  is  essentially  of  an  historical  nature. 
While  it  helps  to  make  the  whole  fabric  of  science  more  coherent 
and  more  rigorous,  at  the  same  time  it  brings  to  light  all  the  acci- 
dental and  conventional  parts  of  it,  and  so  it  opens  new  horizons 
to  the  discoverer's  mind.  If  that  work  were  not  done,  science 
would  soon  degenerate  into  a  system  of  prejudices;  its  principles 


48  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

would  become  metaphysical  axioms,  dogmas,  a  new  kind  of 
revelation. 

That  is  what  some  scientists  come  to,  who,  for  fear  of  falling 
into  literature  or  "metaphysics"  (as  they  put  it) ,  banish  all  histor- 
ical or  philosophic  considerations.  Alas!  the  exclusive  worship  of 
positive  facts  makes  them  sink  into  the  worst  kind  of  metaphysics 
— scientific  idolatry. 

Fortunately,  it  happens  at  certain  periods  of  evolution  that  re- 
sounding and  paradoxical  discoveries  make  an  inventory  and  a 
thorough  survey  of  our  knowledge  more  obviously  necessary  to 
everybody.  We  are  fortunate  enough  to  be  living  at  one  of  these 
critical  and  most  interesting  periods. 

The  purpose  of  historical  criticism  is  not  merely  to  render 
science  more  accurate,  but  also  to  bring  order  and  clarity  into 
it,  to  simplify  it.  Indeed,  it  is  the  survey  of  the  past  that  enables 
us  best  to  extricate  what  is  really  essential.  The  importance  of  a 
concept  appears  in  a  much  better  light  when  one  has  taken  the 
trouble  to  consider  all  the  difficulties  that  were  surmounted  to 
reach  it,  all  the  errors  with  which  it  was  entangled,  in  short,  all 
the  previous  life  that  has  given  birth  to  it.  One  could  say  that  the 
riches  and  fertility  of  a  concept  are  a  function  of  its  heredity,  and 
that  alone  makes  it  worth  while  to  study  its  genealogy. 

The  history  of  science  is  accomplishing  an  endless  purification 
of  scientific  facts  and  ideas.  It  enables  us  to  deepen  them,  which  is 
undoubtedly  the  best  way  to  make  them  simpler.  This  simplifica- 
tion is,  of  course,  the  more  necessary  as  science  grows  bigger  and 
more  intricate.  By  the  way,  it  is  thanks  to  this  progressive 
simplification  that  an  encyclopedic  knowledge  does  not  become 
utterly  impossible;  in  certain  cases  it  becomes  even  more  ac- 
cessible. For  instance,  is  it  not  easier  to  study  chemistry  or  as- 
tronomy— I  mean  the  essentials  of  it — now  than  it  was,  say,  in  the 
fifteenth  century? 

I  think  one  can  infer  from  all  the  preceding  remarks  that  no 
scientist  is  entitled  to  claim  a  profound  and  complete  knowledge 
of  his  branch  of  science  if  he  is  not  acquainted  with  its  history.  I 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  49 

have  compared  the  scientific  achievements  of  mankind  with  the 
collective  work  that  the  bees  accomplish  in  their  hives.  This  com- 
parison is  particularly  apposite  to  the  scientists  who  have  special- 
ized to  excess  and  work  diligently  in  their  own  narrow  field,  ignor- 
ing the  rest  of  the  world.  Such  men  are  doubtless  necessary,  as  are 
the  bees  that  provide  honey.  But  their  endeavors  could  never  give 
birth  to  a  systematic  knowledge,  to  a  science  proper.  It  is  the  more 
necessary  that  other  scientists  raise  themselves  above  the  artificial 
partitions  of  the  different  specialties.  Their  investigations  irresist- 
ibly lead  them  to  the  study  of  history,  and  they  obtain  from  it  a 
deeper  apprehension  of  their  own  collaboration  in  the  grand 
undertakings  of  mankind.  Just  as  one  experiences  gratification  in 
knowing  where  one  is  and  why,  similarly  it  gives  them  pleasure 
to  locate  their  own  task  in  the  world's  work  and  to  grasp  better  its 
relative  import.  And  also,  they  understand,  better  than  others 
do,  the  significance  of  the  thousand  and  one  ties  that  connect 
them  to  their  fellowmen — and  the  power  of  human  solidarity, 
without  which  there  would  be  no  science. 

THE  PEDAGOGIC  POINT  OF  VIEW 

Science  is  generally  taught  in  a  much  too  synthetical  way.* 
It  may  be  that  this  method  is  indeed  the  best  for  the  average 
student  who  passively  accepts  the  master's  authority.  But  those 
whose  philosophical  mind  is  more  awake  can  hardly  be  satisfied 
by  this  food,  the  preparation  of  which  is  unknown  to  them.  In- 
stead of  being  assuaged  by  harmonious  order  and  perfect  science, 
they  are  devoured  by  doubt  and  anxiety :  Why  does  the  master 
teach  us  so?  Why  has  he  chosen  those  definitions?  Why?"  Not 
that  they  are  loath  to  use  synthetical  methods;  on  the  contrary, 
these  young  men  will  probably  be  the  first  to  admire  the  depth 
and  elegance  of  such  teaching  once  they  have  grasped  from  their 
own  experience  its  logical  appositeness,  its  generality  and  its 

*  My   experience  refers   especially   to   the   European   continent   and   to   the   teaching   of   the 
physical  and  mathematical  sciences. 


50  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

economy.  But  first  of  all  they  want  to  know  "how  all  that  was 
built  up/'  and  their  minds  instinctively  recoil  from  a  dogmatism 
that  is  still  arbitrary  to  them. 

It  remains  arbitrary  indeed  so  long  as  the  reasons  that  justify 
and  render  natural  one  arrangement  in  preference  to  any  other 
have  not  been  explained.  I  know  that  it  is  not  easy  to  teach  be- 
ginners in  this  way,  but  at  least  the  deficiences  of  the  present 
methods  could  be  tempered,  and  I  do  not  ask  for  more. 

Nothing  would  be  more  useful  from  this  point  of  view  than  to 
work  out  some  textbooks  in  which  science  would  be  expounded 
in  chronological  order;  this  is  indeed  a  very  important  task  for 
which  Ernst  Mach  has  given  us  some  admirable  models.  These 
textbooks  would  not  be  employed  for  elementary  study,  unless 
the  pupils  used  them  at  the  same  time  as  others  composed  along 
dogmatic  lines.  Students  should  be  asked  to  study  the  latter  and 
read  the  former.  But  in  my  opinion,  these  historical  textbooks 
would  especially  stand  professors  in  good  stead,  by  enabling  them 
to  illustrate  their  lessons  and  make  them  more  intuitive.  Oral 
teaching,  more  pliable  than  written  teaching,  would  easily  admit 
of  short  historical  digressions.  Would  not  the  students  more  easily 
remember  the  abstract  truths  that  are  impressed  upon  them  in 
ever-increasing  quantities,  if  their  memory  could  lay  hold  of 
some  live  facts? 

But  that  does  not  exhaust  the  pedagogic  importance  of  the 
history  of  science.  Nothing  is  better  fitted  to  awaken  a  pupil's 
critical  sense  and  to  test  his  vocation  than  to  retrace  for  him  in 
detail  the  complete  history  of  a  discovery,  to  show  him  the  tram- 
mels of  all  kinds  that  constantly  arise  in  the  inventor's  path,  to 
show  him  also  how  one  surmounts  them  or  evades  them,  and 
lastly  how  one  draws  closer  and  closer  to  the  goal  without  ever 
reaching  it.  Besides,  this  historical  initiation  would  cure  the  young 
students  of  the  unfortunate  habit  of  thinking  that  science  began 
with  them. 

Good  scientific  biographies  also  have  a  great  educational  value; 
they  lead  an  adolescent's  imagination  in  the  best  direction.  Crit- 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE 


51 


ical  and  sincere  biographies  make  excellent  contributions  to  the 
history  of  mankind.  Would  not  the  students  work  with  a  better 
heart  and  more  enthusiasm,  would  they  not  have  a  deeper  re- 
spect for  science,  if  they  knew  a  little  more  about  the  heroes  who 
have  built  it  up,  stone  by  stone,  at  the  expense  of  so  much  suffer- 
ing, struggle  and  perseverance?  Would  they  not  be  more  eager  to 
undertake  some  disinterested  research  work?  Or,  at  least,  would 
they  not  better  appreciate  the  greatness  and  beauty  of  the  whole 
if  they  had,  more  or  less,  partaken  of  the  joy  and  intoxication  of 
seeing  it  accomplished  amidst  continuous  difficulties? 

Lastly,  the  history  of  science — even  more  than  ordinary  history 
— is  a  general  education  in  itself.  It  familiarizes  us  with  the  ideas 
of  evolution  and  continuous  transformation  of  human  things;  it 
makes  us  understand  the  relative  and  precarious  nature  of  all  our 
knowledge;  it  sharpens  our  judgment;  it  shows  us  that,  if 
the  accomplishments  of  mankind  as  a  whole  are  really  grand,  the 
contribution  of  each  of  us  is,  in  the  main,  small,  and  that  even 
the  greatest  amongst  us  ought  to  be  modest.  It  helps  to  make 
scientists  who  are  not  mere  scientists,  but  also  men  and  citizens. 

THE  PSYCHOLOGICAL  AND  SOCIOLOGICAL 
POINTS  OF  VIEW 

The  history  of  science,  its  birth,  its  evolution,  its  diffusion,  its 
progress  and  regressions,  irresistibly  imposes  upon  us  a  series  of 
psychological  problems.  We  here  enter  the  field  of  "universal 
history/'  such  as  the  much-lamented  Karl  Lamprecht  has  defined 
it;  for  the  history  of  science  in  the  main  amounts  to  psycho- 
sociological  investigation. 

It  is  necessary  to  make  a  preliminary  distinction.  The  progress 
of  science  is  due  to  two  different  kinds  of  causes:  (1)  Purely 
psychological  causes,  the  intellectual  work  of  the  scientist;  (2) 
Material  causes,  principally  the  appearance  of  new  subject  matter 
or  the  use  of  improved  scientific  tools.  Of  course,  it  is  not  difficult 
to  show  that  the  origin  of  these  material  causes  is  itself  more  or 


52  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

less  of  a  psychological  nature.  But  the  distinction  holds  good;  a 
discovery  has  not  the  same  character,  the  same  psychological  im- 
portance, if  it  is  the  almost  automatic  result  of  a  technical  improve- 
ment, as  it  would  have  if  it  were  the  fruit  of  a  mind's  reaction. 

We  propose  to  discover  the  general  laws  of  the  intellectual 
evolution  of  mankind,  if  such  laws  exist.  These  studies  might  also 
help  us  to  better  understand  the  intellect's  mechanism.  But  of 
course  we  have  given  up  the  extravagant  idea  of  establishing  a 
priori  the  conditions  of  scientific  development.  On  the  contrary 
our  aim  is  to  deduce  them  from  a  thorough  analysis  of  all  the 
accumulated  experience  of  the  past. 

The  best  instrument  for  these  studies  is  the  comparative 
method,  and  this  means  that  we  must  not  expect  to  reach  a  degree 
of  accuracy  of  which  this  method  does  not  admit.  But  no  scientific 
work  would  be  possible  in  the  domain  of  biology  and  sociology  if 
we  did  not  have  the  wisdom  and  patience  to  be  satisfied  with  the 
approximation  fhat  is  within  our  reach.  The  comparisons  may  be 
confined  to  the  realm  of  science;  I  would  call  these  the  ' 'internal" 
comparisons.  They  may  also  be  made  between  the  evolution  of 
scientific  phenomena  and  that  of  other  intellectual  or  economic 
phenomena;  and  these  I  would  call  the  " external"  comparisons. 
The  greatest  difficulty,  of  course,  is  to  find  evolutionary  processes 
that  can  be  adequately  compared  and  that  are  sufficiently  inde- 
pendent one  of  another. 

The  application  of  this  method  has  already  supplied  some  re- 
sults which  have  been  very  improperly  called  "historical  laws," 
and  the  exactitude  of  which  is  very  variable.  The  following  are 
some  examples  which  I  list  but  shall  refrain  from  discussing.  Paul 
Tannery  has  shown  that  the  development  of  calculation  gener- 
ally precedes  that  of  geometry.  In  their  choice  of  decorative  ele- 
ments, primitive  peoples  always  pass  from  animals  to  plants;  they 
never  do  the  contrary.  The  hypothesis  that  has  been  expressed 
about  the  course  of  civilization  from  the  South  and  the  East  to  the 
North  and  West,  is  well  known.  Remember  also  the  law  of  his- 
torical periods  proposed  by  Lamprecht,  and  especially  the  famous 


HISTORY    OF    SCIENCE  53 

law  of  the  three  states  Qa  hi  des  trois  etats) ,  formulated  by 
Auguste  Comte.  The  theory  of  historical  materialism,  originated 
by  Karl  Marx,  is  also  a  proper  example. 

It  is  sensible  to  undertake  the  study  of  intellectual  activities  in 
the  same  way  that  we  study  the  industry  of  the  beavers  or  the 
bees.  Of  the  work  produced  by  the  human  brain  we  generally 
know  nothing  but  the  results,  but  these  are  tangible  and  can  be,  if 
not  actually  measured,  at  least  compared  and  appraised  with 
more  or  less  precision.  The  invention  of  a  machine  or  the  discovery 
of  a  natural  law:  are  these  not,  at  bottom,  phenomena  of  the 
same  kind  as  the  behavior  of  a  crab  or  of  a  sea  anemone  under  de- 
termined circumstances?  They  are,  of  course,  much  more  com- 
plex and  their  study  requires  the  use  of  new  methods,  scarcely 
explored;  but  can  one  not  admit,  at  least  as  a  working  hypothesis, 
that  they  do  not  differ  in  essentials?  The  psychology  of  the  su- 
perior functions  of  the  brain  is  not  necessarily  more  complicated 
than  that  of  the  inferior  functions;  I  should  be  rather  inclined  to 
think  the  contrary.  For  instance,  would  it  not  be  easier  to  retrace 
the  development  of  a  scientific  idea  in  a  clear  mind  than  to  dis- 
entangle, in  the  "pre-logicaf *  head  of  a  primitive  man,  the  obscure 
roots  of  his  instinct  of  property  or  imitation? 

It  is  from  the  comparison  of  these  intellectual  facts,  as  they  can 
be  collected  by  the  historian  of  science  from  the  whole  intellectual 
experience  of  the  world,  that  we  may  try  to  deduce  the  laws  of 
thought.  Human  experience  has  been  continuously  increasing  dur- 
ing the  ages,  but  the  intellect  itself — has  it  evolved?  The  methods 
of  discovery,  the  mental  experiences,  the  hidden  mechanism  of 
intuition — have  they  not  remained  somewhat  the  same? 

Is  there  nothing  invariable  in  men's  intellectual  behavior?  What 
are  those  invariants,  or  at  least  those  relative  invariants,  those 
more  stable  parts  of  ourselves?  To  what  extent  does  the  scientific 
environment  exert  its  influence  upon  the  scientists,  and  vice  versa"? 
How  do  social  activities  evidence  themselves  in  the  domain  of 
science?  By  what  mental  processes  are  the  ideas  of  the  initiators 
integrated  in  the  collective  thought,  to  become,  by  and  by,  com- 


54  THE    LIFE   OF    SCIENCE 

mon  notions?  All  these  questions,  raised  by  the  history  of  science, 
are  so  many  psychological  problems. 

As  to  research  concerning  the  psychology  of  invention,  choice 
materials  will  be  found  in  the  history  of  technology.  The  results  of 
technical  invention  are  material  objects  of  a  very  concrete  and 
tangible  nature.  Besides,  the  mechanism  of  industrial  discoveries 
is  especially  interesting,  because  to  materialize  his  ideas  the 
engineer  has  actually  to  struggle  with  all  the  difficulties  of  real 
life.  The  struggle  is  more  obvious  here  than  in  any  other  domain. 
It  frequently  happens  that  unexpected  obstacles  are  so  great  that 
the  idea  cannot  be  carried  out;  but  it  also  happens  very  often  that 
the  very  clash  of  these  obstacles  gives  birth  to  new  ideas,  deeper 
and  richer  than  the  original  ones.  Then  one  sees,  so  to  say,  the 
invention  gush  out  from  the  conflict  between  matter  and  spirit. 

It  would  be  apposite  here  to  present  some  remarks  about  the 
"genealogical"  research  work  that  was  initiated  by  Francis  Galton 
and  Alphonse  de  Candolle.  These  very  interesting  historico- 
statistical  investigations,  intimately  connected  with  the  eugenic 
movement,  bring  new  testimonies  to  the  importance  of  the  history 
of  science  from  the  psycho-sociological  point  of  view.  But,  in  order 
to  give  a  good  idea  of  these  studies,  I  should  be  obliged  to  make 
too  long  a  digression  from  my  subject. 

THE  HUMANISTIC  POINT  OF  VIEW 

A  deeper  knowledge  and  a  greater  diffusion  of  the  history 
of  science  will  help  to  bring  about  a  new  "humanism."  (I  beg  the 
reader  to  excuse  me  for  using  a  word  that  has  already  been  em- 
ployed in  at  least  two  different  senses,  but  I  do  not  find  any  other 
that  is  more  adequate  to  the  idea  I  wish  to  convey.)  The  history 
of  science,  if  it  is  understood  in  a  really  philosophic  way,  will 
broaden  our  horizon  and  sympathy;  it  will  raise  our  intellectual 
and  moral  standards;  it  will  deepen  our  comprehension  of  men 
and  nature.  The  humanistic  movement  of  the  Renaissance  was 
essentially  a  synthetic  movement.  The  humanists  were  longing 


HISTORY   OF    SCIENCE  55 

for  a  new  atmosphere  and  a  broader  conception  of  life;  their 
curiosity  was  insatiable.  We  have  at  least  this  much  in  common 
with  them.  We  know  also  that  if  science  were  to  be  abandoned  to 
narrow-minded  specialists,  it  would  soon  degenerate  into  a  new 
kind  of  scholasticism,  without  life  or  beauty — false  and  wrong  like 
death  itself.  This  would  be  another  good  reason  for  comparing 
our  task  with  that  accomplished  by  the  former  humanists.  How- 
ever, their  movement  was  essentially  toward  the  past;  ours  is 
much  more  a  movement  toward  the  future. 

Science,  divided  into  water-tight  compartments,  makes  us  feel 
uneasy; — a  world  split  into  selfish  and  quarrelsome  nations  (simi- 
lar to  the  Italian  and  Flemish  municipalities  of  the  Renaissance) 
is  too  narrow  for  us.  We  need  the  full  experience  of  other  coun- 
tries, of  other  races;  we  need  also  the  full  experience  of  other  ages. 
We  need  more  air! 

It  may  be  useful  to  lay  some  stress  on  the  significance  of  science 
from  the  international  point  of  view.  Science  is  the  most  precious 
patrimony  of  mankind.  It  is  immortal.  It  is  inalienable.  It  cannot 
but  increase.  Does  not  this  precious  patrimony  deserve  to  be 
known  thoroughly,  not  only  in  its  present  state  but  in  its  whole 
evolution?  Now  most  men — most  scientists — are  unfamiliar  with 
the  glorious  history  of  our  conquests  over  nature.  Would  it  not  be 
a  great  work  of  peace  and  progress  to  bring  them  to  better  under- 
standing and  appreciation  of  this  intellectual  domain  which  is 
privileged  among  all  others,  because  it  is  the  only  one  that  is 
entirely  common  to  all?  Science  is  not  only  the  strongest  tie,  but 
it  is  the  only  one  that  is  really  strong  and  undisputed. 

Science  makes  for  peace  more  than  anything  else  in  the  world; 
it  is  the  cement  that  holds  together  the  highest  and  the  most  com- 
prehensive minds  of  all  countries,  of  all  races,  of  all  creeds.  Every 
nation  derives  benefit  from  the  discoveries  that  have  been  made 
by  the  others. 

Just  as  scientific  methods  are  the  basis  of  well-nigh  all  our 
knowledge,  just  so  science  appears  more  and  more  as  the  bedrock 
on  which  every  organization  has  to  be  built  up  to  be  strong  and 


56  THE    LIFE   OF    SCIENCE 

fertile.  It  is  the  most  powerful  factor  of  human  progress.  As  Mach 
has  perfectly  put  it :  cc Science  has  undertaken  to  replace  wavering 
and  unconscious  adaptation  by  a  methodical  adaptation,  quicker 
and  decidedly  conscious/'  It  is  the  historian's  duty  to  evidence  all 
the  scientific  facts  and  ideas  that  make  for  peace  and  civilization; 
in  this  way  he  will  make  science's  cultural  function  more  secure. 

The  international  significance  of  the  history  of  science  has  not 
been  better  grasped  thus  far,  for  the  simple  reason  that  very  few 
historical  studies  have  been  inspired  by  a  real  international  spirit. 
For  one  thing,  universal  histories  have  been  almost  exclusively 
devoted  to  the  achievements  of  the  Indo-Aryan  race.  Everything  in 
them  gravitates  round  the  development  of  Europe.  Of  course  this 
point  of  view  is  absolutely  false.  The  history  of  mankind  is  too 
obviously  incomplete  if  it  does  not  include,  on  the  same  level  as 
the  Western  experience,  the  immense  experience  of  the  East.  We 
badly  need  the  knowledge  and  wisdom  of  Asia.  They  have  found 
other  solutions  to  our  own  problems  (the  fundamental  problems 
cannot  but  be  the  same)  and  it  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to 
consider  these  solutions,  and  to  consider  them  with  humility.  They 
have  very  often  been  nearer  to  truth  and  beauty  than  we.  Besides, 
although  the  development  of  the  Far  Eastern  countries  has  been 
to  a  great  extent  independent  of  our  own,  there  have  been  far 
more  exchanges,  especially  in  ancient  times,  than  is  generally  be- 
lieved, and  it  is  of  paramount  importance  to  investigate  these 
matters. 

The  progress  of  mankind  is  not  simply  an  economic  develop- 
ment; it  is  much  more  an  intellectual  unfolding,  as  Henry  Thomas 
Buckle  has  shown  with  so  much  force.  The  whole  course  of  civili- 
zation is  marked  by  the  triumph  of  the  mental  laws  over  the 
physical — a  triumph  of  man  over  nature.  But  to  my  mind,  Buckle 
has  even  gone  too  far  in  this  direction.  I  am  not  ready  to  concede 
his  claim  that  the  changes  in  every  civilized  people  are  dependent 
solely  on  three  things:  (1)  The  amount  of  knowledge  of  the 
ablest  men;  (2)  The  direction  of  this  knowledge;  (3)  Its  diffusion. 


HISTORY   OF    SCIENCE  57 

If  Buckle  were  right  all  history  would  be  included  in  the  history 
of  science.  There  are  other  things  to  consider. 

Moral  factors  do  not  deserve  the  contempt  which  Buckle 
showed  them  and  I  think  that  it  is  even  possible  to  construct  an 
ethical  interpretation  of  history.  To  give  a  moral  significance  to 
history,  the  essential  condition  is  to  make  it  as  complete,  as  sincere 
as  possible.  Nothing  is  more  demoralizing  than  histories  ad  usum 
T)elphini.  We  must  display  the  whole  of  human  experience,  the 
best  and  worst  together.  The  greatest  achievement  of  mankind  is 
indeed  its  struggle  against  evil  and  ignorance.  Nothing  is  nobler 
than  this  endless  struggle  between  the  truth  of  to-day  and  that  of 
yesterday.  It  stands  to  reason  that  if  one  side  of  the  picture  is  not 
shown — the  evil  side,  for  instance — the  other  loses  a  great  deal  of 
its  interest.  The  quest  for  truth  and  beauty  is  indeed  man's  glory. 
This  is  certainly  the  highest  moral  interpretation  which  history 
allows. 

We  must  try  to  humanize  science,  better  to  show  its  various 
relations  with  other  human  activities — its  relation  to  our  own 
nature.  It  will  not  lower  science;  on  the  contrary,  science  remains 
the  center  of  human  evolution  and  its  highest  goal;  to  humanize  it 
is  not  to  make  it  less  important,  but  more  significant,  more  impres- 
sive, more  amiable. 

The  new  humanism — as  I  venture  to  call  the  intellectual  move- 
ment that  has  been  defined  in  the  preceding  pages — will  also  have 
the  following  consequences :  it  will  disentangle  us  from  many  local 
and  national  prejudices,  also  from  many  of  the  common  prejudices 
of  our  own  time.  Each  age  has,  of  course,  its  own  prejudices.  Just 
as  the  only  way  to  get  rid  of  local  prejudices  is  to  travel, — simi- 
larly, to  extricate  ourselves  from  time-narrowness,  we  must  wander 
through  the  age?.  Our  age  is  not  necessarily  the  best  or  the  wisest, 
and  anyhow  it  is  not  the  last!  We  have  to  prepare  the  next  one, 
and  I  hope  a  better  one. 

If  we  study  history,  it  is  not  through  mere  curiosity,  simply  to 
know  how  things  happened  in  the  olden  times  (if  we  have  no 
other  purpose  than  this,  our  knowledge  would  indeed  be  of  a  poor 


58  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

quality) ;  nor  is  it  for  the  mere  intellectual  joy  of  understanding 
life  better.  We  are  not  disinterested  enough  for  that.  No;  we  wish 
to  understand,  to  foresee  more  clearly;  we  wish  to  be  able  to  act 
with  more  precision  and  wisdom.  History  itself  is  of  no  concern 
to  us.  The  past  does  not  interest  us  but  for  the  future. 

To  build  up  this  future,  to  make  it  beautiful,  as  were  those 
glorious  times  of  synthetic  knowledge,  for  instance  that  of  Phidias 
or  of  Leonardo  da  Vinci,  it  is  necessary  to  prepare  a  new  synthesis. 
We  propose  to  realize  it  by  bringing  about  a  new  and  more  inti- 
mate collaboration  between  scientist,  philosopher  and  historian. 
If  that  could  be  accomplished,  it  would  give  birth  to  so  much 
beauty  that  the  collaboration  of  the  artist  would  also,  necessarily, 
be  secured;  an  age  of  synthesis  is  always  an  age  of  art.  This  syn- 
thesis is  what  I  call  ffthe  new  humanism."  It  is  something  in  the 
making — not  a  dream.  We  see  it  growing,  but  no  one  can  tell 
how  big  it  will  grow. 

The  writer  is  convinced  that  the  history  of  science — that  is  to 
say,  the  history  of  human  thought  and  civilization  in  its  broadest 
form — is  the  indispensable  basis  of  any  philosophy.  History  is  but 
a  method — not  an  aim ! 


PART     TWO 


SECRET  HISTORY 


4.  SECRET  HISTORY 


The  history  of  mankind  is  double :  political  history  which  is  to  a 
large  extent  a  history  of  the  masses,  and  intellectual  history  which 
is  largely  the  history  of  a  few  individuals. 

The  first  development  is  the  obvious  one;  it  is  the  one  which  has 
thus  far  claimed  the  attention  of  historians  almost  exclusively. 
The  peoples  of  the  earth  and,  within  each  nation,  the  different 
classes  of  men,  are  not  equally  fertile,  ingenious,  energetic,  ambi- 
tious. Their  ambition — in  the  case  of  peoples  one  calls  it,  often, 
imperialism — is  a  function  of  their  strength  and  vitality.  If  they 
become  conscious  of  their  superiority  without  being  restrained 
by  moral  or  religious  motives,  they  are  bound  to  become  aggres- 
sive. Between  strong,  numerous,  hungry  people  on  the  one  hand 
and  a  people,  weak  and  few  in  number,  on  the  other,  there  arises, 
so  to  say,  a  difference  of  potential  which,  if  it  reaches  a  certain 
limit,  causes  a  sudden  disruption — war  or  revolution.  Political  or 
economic  history  can  thus  be  explained  in  terms  of  forces  chiefly 
material.  (At  least  in  theory,  for  in  most  cases  the  complexity  of 
causes  is  too  great  to  admit  of  a  strict  analysis  and  we  must  be  con- 
tent to  register  most  historical  disruptions  as  we  register  earth- 
quakes or  cyclones :  we  know  the  causes  but  only  in  a  general  way, 
and  our  grasp  of  them  is  very  weak.)  To  be  sure,  other  factors 
than  the  material  must  be  considered — moral  and  religious  factors, 
for  instance, — but  the  fundamental  causes  are  material.  Leaders 
may  exert  a  deep  influence  and  modify  the  course  of  events,  but 
only  to  a  limited  extent,  for  their  energy  remains  always  a  function 
of  the  energy  of  their  following.  They  can  lead  only  to  the  extent  to 
which  they  avail  themselves  of  existing  passions,  of  the  differences 
of  potential  which  already  obtain:  they  cannot  create  these  dif- 
ferences, but  they  can  make  use  of  them  in  various  ways;  they 
can  delay  the  discharge  or  else  provoke  it  and  modify  its  nature. 

The  second  development  is  far  less  obvious;  in  fact  so  far  as  the 

61 


62  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

majority  of  people  is  concerned,  it  is  almost  secret.  Yet  it  is  the 
development  of  the  activities  which  are  most  specifically  human, 
the  development  of  all  that  is  best  in  humanity:  I  mean  the  de- 
velopment of  art,  of  science,  of  justice,  of  moral  and  religious 
ideals;  in  short,  the  creation  and  evolution  of  spiritual  values. 
These  values  are  created  by  individuals;  in  most  cases  isolated 
individuals.  Caesar  and  Napoleon  cannot  accomplish  their  destiny 
without  the  collaboration  of  millions;  Spinoza,  Newton,  Pasteur 
do  accomplish  their  own  in  seclusion.  They  thrive  best  in  solitude. 
The  elaboration  of  their  sacred  task — the  very  fulfillment  of 
human  destiny — is  to  a  large  degree  independent  of  circumstances. 
At  least,  external  circumstances  seem  purely  accidental,  not  really 
creative.  Society  can  poison  Socrates,  crucify  Jesus  or  behead 
Lavoisier;  it  cannot  cause  them  to  be  born,  it  cannot  dictate 
their  task. 

It  is  a  very  great  pleasure  to  reveal  to  young  students  this 
second  but  essential  aspect  of  human  history — the  course  of 
human  progress — for  they  know  generally  but  little  of  it,  and 
what  they  know  has  been  obscured  by  the  large  mass  of  irrelevant 
and  indifferent  facts.  They  see  kings  enthroned,  peoples  in  arms; 
they  hear  the  clash  of  armies  or  of  mobs;  they  may  even  hear  the 
impassioned  orations  of  statesmen  or  rebels.  But  how  could  they 
see  the  poor  philosopher  working  in  his  miserable  quarters;  the 
artist  wrung  under  the  load  of  his  inspiration;  the  scientist  pursu- 
ing silently,  obstinately,  his  self-imposed  quest?  It  requires  more 
wisdom  and  imagination  than  they  can  possibly  have  to  see  these 
things.  They  may  know  pretty  well  the  historical  background.  It 
is  the  inestimable  privilege  of  the  historian  of  science  to  place  in 
front  of  it  these  inconspicuous  but  central  figures. 

Who  cares  to  know  the  great  business  men  and  the  financiers 
of  Greece  or  Rome  or  of  the  Renaissance?  Their  very  names  are 
forgotten.  The  very  few  of  them  who  escaped  oblivion  did  so 
only  because  they  patronized  the  disinterested  activity  of  schol- 
ars, artists  and  scientists.  Yet  in  spite  of  the  high  regard  which 


SECRET    HISTORY  63 

mankind  has  for  those  who  minister  successfully  to  its  material 
needs,  as  soon  as  they  are  dead  and  mankind's  judgment  is  no 
longer  influenced  by  these  needs,  such  men  are  thrown  into  the 
background  and  their  servants — artists  and  scientists — come  into 
the  center  of  the  stage.  The  sober  judgment  of  mankind  thus  con- 
firms our  assumption :  the  few  men  who  enrich  its  spiritual  life  are 
its  true  representatives  in  the  light  of  eternity.  Are  we  not  right 
then  in  believing  that  it  is  they,  and  no  others,  who  fulfill  its 
destiny? 

This  enables  us  finally  to  solve  another  paradox :  how  can  one 
reconcile  the  unity  of  mankind  with  a  chronic  state  of  distrust,  of 
discord  and  war,  alas!  all  too  obvious?  Quite  simply;  the  unity  is 
hidden  but  deep-seated;  the  disunity  widespread  but  superficial. 
The  unity  is  felt  and  expressed  primarily  by  the  few  men  of  all 
nations  whose  aims  are  not  selfish,  or  provincial,  nationalistic, 
racial  or  sectarian  in  any  way,  but  largely  human:  the  very  few 
men  upon  whom  has  devolved  the  fulfillment  of  mankind's  pur- 
pose. They  realize  intensely  that  their  interests  are  different  from 
the  disunity,  from  the  antagonism  felt  and  expressed  by  an  over- 
whelming majority:  those  who  are  jealous  of  their  own  brethren: 
whose  contempt,  distrust  or  even  hatred  of  all  other  men  is  one  of 
the  emotional  sources  of  their  life,  one  of  the  stimulants  of  their 
activity.  These  strange  feelings  are  reinforced  by  what  little  his- 
torical knowledge  they  may  have.  Indeed  historical  learning  and 
teaching  has  dealt  thus  far  largely  with  the  most  obvious  and 
noisy  part  of  human  evolution,  but  the  least  important.  In  spite  of 
many  appearances  to  the  contrary,  man's  essential  purpose  is  not 
a  struggle  for  existence  or  for  supremacy,  not  a  devastating 
scramble  for  the  goods  of  this  world,  but  a  generous  and  fruitful 
emulation  in  the  creation  and  the  diffusion  of  spiritual  values. 
Now  this  creation  takes  place  to  a  large  extent  secretly,  for  it  is 
not  accomplished  by  crowds,  nor  by  pompous  dignitaries  offici- 
ating in  the  eyes  of  the  people,  but  by  individuals  often  poor  and 
unknown,  who  carry  on  their  sacred  task  in  mean  garrets,  in 


64  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

wretched  laboratories,  or  in  other  obscure  corners  scattered  all 
over  the  civilized  world,  with  hardly  any  regard  for  political 
boundaries,  social  or  religious  distinctions.  "The  wind  bloweth 
where  it  listeth."  The  secrecy  of  their  work  is  enhanced  by  the 
fact  that  it  goes  on  in  spite  of  the  catastrophes,  wars  and  revolu- 
tions which  retain  the  whole  attention  of  the  people.  Wars  and 
revolutions  are  not  essentially  different  from  natural  catastrophes 
such  as  earthquakes,  volcanic  eruptions,  floods  or  epidemics; 
they  are  almost  as  impersonal  and  uncontrollable.  For  most  men 
these  catastrophes  are  by  far  the  most  important  events,  and  this 
is  natural  enough,  since  their  welfare  is  dreadfully  affected  by 
them.  Galileo's  or  Newton's  discoveries  do  not  raise  the  price  of 
food  or  shelter,  at  least  not  with  sufficient  suddenness  to  be  per- 
ceptible. For  us,  on  the  contrary,  these  discoveries  which  must 
sooner  or  later  transform  man's  outlook  and,  so  to  say,  magnify 
both  the  universe  and  himself,  are  the  cardinal  events  of  the 
world's  history.  All  the  catastrophes,  caused  either  by  the  untamed 
forces  of  nature  or  by  the  irrepressible  folly  of  men,  are  nothing 
but  accidents.  They  interrupt  and  upset  man's  essential  activity 
but,  however  formidable,  they  do  not  and  cannot  dominate  it. 

7he  essential  history  of  mankind  is  largely  secret.  Visible  his- 
tory is  nothing  but  the  local  scenery,  the  everchanging  and  capri- 
cious background  of  this  invisible  history  which,  alone,  is  truly 
ecumenical  and  progressive.  From  our  point  of  view,  peoples  and 
nations,  even  as  men,  are  not  to  be  judged  by  the  power  or  the 
wealth  they  have  attained,  not  by  the  amount  of  perishable  goods 
which  they  produce,  but  only  by  their  imperishable  contributions 
to  the  whole  of  humanity. 


5.  LEONARDO  AND  THE  BIRTH  OF 
MODERN  SCIENCE 

1 

Leonardo  da  Vinci  died  in  the  little  manor  of  Cloux,  near 
Amboise,  where  he  had  been  for  the  previous  three  years  the 
honored  guest  of  Francis  I,  on  May  2,  1519.  He  was  not  only  one 
of  the  greatest  artists,  but  even  more  the  greatest  scientist  and 
the  greatest  engineer  of  his  day.  Indeed,  with  the  passing  of  time 
his  unique  personality  looms  larger  and  larger  and  bids  fair  to 
attain,  as  soon  as  it  is  completely  known,  gigantic  proportions. 

Leonardo  the  artist  is  so  well  known  that  I  shall  hardly  speak  of 
him,  but  it  is  worth  while  for  the  purpose  that  I  have  in  mind  to 
recall  briefly  the  most  important  facts  of  his  life. 

He  was  born  in  Vinci,  a  village  in  the  hills  between  Florence 
and  Pisa,  in  1452,  an  illegitimate  child,  his  mother  being  a  peasant 
woman,  and  his  father  Ser  Piero,  a  notary,  a  man  of  substance. 
The  latter's  family  can  be  traced  back  to  1 339,  through  three  other 
generations  of  notaries.  Soon  after  Leonardo's  birth,  his  father 
took  him  away  from  his  mother,  and  both  parents  hastened  to 
marry,  each  in  his  own  set.  Ser  Piero  must  have  been  a  man  of 
tremendous  vitality,  mental  and  physical.  He  was  one  of  the  most 
successful  notaries  of  the  Signoria  and  of  the  great  families  of 
Florence,  and  his  wealth  increased  apace.  He  married  four  times, 
the  two  first  unions  remaining  childless.  His  first  legitimate  child 
was  not  born  until  1476,  when  Leonardo  was  already  twenty-four, 
but  after  that  ten  more  children  were  born  to  him  by  his  third  and 
fourth  wives,  the  last  one  in  the  very  year  of  his  death,  which 
occurred  in  1504,  when  he  was  seventy-seven. 

Thus  Leonardo  had  five  mothers.  The  real  one  disappears  soon 
after  his  birth;  she  bore  him  and  her  mission  ended  there  as  far 
as  Leonardo  was  concerned.  What  the  four  others  were  to  him, 
we  do  not  know,  for  he  does  not  speak  of  them.  He  had  five 
mothers  and  he  had  none.  He  is  a  motherless  child,  also  a  brother- 
less  one,  because  he  does  not  seem  to  have  had  much  to  do  with 

65 


66  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

his  eleven  brothers  and  sisters — far  younger  than  himself  anyhow 
— except  when,  at  their  father's  death,  they  all  leagued  them- 
selves against  him  to  deny  him  any  part  of  the  patrimony.  A 
motherless,  brotherless,  lonely  childhood;  we  cannot  lay  too  much 
stress  on  this;  it  accounts  for  so  much. 

In  or  about  1470  Ser  Piero  placed  his  son,  now  a  very  handsome 
and  precocious  boy,  in  the  studio  of  Andrea  Verrocchio,  who 
since  Donatello's  death  was  the  greatest  sculptor  of  Florence;  also 
a  painter,  a  goldsmith,  a  very  versatile  man,  indeed.  Within  the 
next  years  Leonardo  had  the  opportunity  to  show  the  stuff  of 
which  he  was  made,  and  by  1480  his  genius  had  matured.  He  was 
considered  by  common  consent  a  great  painter,  and,  moreover, 
his  mind  was  swarming  with  ideas,  not  simply  artistic  ideas,  but 
also  architectural  and  engineering  plans. 

Leonardo  was  born  in  the  neighborhood  of  Florence  and  bred 
in  the  great  city.  It  is  well,  even  in  so  short  a  sketch,  to  say  what 
this  implies.  The  people  of  Tuscany  are  made  up  of  an  extraor- 
dinary mixture  of  Etruscan,  Roman,  and  Teutonic  blood.  Their 
main  city,  Florence,  had  been  for  centuries  a  considerable  em- 
porium, but  also  a  center  of  arts  and  of  letters.  Suffice  it  to  re- 
member that  of  all  the  Italian  dialects  it  is  the  Tuscan,  and  more 
specifically  its  Florentine  variety,  which  has  become  the  national 
language.  The  prosperous  city  soon  took  a  lively  interest  in  art, 
but  loved  it  in  its  own  way.  These  imaginative  but  cool-headed 
merchants  patronize  goldsmiths,  sculptors,  draftsmen.  They  do 
not  waste  any  sentimentality,  neither  are  they  very  sensual :  clear 
outlines  appeal  more  to  them  than  gorgeous  colors.  Except  when 
they  are  temporarily  maddened  by  personal  jealousy  or  by  a  feud 
which  spreads  like  oil,  it  would  be  difficult  to  find  people  more 
level-headed,  and  having  on  an  average  more  common  sense  and 
a  clearer  will. 

Leonardo  was  a  Florentine  to  the  backbone,  and  yet  this  en- 
vironment was  not  congenial  to  him.  He  was  distinctly  superior  to 
most  of  his  fellow  citizens  as  a  craftsman,  but  he  could  not  match 
the  best  of  them  in  literary  matters.  The  Medici  had  gathered 


LEONARDO    AND    MODERN    SCIENCE  67 

around  them  a  circle  of  men  whose  delight  it  was  to  discuss  topics 
of  Greek,  Latin,  and  vernacular  literature,  and  to  debate,  often  in 
a  very  learned  manner,  the  subject  of  Platonic  philosophy.  There 
is  no  gainsaying  that  these  Neoplatonists  were  a  brilliant  set  of 
men,  but  their  interests  were  chiefly  of  the  literary  kind;  they  were 
men  of  letters  and  loved  beautiful  discourse  for  its  own  sake.  On 
the  contrary,  young  Leonardo,  following  an  irresistible  trend,  was 
carrying  on  scientific  and  technical  investigations  of  every  sort. 
The  engineer  in  him  was  slowly  developing.  Perhaps,  he  could 
not  help  considering  these  amateur  philosophers  as  idle  talkers; 
but  it  is  just  as  likely  that,  being  a  motherless  child,  he  was  not 
endowed  with  sufficient  urbanity  to  fare  comfortably  in  this 
society  of  refined  dilettanti.  Nature  more  and  more  engrossed  his 
attention,  and  he  was  far  more  deeply  concerned  in  solving  its 
innumerable  problems  than  in  trying  to  reconcile  Platonism  and 
Christianity.  Neither  could  his  brother  artists  satisfy  his  intel- 
lectual needs;  they  were  talking  shop  and  fretting  all  the  time.  A 
few  had  shown  some  interest  in  scientific  matters,  but  on  the 
whole  their  horizon  was  too  narrow  and  their  self-centeredness  un- 
bearable. Also,  Florence  was  becoming  a  very  old  place,  and  an 
overgrowth  of  traditions  and  conventions  gradually  crowded  out 
all  initiative  and  real  originality.  So  Leonardo  left  and  went  to 
Milan,  to  the  court  of  Ludovico  Sforza,  at  that  time  one  of  the 
most  splendid  courts  of  Europe.  Milan  would  certainly  offer  more 
opportunities  to  an  enterprising  and  restless  mind  like  his.  The 
very  desire  of  outdoing  Florence  was  a  tremendous  impulse  for 
Ludovico:  he  was  anxious  to  make  of  his  capital  a  new  Athens, 
and  of  the  near-by  university  town  of  Pavia  a  great  cultural  center. 
His  happiest  thought  perhaps  was  to  keep  around  him  two  men 
who  were  among  the  greatest  of  their  day — Bramante  and 
Leonardo.  The  liberal  opportunities  which  were  offered  to  these 
two  giants  are  the  supreme  glory  of  the  Sforzas  and  of  Milan. 

Leonardo  was  employed  by  the  Duke  as  a  civil  and  military 
engineer,  as  a  pageant  master,  as  a  sculptor,  as  a  painter,  as  an 
architect.  How  far  he  was  understood  by  his  patron  it  is  difficult 


68  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

to  say.  But  he  seems  to  have  thrived  in  this  new  atmosphere,  and 
these  Milanese  years  are  among  the  most  active  and  the  most 
fertile  of  his  life.  He  was  now  at  the  height  of  his  power  and  full 
scope  was  given  to  his  devouring  activity.  It  is  during  this  period, 
for  instance,  that  he  modelled  his  famous  equestrian  statue  of 
Francesco  Sforza,  that  he  painted  the  "Virgin  of  the  Rocks/'  and 
the  "Last  Supper/'  while  he  was  also  superintending  important 
hydraulic  works,  and  pursuing  indefatigably  his  various  scientific 
investigations.  Yet  even  at  this  time  of  greatest  activity  and  en- 
thusiasm he  must  have  been  a  lonesome  man.  This  brilliant  but 
very  corrupt  court  was  of  course  the  rendezvous  of  hundreds  of 
dilettanti,  parasites,  snobs — male  and  female — and  what  could 
Leonardo  do  to  protect  himself  against  them  but  be  silent  and 
withdraw  into  his  own  shell? 

Milan  justly  shares  with  Florence  the  fame  of  having  given 
Leonardo  to  the  world;  it  was  really  his  second  birthplace.  Un- 
fortunately, before  long,  heavy  clouds  gathered  over  this  joyous 
city,  and  by  1 500  the  show  was  over  and  Ludovico,  made  prisoner 
by  the  French,  was  to  spend  the  last  ten  years  of  his  life  most 
miserably  in  the  underground  cell  of  a  dungeon.  From  that  time 
on,  Leonardo's  life  became  very  unsettled.  It  is  true,  he  spent 
many  years  in  Florence,  employed  by  the  Signoria,  painting  "la 
Gioconda"  and  the  "Battle  of  Anghiari";  then  for  some  years  he 
was  back  in  Milan,  but  he  is  more  and  more  restless  and  some- 
how the  charm  is  broken.  After  the  fall  of  the  Sforzas,  Isabella 
d'Este,  Marchioness  of  Mantua — perhaps  the  most  distinguished 
woman  of  the  Renaissance — tried  to  attach  Leonardo  to  he*"  serv- 
ice, but  he  refused,  and  instead  he  chose,  in  1502,  to  follow  Cesare 
Borgia  as  his  military  engineer.  One  may  wonder  at  this  choice, 
yet  it  is  easy  enough  to  explain.  At  that  time  Leonardo  was  already 
far  prouder  of  his  achievements  as  a  mechanic  and  an  engineer 
than  as  a  painter.  It  is  likely  that  in  the  eyes  of  Isabella,  however, 
he  was  simply  an  artist  and  he  may  have  feared  that  this  accom- 
plished princess  would  give  him  but  little  scope  for  his  engineering 
designs  and  his  scientific  research.  On  the  other  hand,  Leonardo 


LEONARDO    AND    MODERN    SCIENCE  69 

found  himself  less  and  less  at  home  in  Florence.  The  city  had  con- 
siderably changed  in  the  last  ten  years.  Savonarola  had  ruled  it, 
and  many  of  the  artists  had  been  deeply  swayed  by  his  passionate 
appeals,  and  even  more  by  his  death.  For  once,  fair  Florence  had 
lost  her  head.  And  then  also,  young  Michael  Angelo  had  appeared, 
heroic  but  intolerant  and  immoderate:  he  and  Leonardo  were 
equally  great  but  so  different  that  they  could  not  possibly  get  on 
together. 

In  1513-15  Leonardo  went  to  the  papal  court,  but  there,  for  the 
first  time  in  his  life,  the  old  man  was  snubbed.  Having  left  Rome, 
his  prospects  were  getting  darker,  when  fortunately  he  met  in 
Bologna  the  young  King  of  France,  Francis  I,  who  persuaded  him 
to  accept  his  patronage.  The  King  offered  him  a  little  castle  in 
Touraine,  with  a  princely  income,  and  there  Leonardo  spent  in 
comparative  quietness,  the  last  three  years  of  his  life.  It  must  be 
said  to  the  credit  of  Francis  I  that  he  seems  to  have  understood  his 
guest,  or  at  least  to  have  divined  his  sterling  worth.  France,  how- 
ever, did  not  appreciate  Leonardo,  and  was  not  faithful  to  her 
trust.  The  cloister  of  Saint-Florentin  at  Amboise,  where  the  great 
artist  had  been  buried,  was  destroyed  by  a  fire  in  1808,  and  his 
very  ashes  are  lost. 

He  was  apparently  an  old  man  when  he  died,  much  older  than 
his  years,  exhausted  by  his  relentless  mind  and  by  the  vicissitudes 
and  the  miseries  of  his  strange  career.  Only  those  who  have  known 
suffering  and  anxiety  can  fully  understand  the  drama  and  the 
beauty  of  his  life. 

Throughout  his  existence  Leonardo  had  carried  on  simultane- 
ously, and  almost  without  a  break,  his  work  as  an  artist,  as  a 
scientist,  as  an  engineer.  Such  a  diversity  of  gifts  was  not  as  un- 
usual in  his  day  as  it  would  be  now.  Paolo  Uccello,  Leo  B.  Alberti, 
Piero  dei  Franceschi,  even  Verrocchio  himself,  had  shown  more 
than  a  casual  interest  in  scientific  matters  such  as  perspective  and 
anatomy,  but  Leonardo  towers  far  above  them.  The  excellence  of 
his  endowment  is  far  more  amazing  than  its  complexity.  His 


70  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

curiosity  was  universal  to  such  a  degree  that  to  write  a  complete 
study  of  his  genius  amounts  to  writing  a  real  encyclopaedia  of 
fifteenth-century  science  and  technology.  From  his  earliest  age  he 
had  given  proofs  of  this  insatiable  thirst  for  knowledge.  He  could 
take  nothing  for  granted.  Everything  that  he  saw,  either  in  the 
fields  or  on  the  moving  surface  of  a  river,  or  in  the  sky,  or  in  the 
bottega  of  his  master,  or  in  the  workshops  of  Florence,  raised  a 
new  problem  in  his  mind.  Most  of  the  time  neither  man  nor  book 
could  give  an  answer  to  his  question,  and  his  mind  kept  working 
on  it  and  remained  restless  until  he  had  devised  one  himself.  This 
means,  of  course,  that  there  was  no  rest  for  him  until  the  end.  In 
a  few  cases,  however,  a  satisfactory  answer  suggested  itself,  and 
so  a  v/hole  system  of  knowledge  was  slowly  unfolding  in  him. 

His  apprenticeship  in  Verrocchio's  studio  must  have  greatly 
fostered  his  inquiries  in  the  theory  of  perspective,  the  art  of  light 
and  shade,  and  the  physiology  of  vision;  the  preparation  of  colors 
and  varnishes  must  have  turned  his  thoughts  to  chemistry;  while 
the  routine  of  his  work  woke  up  naturally  enough  his  interest  in 
anatomy.  He  could  not  long  be  satisfied  by  the  study  of  the  so- 
called   artistic   anatomy,   which   deals   only   with   the   exterior 
muscles.  For  one  thing,  the  study  of  the  movements  of  the  human 
figure,  which  he  tried  to  express  in  his  drawings,  raised  innumer- 
able questions:  how  were  they  possible,  what  kept  the  human 
machine   moving   and   how   did   it   work?  ...  It   is   easy   to 
imagine  how  he  was  irresistibly  driven  step  by  step  to  investigate 
every  anatomical  and  physiological  problem.  There  are  in  the 
King's  library  at  Windsor  hundreds  of  drawings  of  his  which 
prove  that  he  made  a  thorough  analysis  of  practically  all  the 
organs.  Indeed,  he  had  dissected  quite  a  number  of  bodies,  in- 
cluding that  of  a  gravid  woman,  and  his  minute  and  compre- 
hensive sketches  are  the  first  anatomical  drawings  worthy  of  the 
name.  Many  of  these  sketches  are  devoted  to  the  comparison  of 
human  anatomy  with  the  anatomy  of  animals,  the  monkey  or  the 
horse  for  instance;  or  else  he  will  compare  similar  parts  of  various 
animals,  say,  the  eyes  or  a  leg  and  a  wing.  Other  sketches  relate 


LEONARDO    AND    MODERN    SCIENCE  71 

to  pathological  anatomy:  the  hardening  of  the  arteries;  tubercu- 
lous lesions  of  the  lungs;  a  very  searching  study  of  the  symptoms 
of  senility. 

On  the  other  hand  his  activity  as  a  practical  engineer  led  him 
to  study,  or  we  might  almost  say  to  found,  geology:  he  set  to 
wonder  at  the  various  layers  of  sand  and  clay  which  the  cutting  of 
a  canal  did  not  fail  to  display;  he  tried  to  explain  the  fossils  which 
he  found  embedded  in  the  rocks  and  his  explanations  were  sub- 
stantially correct.  Moreover,  he  clearly  perceived  the  extreme 
slowness  of  most  geological  transformations,  and  figured  that  the 
alluvial  deposits  of  the  river  Po  were  two  hundred  thousand  years 
old.  He  well  understood  the  geological  action  of  water  and  its 
meteorological  cycle. 

His  work  as  a  sculptor,  or  as  a  military  engineer  (for  instance, 
when  he  had  to  supervise  the  casting  of  bombards) ,  caused  him 
to  study  metallurgy,  particularly  the  smelting  and  casting  of 
bronze,  the  rolling,  drawing,  planing,  and  drilling  of  iron.  On  all 
these  subjects  he  has  left  elaborate  instructions  and  drawings.  He 
undertook  in  various  parts  of  northern  Italy  a  vast  amount  of 
hydraulic  work :  digging  of  canals,  for  which  he  devised  a  whole 
range  of  excavating  machines  and  tools;  building  of  sluices;  estab- 
lishment of  water  wheels  and  pipes,  and  his  study  of  hydro- 
dynamics was  so  continuous  that  notes  referring  to  it  are  found  in 
all  his  manuscripts.  He  also  studied  the  tides,  but  did  not  under- 
stand them. 

In  fact,  it  is  impossible  to  give  even  a  superficial  account  of  all 
his  scientific  and  technical  investigations,  and  the  reader  must  for- 
give me  if  the  magnitude  of  the  subject  obliges  me  to  limit  myself 
to  a  sort  of  catalogue,  for  the  adequate  development  of  any  single 
point  would  take  many  a  page.  Leonardo's  manuscripts  contain  a 
great  number  of  architectural  drawings,  sketches  of  churches  and 
other  buildings,  but  also  more  technical  matters;  he  studied  the 
proportion  of  arches,  the  construction  of  bridges  and  staircases; 
how  to  repair  fissures  in  walls;  how  to  lift  up  and  move  houses 
and  churches.  There  is  also  much  of  what  we  would  call  town- 


72  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

planning;  the  plague  of  Milan  in  1484  likely  was  his  great  oppor- 
tunity in  this  field,  and  he  thought  of  various  schemes  to  improve 
public  sanitation  and  convenience,  including  a  two-level  system 
of  streets.  Botany  repeatedly  fixed  his  attention  and  we  find  many 
notes  on  the  life  of  plants,  the  mathematical  distribution  of  leaves 
on  a  stem,  also  beautiful  and  characteristic  drawings  of  various 
species.  A  great  deal  of  the  work  undertaken  for  his  employers 
was  of  course  connected  with  military  engineering:  hundreds  of 
notes  and  sketches  on  all  sorts  of  arms  and  armor,  on  all  imagin- 
able offensive  and  defensive  appliances;  of  course,  many  plans  for 
fortifications  and  strongholds  (how  to  attack  them  and  how  to 
defend  them);  portable  bridges;  mining  and  countermining; 
tanks;  various  devices  for  the  use  of  liquid  fire,  or  of  poisoning 
and  asphyxiating  fumes.  He  adds  occasional  notes  on  military  and 
naval  operations.  He  had  even  thought  of  some  kind  of  submarine 
apparatus,  by  means  of  which  ships  could  be  sunk,  but  the 
dastardliness  of  the  idea  had  horrified  and  stopped  him. 

No  field,  however,  could  offer  a  fuller  scope  to  his  prodigious 
versatility  and  ingenuity  than  the  one  of  practical  mechanics.  A 
very  intense  industrial  development  had  taken  place  in  Tuscany 
and  Lombardy  for  centuries  before  Leonardo's  birth;  the  pros- 
perity of  their  workshops  was  greater  than  ever;  there  was  a  con- 
tinuous demand  for  inventions  of  all  kinds,  and  no  environment 
was  more  proper  to  enhance  his  mechanical  genius. 

Leonardo  was  a  born  mechanic.  He  had  a  deep  understanding 
of  the  elementary  parts  of  which  any  machine,  however  compli- 
cated, is  made  up,  and  his  keen  sense  of  proportions  stood  him  in 
good  stead  when  he  started  to  build  it.  He  devised  machines  for 
almost  every  purpose  which  could  be  thought  of  in  his  day.  I 
quote  a  few  examples  at  random :  various  types  of  lathes;  machines 
to  shear  cloth;  automatic  file-cutting  machines;  sprocket  wheels 
and  chains  for  power  transmission;  machines  to  saw  marble,  to 
raise  water,  to  grind  plane  and  concave  mirrors,  to  dive  under 
water,  to  lift  up,  to  heat,  to  light;  paddle-wheels  to  move  boats. 
And  mind  you,  Leonardo  was  never  satisfied  with  the  applications 


LEONARDO    AND    MODERN    SCIENCE  73 

alone,  he  wanted  to  understand  as  thoroughly  as  possible  the  prin- 
ciples underlying  them.  He  clearly  saw  that  practice  and  theory 
are  twin  sisters  who  must  develop  together,  that  theory  without 
practice  is  senseless,  and  practice  without  theory  hopeless.  So  it 
was  not  enough  for  him  to  hit  upon  a  contrivance  which  answered 
his  purpose;  he  wanted  to  know  the  cause  of  his  success,  or,  as 
the  case  may  be,  of  his  failure.  That  is  how  we  find  in  his  papers 
the  earliest  systematic  researches  on  such  subjects  as  the  stability 
of  structures,  the  strength  of  materials,  also  on  friction  which  he 
tried  in  various  ways  to  overcome.  That  is  not  all:  he  seems  to 
have  grasped  the  principle  of  automaticity — that  a  machine  is  so 
much  the  more  efficient,  that  it  is  more  continuous  and  more  in- 
dependent of  human  attention.  He  had  even  conceived,  in  a 
special  case,  a  judicious  saving  of  human  labor,  that  is,  what  we 
now  call  "scientific  management." 

His  greatest  achievement  in  the  field  of  mechanics,  however, 
and  one  which  would  be  sufficient  in  itself  to  prove  his  extraor- 
dinary genius,  is  his  exhaustive  study  of  the  problem  of  flying.  It 
is  complete,  in  so  far  that  it  would  have  been  impossible  to  go 
further  at  his  time,  or  indeed  at  any  time  until  the  progress  of  the 
automobile  industry  had  developed  a  suitable  motor.  These  inves- 
tigations which  occupied  Leonardo  throughout  his  life,  were  of 
two  kinds.  First,  a  study  of  the  natural  flying  of  birds  and  bats, 
and  of  the  structure  and  function  of  their  wings.  He  most  clearly 
saw  that  the  bird  obtains  from  the  air  the  recoil  and  the  resistance 
which  is  necessary  to  elevate  and  carry  itself  forward.  He  ob- 
served how  birds  took  advantage  of  the  wind  and  how  they  used 
their  wings,  tails,  and  heads  as  propellers,  balancers  and  rudders. 
In  the  second  place,  a  mechanical  study  of  various  kinds  of  arti- 
ficial wings,  and  of  diverse  apparatus  by  means  of  which  a  man 
might  move  them,  using  for  instance  the  potential  energy  of 
springs,  and  others  which  he  would  employ  to  equilibrate  his  ma- 
chine and  steer  its  course. 

It  is  necessary  to  insist  that  most  of  these  drawings  and  notes  of 
Leonardo's  are  not  idle  schemes,  vague  and  easy  sugaesffonsV 7 


74  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

such  as  we  find,  for  instance,  in  the  writings  of  Roger  Bacon;  but, 
on  the  contrary,  very  definite  and  clear  ideas  which  could  have 
been  patented,  if  such  a  thing  as  a  patent  office  had  already 
existed!  Moreover,  a  number  of  these  drawings  are  so  elaborate, 
giving  us  general  views  of  the  whole  machine  from  different  direc- 
tions, and  minute  sketches  of  every  single  piece  and  of  every 
detail  of  importance — that  it  would  be  easy  enough  to  reconstruct 
it.  In  many  cases,  however,  that  is  not  even  necessary,  since  these 
machines  were  actually  constructed  and  used,  some  of  them 
almost  to  our  own  time. 

To  visualize  better  the  activity  of  his  mind,  let  us  take  at  ran- 
dom a  few  years  of  his  life  and  watch  him  at  work.  We  might 
take,  for  instance,  those  years  of  divine  inspiration  when  he  was 
painting  the  "Last  Supper"  in  the  refectory  of  Santa  Maria  delle 
Grazie,  that  is,  about  1494-98.  Do  you  suppose  that  this  vast 
undertaking  claimed  the  whole  of  his  attention? 

During  these  few  years  we  see  him  act  professionally  as  a 
pageant  master,  a  decorator,  an  architect,  an  hydraulic  engineer. 
His  friend,  Fra  Luca  Pacioli,  the  mathematician,  tells  us  that  by 
1498  Leonardo  "had  completed  with  the  greatest  care  his  book  on 
painting  and  on  the  movements  of  the  human  figure."  We  also 
know  that  before  1499,  he  had  painted  the  portraits  of  Cecilia 
Gallerani  and  of  Lucrezia  Crivelli.  Besides,  his  note-books  of  that 
period  show  that  he  was  interested  in  a  great  variety  of  other 
subjects,  chief  among  them  hydraulics,  flying,  optics,  dynamics, 
zoology,  and  the  construction  of  various  machines.  He  was  also 
making  a  study  of  his  own  language,  and  preparing  a  sort  of 
Italian  dictionary.  No  wonder  that  the  prior  of  Santa  Maria  com- 
plained of  his  slowness! 

It  so  happened  that  during  these  four  years  he  did  not  do  much 
anatomical  work,  but  during  almost  any  other  period  he  would 
have  been  carrying  on  some  dissecting.  Corpses  were  always  hard 
to  get,  and  I  suppose  that  when  he  could  get  hold  of  one  he  made 
the  most  of  it,  working  day  and  night  as  fast  as  he  could.  Then, 


LEONARDO    AND    MODERN    SCIENCE  75 

as  a  change,  he  would  go  out  into  the  fields  and  gaze  at  the  stars, 
or  at  the  earthshine  which  he  could  see  inside  the  crescent  of  the 
moon;  or  else,  if  it  were  daytime,  he  would  pick  up  fossils  or 
marvel  at  the  regularities  of  plant  structure,  or  watch  chicks  break- 
ing their  shells.  .  .  .  Was  it  not  uncanny?  Fortunate  was  he  to 
be  born  at  a  time  of  relative  toleration.  If  he  had  appeared  a  cen- 
tury later,  when  religious  fanaticism  had  been  awakened,  be  sure 
this  immoderate  curiosity  would  have  led  him  straight  to  the  stake. 

But  remarkable  as  Leonardo's  universality  is,  his  earnestness 
and  thoroughness  are  even  more  so.  There  is  not  a  bit  of  dilet- 
tantism in  him.  If  a  problem  has  once  arrested  his  attention,  he 
will  come  back  to  it  year  after  year.  In  some  cases,  we  can  actually 
follow  his  experiments  and  the  hesitations  and  slow  progress  of 
his  mind  for  a  period  of  more  than  twenty-five  years.  That  is  not 
the  least  fascinating  side  of  his  notes;  as  he  wrote  them  for  his 
own  private  use,  it  is  almost  as  if  we  heard  him  think,  as  if  we 
were  admitted  to  the  secret  laboratory  where  his  discoveries  were 
slowly  maturing.  Such  an  opportunity  is  unique  in  the  history  of 
science. 

Just  try  to  realize  what  it  means :  Here  we  have  a  man  of  con- 
siderable mother-wit,  but  unlearned,  unsophisticated,  who  had 
to  take  up  every  question  at  the  very  beginning,  like  a  child. 
Leonardo  opened  his  eyes  and  looked  straight  upon  the  world. 
There  were  no  books  between  nature  and  him;  he  was  untram- 
melled by  learning,  prejudice,  or  convention.  He  just  asked  him- 
self questions,  made  experiments  and  used  his  common  sense.  The 
world  was  one  to  him,  and  so  was  science,  and  so  was  art.  But 
he  did  not  lose  himself  in  sterile  contemplation,  or  in  verbal  gen- 
eralities. He  tried  to  solve  patiently  each  little  problem  separately. 
He  saw  that  the  only  fruitful  way  of  doing  that  is  first  to  state  the 
problem  as  clearly  as  possible,  then  to  isolate  it,  to  make  the  neces- 
sary experiments  and  to  discuss  them.  Experiment  is  always  at  the 
bottom;  mathematics,  that  is,  reason,  at  the  end.  In  short,  the 
method  of  inductive  philosophy  which  Francis  Bacon  was  to  ex- 


76  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

plain  so  well  a  century  and  a  half  later,  Leonardo  actually  prac- 
ticed. 

This  is,  indeed,  his  greatest  contribution:  his  method.  He 
deeply  realized  that  if  we  are  to  know  something  of  this  world, 
we  can  know  it  only  by  patient  observation  and  tireless  experi- 
ment. His  note-books  are  just  full  of  experiments  and  experimental 
suggestions,  'Try  this  ...  do  that  .  .  ."  and  we  find  also  whole 
series  of  experiments,  wherein  one  condition  and  then  another 
are  gradually  varied.  Now,  that  may  seem  of  little  account,  yet  it 
is  everything.  We  can  count  on  our  fingers  the  men  who  devised 
real  experiments  before  Leonardo,  and  these  experiments  are 
very  few  in  number  and  very  simple. 

But  perhaps  the  best  way  to  show  how  far  he  stood  on  the  road 
to  progress,  is  to  consider  his  attitude  in  regard  to  the  many  super- 
stitions to  which  even  the  noblest  and  most  emancipated  minds  of 
his  day  paid  homage,  and  which  were  to  sway  Europe  for  more 
than  two  centuries  after  Leonardo's  death.  Just  remember  that  in 
1484,  the  Pope  Boniface  VIII  had  sown  the  seed  of  the  witch 
mania,  and  that  this  terrible  madness  was  slowly  incubating  at  the 
time  of  which  we  are  speaking.  Now,  Leonardo's  contempt  for 
astrologers  and  alchemists  was  most  outspoken  and  unconditional. 
He  met  the  spiritists  of  his  age,  as  we  do  those  of  to-day,  by 
simply  placing  the  burden  of  proof  on  their  shoulders.  It  is  true, 
for  all  these  matters,  his  Florentine  ancestry  stood  him  in  good 
stead.  Petrarca  had  already  shown  how  Florentine  common  sense 
disposed  of  them;  but  Petrarca,  man  of  letters,  would  not  have 
dared  to  treat*  the  believers  in  ghosts,  the  medical  quacks,  the 
necromancers,  the  searchers  for  gold  and  for  perpetual  motion  as 
one  bunch  of  impostors.  And  that  is  what  Leonardo  did  repeatedly 
and  most  decidedly.  Oh!  how  they  must  have  liked  him! 

I  must  insist  on  this  point:  it  is  his  ignorance  which  saved 
Leonardo.  I  do  not  mean  to  say  that  he  was  entirely  unlearned, 
but  he  was  sufficiently  unlearned  to  be  untrammelled.  However 
much  he  may  have  read  in  his  mature  years,  I  am  convinced  that 


LEONARDO    AND    MODERN    SCIENCE  77 

the  literary  studies  of  his  youth  were  very  poor.  No  teachers  had 
time  to  mould  his  mind  and  to  pervert  his  judgment.  The  good 
workman  Verrocchio  was  perhaps  his  first  philosopher,  nature 
herself  his  real  teacher.  He  was  bred  upon  the  experiments  of  the 
studio  and  of  real  life,  not  upon  the  artificialities  of  a  mediaeval 
library.  He  read  more,  later  in  life,  but  even  then  his  readings,  I 
think,  were  never  exhaustive.  He  was  far  too  original,  too  im- 
patient. If  he  began  to  read,  some  idea  would  soon  cross  his  mind, 
and  divert  his  attention,  and  the  book  would  be  abandoned.  Any- 
how, at  that  time  his  mind  was  already  proof  against  the  scholastic 
fallacies;  he  was  able,  so  to  say,  to  filter  through  his  own  experi- 
ence whatever  mediaeval  philosophy  reached  him  either  in  print 
or  by  word  of  mouth. 

Neither  do  I  mean  to  imply  that  all  the  schoolmen  were  dunces. 
Far  from  that,  not  a  few  were  men  of  amazing  genius,  but  their 
point  of  view  was  never  free  from  prejudice;  it  was  always  the 
theological  or  legal  point  of  view;  they  were  always  like  lawyers 
pleading  a  cause;  they  were  constitutionally  unable  to  investigate 
a  problem  without  reservation  and  without  fear.  Moreover,  they 
were  so  cocksure,  so  dogmatic.  Their  world  was  a  limited,  a  closed 
system;  had  they  not  encompassed  and  exhausted  it  in  their 
learned  encyclopaedias?  In  fact  they  knew  everything  except  their 
own  ignorance. 

Now  the  fact  that  Leonardo  had  been  protected  against  them 
by  his  innocence  is  of  course  insufficient  to  account  for  his  genius. 
Innocence  is  but  a  negative  quality.  Leonardo  came  to  be  what 
he  was  because  he  combined  in  himself  a  keen  and  candid  intelli- 
gence with  great  technical  experience  and  unusual  craftsmanship. 
That  is  the  very  key  to  the  mystery.  Maybe  if  he  had  been  simply 
a  theoretical  physicist,  as  were  many  of  the  schoolmen  (their 
interest  in  astronomy  and  physics  was  intense),  he  would  not 
have  engaged  in  so  many  experiments.  But  as  an  engineer,  a 
mechanic,  a  craftsman,  he  was  experimenting  all  the  while;  he 
could  not  help  it.  If  he  had  not  experimented  on  nature,  nature 
would  have  experimented  on  him;  it  was  only  a  choice  between 


78  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

offensive  and  defensive  experimenting.  Anyhow,  whether  he 
chose  to  take  the  initiative  or  not,  these  experiments  were  the 
fountainhead  of  his  genius.  To  be  sure,  he  had  also  a  genuine  in- 
terest in  science,  and  the  practical  problems  which  he  encountered 
progressively  allured  him  to  study  it  for  its  own  sake,  but  that  took 
time :  once  more  the  craftsman  was  the  father  of  the  scientist. 

I  would  not  have  the  reader  believe  that  everything  was  wrong 
and  dark  in  the  Middle  Ages.  This  childish  view  has  long  been 
exploded.  The  most  wonderful  craftsmanship  inspired  by  noble 
ideals  was  the  great  redeeming  feature  of  that  period — unfortu- 
nately never  applied  outside  the  realm  of  religion  and  of  beauty. 
The  love  of  truth  did  not  exalt  mediaeval  craftsmen,  and  it  is  un- 
likely that  the  thought  of  placing  his  art  at  the  service  of  truth 
ever  occurred  to  any  of  them. 

Now,  one  does  not  understand  the  Renaissance  if  one  fails  to 
see  that  the  revolution — I  almost  wrote,  the  miracle — which  hap- 
pened at  that  time  was  essentially  the  application  of  this  spirit  of 
craftsmanship  and  experiment  to  the  quest  of  truth,  its  sudden  ex- 
tension from  the  realm  of  beauty  to  the  realm  of  science.  That  is 
exactly  what  Leonardo  and  his  fellow  investigators  did.  And 
there  and  then  modern  science  was  born,  but  unfortunately  Leo- 
nardo remained  silent,  and  its  prophets  came  only  a  century 
later.  .  .  . 

Man  has  not  yet  found  a  better  way  to  be  truly  original  than 
to  go  back  to  nature  and  to  disclose  one  of  her  secrets.  The 
Renaissance  would  not  have  been  a  real  revolution,  if  it  had  been 
simply  a  going  back  to  the  ancients;  it  was  far  more,  it  was  a 
return  to  nature.  The  world,  hitherto  closed-in  and  pretty  as  the 
garden  of  a  beguinage,  suddenly  opened  into  infinity.  It  gradu- 
ally occurred  to  the  people — to  only  very  few  at  first — that  the 
world  was  not  closed  and  limited,  but  unlimited,  living,  forever 
becoming.  The  whole  perspective  of  knowledge  was  upset,  and 
as  a  natural  consequence  all  moral  and  social  values  were  trans- 


LEONARDO    AND    MODERN    SCIENCE  79 

muted.  The  humanists  had  paved  the  way,  for  the  discovery  of 
the  classics  had  sharpened  the  critical  sense  of  man,  but  the  revo- 
lution itself  could  only  be  accomplished  by  the  experimental 
philosophers.  It  is  clear  that  the  spirit  of  individuality,  which  is  so 
often  claimed  to  be  the  chief  characteristic  of  this  movement,  is 
only  one  aspect  of  the  experimental  attitude. 

It  may  seem  strange  that  this  technical  basis  of  the  Renaissance 
has  been  constantly  overlooked,  but  that  is  simply  due  to  the  fact 
that  our  historians  are  literary  people,  having  no  interest  what- 
ever in  craftsmanship.  Even  in  art  it  is  the  idea  and  the  ultimate 
result,  not  the  process  and  the  technique  which  engross  their 
attention.  Many  of  them  look  upon  any  kind  of  handicraft  as 
something  menial.  Of  course,  this  narrow  view  makes  it  impos- 
sible for  them  to  grasp  the  essential  unity  of  thought  and  tech- 
nique, or  of  science  and  art.  The  scope  of  abstract  thinking  is  very 
limited;  if  it  be  not  constantly  rejuvenated  by  contact  with  nature 
our  mind  soon  turns  in  a  circle  and  works  in  a  vacuum.  The  fun- 
damental vice  of  the  schoolmen  was  their  inability  to  avow  that, 
however  rich  experimental  premises  may  be,  their  contents  are 
limited/ — and  there  is  no  magic  by  means  of  which  it  is  possible 
to  extract  from  them  more  than  they  contain. 

The  fact  that  Leonardo's  main  contribution  is  the  introduction, 
not  of  a  system,  but  rather  of  a  method,  a  point  of  view,  caused 
his  influence  to  be  restricted  to  the  few  people  who  were  not  im- 
pervious to  it.  Of  course,  at  almost  any  period  of  the  past  there 
have  been  some  people — only  a  very  few — who  did  not  need  any 
initiation  to  understand  the  experimental  point  of  view,  because 
their  souls  were  naturally  oriented  in  the  right  way.  These  men 
form,  so  to  say,  one  great  intellectual  family:  Aristotle,  Archi- 
medes, Ptolemy,  Galen,  Roger  Bacon,  Leonardo,  Stevin,  Gilbert, 
Galileo,  Huygens,  Newton.  .  .  .  They  hardly  need  any  incentive; 
they  are  all  right  anyhow.  However,  Leonardo's  influence  was  even 
more  restricted  than  theirs,  because  he  could  never  prevail  upon 
himself  to  publish  the  results  of  his  experiments  and  meditations. 


80  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

His  notes  show  that  he  could  occasionally  write  in  a  terse  lan- 
guage and  with  a  felicity  of  expression  which  would  be  a  credit  to 
any  writer;  but  somehow  he  lacked  that  particular  kind  of  moral 
energy  which  is  necessary  for  a  long  composition,  or  he  was  per- 
haps inhibited,  as  so  many  scientists  are,  by  his  exacting  ideal  of 
accuracy. 

All  that  we  know  of  Leonardo's  scientific  activities  is  patiently 
dug  out  of  his  manuscripts.  He  was  left-handed  and  wrote  left- 
handedly,  that  is,  in  mirror- writing :  his  writing  is  like  the  image 
of  ours  in  a  mirror.  It  is  a  clear  hand,  but  the  disorder  of  the  text 
is  such  that  the  reading  is  very  painful.  Leonardo  jumps  from  one 
subject  to  another;  the  same  page  may  contain  remarks  on  dy- 
namics, on  astronomy,  an  anatomical  sketch,  and  perhaps  a  draft 
and  calculations  for  a  machine. 

The  study  of  Dante  is  in  many  ways  far  simpler.  His  scientific 
lore  does  not  begin  to  compare  with  Leonardo's  knowledge.  The 
T)ivina  Commedia  is  the  sublime  apotheosis  of  the  Middle  Ages; 
Leonardo's  note-books  are  not  simply  an  epitome  of  the  past,  but 
they  contain  to  a  large  extent  the  seeds  of  the  future.  The  world 
of  Dante  was  the  closed  mediaeval  world;  the  world  of  Leonardo 
is  already  the  unlimited  world  of  modern  man :  the  immense  vision 
which  it  opens  is  not  simply  one  of  beauty,  of  implicit  faith,  and 
of  corresponding  hope;  it  is  a  vision  of  truth,  truth  in  the  making. 
It  is  perhaps  less  pleasant,  less  hopeful;  it  does  not  even  try  to 
please,  nor  to  give  hope;  it  just  tries  to  show  things  as  they  are: 
it  is  far  more  mysterious,  and  incomparably  greater. 

I  do  not  mean  to  say  that  Dante  had  not  loved  truth,  but  he 
had  loved  it  like  a  bashful  suitor.  Leonardo  was  like  a  con- 
quering hero;  his  was  not  a  passive  love,  but  a  devouring  passion, 
an  indefatigable  and  self-denying  quest,  to  which  his  life  and  per- 
sonal happiness  were  entirely  sacrificed.  Some  literary  people  who 
do  not  realize  what  this  quest  implies,  have  said  that  he  was  selfish. 
It  is  true,  he  took  no  interest  in  the  petty  and  hopeless  political 
struggles  of  his  day;  Savonarola's  revival  hardly  moved  him, 
and  he  had  no  more  use  for  religious  charlatanry  than  for  scientific 


LEONARDO    AND    MODERN    SCIENCE  81 

quackery.  One  would  be  a  poor  man,  however,  who  would  not 
recognize  at  once  in  Leonardo's  aphorisms  a  genuine  religious 
feeling,  that  is,  a  deep  sense  of  brotherhood  and  unity.  His  gen- 
erosity, his  spirit  of  detachment,  even  his  melancholy,  are  un- 
mistakable signs  of  true  nobility.  (He  often  makes  me  think  of 
Pascal.)  He  was  very  lonely,  of  course,  from  his  own  choice,  be- 
cause he  needed  time  and  quietness,  but  also  because,  being  so 
utterly  different,  it  is  easy  to  conceive  that  many  did  not  like  him. 
I  find  it  hard  to  believe  that  he  was  very  genial,  in  spite  of  what 
Vasari  says.  Being  surrounded  by  people  whose  moral  standards 
were  rather  low  or,  if  these  were  higher,  who  were  apt  to  lose  their 
balance  and  to  become  hysterical  because  of  their  lack  of  knowl- 
edge, Leonardo's  solitude  could  but  increase,  and  to  protect  his 
equanimity  he  was  obliged  to  envelop  himself  in  a  triple  veil  of 
patience,  kindness,  and  irony. 

Leonardo's  greatest  contribution  was  his  method,  his  attitude; 
his  masterpiece  was  his  life.  I  have  heard  people  foolishly  regret 
that  his  insatiable  curiosity  had  diverted  him  from  his  work  as  a 
painter.  In  the  spiritual  sphere  it  is  only  quality  that  matters.  If 
he  had  painted  more  and  roamed  less  along  untrodden  paths,  his 
paintings  perhaps  would  not  have  taught  us  more  than  do  those 
of  his  Milanese  disciples.  While,  even  as  they  stand  now,  scarce 
and  partly  destroyed,  they  deliver  to  us  a  message  which  is  so  un- 
compromisingly high  that  even  to-day  but  few  understand  it.  Let 
us  listen  to  it;  it  is  worth  while.  This  message  is  as  pertinent  and 
as  urgent  to-day  as  it  was  more  than  four  hundred  years  ago.  And 
should  it  not  have  become  more  convincing  because  of  all  the  dis- 
coveries which  have  been  made  in  the  meanwhile?  Do  I  dream,  or 
do  I  actually  hear,  across  these  four  centuries,  Leonardo  whisper: 
To  know  is  to  love.  Our  first  duty  is  to  know.  These  people  who 
always  call  me  a  painter  annoy  me.  Of  course,  I  was  a  painter, 
but  I  was  also  an  engineer,  a  mechanic.  N4y  life  was  one  long 
struggle  with  nature,  to  unravel  her  secrets  and  tame  her  wild 
forces  to  the  purpose  of  man.  They  laughed  at  me  because  I  was 


82  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

unlettered  and  slow  of  speech.  Was  I?  Let  me  tell  you:  a  literary 
education  is  no  education.  All  the  classics  of  the  past  cannot  make 
men.  Experience  does,  life  does.  They  are  rotten  with  learning  and 
understand  nothing.  Why  do  they  lie  to  themselves?  How  can 
they  keep  on  living  in  the  shade  of  knowledge,  without  com- 
ing out  in  the  sun?  How  can  they  be  satisfied  with  so  little — 
when  there  is  so  much  to  be  known,  so  much  to  be  admired?  .  .  . 
They  love  beauty,  so  they  say — but  beauty  without  truth  is  noth- 
ing but  poison.  Why  do  they  not  interrogate  nature?  Must  we 
not  first  understand  the  laws  of  nature,  and  only  then  the  laws 
and  the  conventionalities  of  men?  Should  we  not  give  more  im- 
portance to  that  which  is  most  permanent?  The  study  of  nature  is 
the  substance  of  education — the  rest  is  only  the  ornament.  Study 
it  with  your  brains  and  with  your  hands.  Do  not  be  afraid  to 
touch  her.  Those  who  fear  to  experiment  with  their  hands  will 
never  know  anything.  We  must  all  be  craftsmen  of  some  kind. 
Honest  craftsmanship  is  the  hope  of  the  world.  .  .  ." 


6.  EVARISTE  GALOIS 


No  episode  in  the  history  of  thought  is  more  moving  than  the  life 
of  Evariste  Galois — the  young  Frenchman  who  passed  like  a 
meteor  about  1828,  devoted  a  few  feverish  years  to  the  most  in- 
tense meditation,  and  died  in  1832  from  a  wound  received  in  a 
duel,  at  the  age  of  twenty.  He  was  still  a  mere  boy,  yet  within 
these  short  years  he  had  accomplished  enough  to  prove  indubi- 
tably that  he  was  one  of  the  greatest  mathematicians  of  all  time. 
When  one  sees  how  terribly  fast  this  ardent  soul,  this  wretched 
and  tormented  heart,  were  consumed,  one  can  but  think  of  the 
beautiful  meteoric  showers  of  a  summer  night.  But  this  comparison 
is  misleading,  for  the  soul  of  Galois  will  burn  on  throughout  the 
ages  and  be  a  perpetual  flame  of  inspiration.  His  fame  is  incor- 
ruptible; indeed  the  apotheosis  will  become  more  and  more 
splendid  with  the  gradual  increase  of  human  knowledge. 

No  existence  could  be  more  tragic  than  his  and  the  only  one 
at  all  comparable  to  it  is,  strangely  enough,  that  of  another 
mathematician,  fully  his  equal,  the  Norwegian  Niels  Henrik  Abel, 
who  died  of  consumption  at  twenty-six  in  1829;  that  is,  just  when 
Galois  was  ready  to  take  the  torch  from  his  hand  and  to  run  with 
it  a  little  further.  Abel  had  the  inestimable  privilege  of  living  six 
years  longer,  and  think  of  these  years — not  ordinary  years  of  a 
humdrum  existence,  but  six  full  years  at  the  time  that  genius  was 
ripe — six  years  of  divine  inspiration!  What  would  not  Galois  have 
given  us,  if  he  had  been  granted  six  more  such  years  at  the  climax 
of  his  life?  But  it  is  futile  to  ask  such  questions.  Prophecies  too  are 
futile,  yet  a  certain  amount  of  anticipation  of  the  future  may  be 
allowed,  if  one  does  not  contravene  the  experience  of  the  past.  For 
example,  it  is  safe  to  predict  that  Galois'  fame  can  but  wax,  be- 
cause of  the  fundamental  nature  of  his  work.  While  the  inventors 
of  important  applications,  whose  practical  value  is  obvious,  re- 
ceive quick  recognition  and  often  very  substantial  rewards,  the 

83 


84  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

discoverers  of  fundamental  principles  are  not  generally  awarded 
much  recompense.  They  often  die  misunderstood  and  unre- 
warded. But  while  the  fame  of  the  former  is  bound  to  wane  as 
new  processes  supersede  their  own,  the  fame  of  the  latter  can  but 
increase.  Indeed  the  importance  of  each  principle  grows  with  the 
number  and  the  value  of  its  applications;  for  each  new  application 
is  a  new  tribute  to  its  worth.  To  put  it  more  concretely,  when  we 
are  very  thirsty  a  juicy  orange  is  more  precious  to  us  than  an 
orange  tree.  Yet  when  the  emergency  has  passed,  we  learn  to 
value  the  tree  more  than  any  of  its  fruits;  for  each  orange  is  an 
end  in  itself,  while  the  tree  represents  the  innumerable  oranges 
of  the  future.  The  fame  of  Galois  has  a  similar  foundation;  it  is 
based  upon  the  unlimited  future.  He  well  knew  the  pregnancy  of 
his  thoughts,  yet  they  were  even  more  far-reaching  than  he  could 
possibly  dream  of.  His  complete  works  fill  only  sixty-one  small 
pages:  but  a  French  geometer,  publishing  a  large  volume  some 
forty  years  after  Galois'  death,  declared  that  it  was  simply  a  com- 
mentary on  the  latter's  discoveries.  Since  then,  many  more  conse- 
quences have  been  deduced  from  Galois'  fundamental  ideas 
which  have  influenced  the  whole  of  mathematical  philosophy.  It  is 
likely  that  when  mathematicians  of  the  future  contemplate  his 
personality  at  the  distance  of  a  few  centuries,  it  will  appear  to 
them  to  be  surrounded  by  the  same  halo  of  winder  as  those  of 
Euclid,  Archimedes,  Descartes  and  Newton. 

Evariste  Galois  was  born  in  Bourg-la-Reine,  near  Paris,  on  the 
25th  of  October,  1811  in  the  very  house  in  which  his  grandfather 
had  lived  and  had  founded  a  boys'  school.  This  being  one  of  the 
very  few  boarding  schools  not  in  the  hands  of  the  priests,  the 
Revolution  had  much  increased  its  prosperity.  In  the  course  of 
time,  grandfather  Galois  had  given  it  up  to  his  younger  son  and 
soon  after,  the  school  had  received  from  the  imperial  government 
a  sort  of  official  recognition.  When  Evariste  was  born,  his  father 
was  thirty-six  years  of  age.  He  had  remained  a  real  man  of  the 
eighteenth  century,  amiable  and  witty,  clever  at  rhyming  verses 
and  writing  playlets,  and  instinct  with  philosophy.  He  was  the 


EVARISTE    GALOIS 


85 


leader  of  liberalism  in  Bourg-la-Reine,  and  during  the  Hundred 
Days  had  been  appointed  its  mayor.  Strangely  enough,  after 
Waterloo  he  was  still  the  mayor  of  the  village.  He  took  his  oath 
to  the  King,  and  to  be  sure  he  kept  it,  yet  he  remained  a  liberal  to 
the  end  of  his  days.  One  of  his  friends  and  neighbours,  Thomas 
Francois  Demante,  a  lawyer  and  judge,  onetime  professor  in  the 
Faculty  of  Law  of  Paris,  was  also  a  typical  gentleman  of  the 
"ancien  regime/'  but  of  a  different  style.  He  had  given  a  very 
solid  classical  education  not  only  to  his  sons  but  also  to  his 
daughters.  None  of  these  had  been  more  deeply  imbued  with  the 
examples  of  antiquity  than  Adelaide-Marie  who  was  to  be 
Evariste's  mother.  Roman  stoicism  had  sunk  deep  into  her  heart 
and  given  to  it  a  virile  temper.  She  was  a  good  Christian,  though 
more  concerned  with  the  ethical  than  with  the  mystical  side  of 
religion.  An  ardent  imagination  had  colored  her  every  virtue  with 
passion.  Many  more  people  have  been  able  to  appreciate  her  char- 
acter than  her  son's,  for  it  was  to  be  her  sad  fortune  to  survive  him 
forty  years.  She  was  said  to  be  generous  to  a  fault  and  original  to 
the  point  of  queerness.  There  is  no  doubt  that  Evariste  owed  con- 
siderably more  to  her  than  to  his  father.  Besides,  until  the  age  of 
eleven  the  little  boy  had  no  teacher  but  his  mother. 

In  1823,  Evariste  was  sent  to  college  in  Paris.  This  college — 
Louis-le-Grand — was  then  a  gloomy  house,  looking  from  the  out- 
side like  a  prison,  but  within  aflame  with  life  and  passion.  For 
heroic  memories  of  the  Revolution  and  the  Empire  had  remained 
particularly  vivid  in  this  institution,  which  was  indeed,  under  the 
clerical  and  reactionary  regime  of  the  Restoration,  a  hot-bed  of 
liberalism.  Love  of  learning  and  contempt  of  the  Bourbons  divided 
the  hearts  of  the  scholars.  Since  1815  the  discipline  had  been 
jeopardized  over  and  over  again  by  boyish  rebellions,  and  Evariste 
was  certainly  a  witness  of,  if  not  a  partner  in,  those  which  took 
place  soon  after  his  arrival.  The  influence  of  such  an  impassioned 
atmosphere  upon  a  lad  freshly  emancipated  from  his  mother's  care 
cannot  be  exaggerated.  Nothing  is  more  infectious  than  political 


86  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

passion,  nothing  more  intoxicating  than  the  love  of  freedom.  It 
was  certainly  there  and  then  that  Evariste  received  his  political 
initiation.  It  was  the  first  crisis  of  his  childhood. 

At  first  he  was  a  good  student;  it  was  only  after  a  couple  of 
years  that  his  disgust  at  the  regular  studies  became  apparent.  He 
was  then  in  the  second  class  (that  is,  the  highest  but  one)  and  the 
headmaster  suggested  to  his  father  that  he  should  spend  a  second 
year  in  it,  arguing  that  the  boy's  weak  health  and  immaturity 
made  it  imperative.  The  child  was  not  strong,  but  the  headmaster 
had  failed  to  discover  the  true  source  of  his  lassitude.  His  seem- 
ing indifference  was  due  less  to  immaturity  than  to  his  mathe- 
matical precocity.  He  had  read  his  books  of  geometry  as  easily  as 
a  novel,  and  the  knowledge  had  remained  firmly  anchored  in  his 
mind.  No  sooner  had  he  begun  to  study  algebra  than  he  read 
Lagrange's  original  memoirs.  This  extraordinary  facility  had  been 
at  first  a  revelation  to  himself,  but  as  he  grew  more  conscious  of 
it,  it  became  more  difficult  for  him  to  curb  his  own  domineering 
thought  and  to  sacrifice  it  to  the  routine  of  class  work.  The  rigid 
program  of  the  college  was  to  him  like  a  bed  of  Procrustes,  caus- 
ing him  unbearable  torture  without  adequate  compensation.  But 
how  could  the  headmaster  and  the  teachers  understand  this?  The 
double  conflict  within  the  child's  mind  and  between  the  teachers 
and  himself,  as  the  knowledge  of  his  power  increased,  was  in- 
tensely dramatic.  By  1827  it  had  reached  a  critical  point.  This 
might  be  called  the  second  crisis  of  his  childhood :  his  scientific 
initiation.  His  change  of  mood  was  observed  by  the  family. 
Juvenile  gaiety  was  suddenly  replaced  by  concentration;  his 
manners  became  stranger  every  day.  A  mad  desire  to  march  for- 
ward along  the  solitary  path  which  he  saw  so  distinctly,  possessed 
him.  His  whole  being,  his  every  faculty  was  mobilized  in  this 
immense  endeavor. 

I  cannot  give  a  more  vivid  idea  of  the  growing  strife  between 
this  inspired  boy  and  his  uninspired  teachers  than  by  quoting  a 
few  extracts  from  the  school  reports : 


EVARISTE    GALOIS  87 

1826-1827 

This  pupil,  though  a  little  queer  in  his  manners,  is  very  gentle 
and  seems  filled  with  innocence  and  good  qualities.  .  .  .  He  never 
knows  a  lesson  badly:  either  he  has  not  learned  it  at  all  or  he 
knows  it  well.  .  .  . 

A  little  later: 

This  pupil,  except  for  the  last  fortnight  during  which  he  has 
worked  a  little,  has  done  his  classwork  only  from  fear  of  punish- 
ment. .  .  .  His  ambition,  his  originality — often  affected — the 
queerness  of  his  character  keep  him»aloof  from  his  companions. 

1827-1828 

Conduct  rather  good.  A  few  thoughtless  acts.  Character  of  which 
I  do  not  flatter  myself  I  understand  every  trait;  but  I  see  a  great 
deal  of  self-esteem  dominating.  I  do  not  think  he  has  any  vicious 
inclination.  His  ability  seems  to  me  to  be  entirely  beyond  the  aver- 
age, with  regard  as  much  to  literary  studies  as  to  mathematics.  .  .  . 
He  does  not  seem  to  lack  religious  feeling.  His  health  is  good  but 
delicate. 

Another  professor  says: 

His  facility,  in  which  one  is  supposed  to  believe  but  of  which  I 
have  not  yet  witnessed  a  single  proof,  will  lead  him  nowhere: 
there  is  no  trace  in  his  tasks  of  anything  but  of  queerness  and 
negligence. 

Another  still: 

Always  busy  with  things  which  are  not  his  business.  Goes  down 
every  day. 

Same  year,  but  a  little  later : 

Very  bad  conduct.  Character  rather  secretive.  Tries  to  be 
original.  .  .  . 

Does  absolutely  nothing  for  the  class.  The  furor  of  mathematics 
possesses  him.  ...  He  is  losing  his  time  here  and  does  nothing  but 


88  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

torment  his  masters  and  get  himself  harassed  with  punishments. 
He  does  not  lack  religious  feeling;  his  health  seems  weak. 

Later  still : 

Bad  conduct,  character  difficult  to  define.  Aims  at  originality. 
His  talents  are  very  distinguished;  he  might  have  done  very  well 
in  "Rhetorique"  if  he  had  been  willing  to  work,  but  swayed  by 
his  passion  for  mathematics,  he  has  entirely  neglected  everything 
else.  Hence  he  has  made  no  progress  whatever.  .  .  .  Seems  to 
affect  to  do  something  different  from  what  he  should  do.  It  is  pos- 
sibly to  this  purpose  that  he  chatters  so  much.  He  protests  against 
silence. 

In  his  last  year  at  the  college,  1828-1829,  he  had  at  last  found 
a  teacher  of  mathematics  who  divined  his  genius  and  tried  to  en- 
courage and  to  help  him.  This  Mr.  Richard,  to  whom  one  cannot 
be  too  grateful,  wrote  of  him :  "This  student  has  a  marked  superi- 
ority over  all  his  schoolmates.  He  works  only  at  the  highest  parts 
of  mathematics/'  You  see  the  whole  difference.  Kind  Mr.  Richard 
did  not  complain  that  Evariste  neglected  his  regular  tasks,  and,  I 
imagine,  often  forgot  to  do  the  petty  mathematical  exercises  which 
are  indispensable  to  drill  the  average  boy;  he  does  not  think  it  fair 
to  insist  on  what  Evariste  does  not  do,  but  states  what  he  does  do : 
he  is  only  concerned  with  the  highest  parts  of  mathematics.  Unfor- 
tunately, the  other  teachers  were  less  indulgent.  For  physics  and 
chemistry,  the  note  often  repeated  was :  "Very  absent-minded,  no 
work  whatever." 

To  show  the  sort  of  preoccupations  which  engrossed  his  mind: 
at  the  age  of  sixteen  he  believed  that  he  had  found  a  method  of 
solving  general  equations  of  the  fifth  degree.  One  knows  that  be- 
fore succeeding  in  proving  the  impossibility  of  such  resolution, 
Abel  had  made  the  same  mistake.  Besides,  Galois  was  already  try- 
ing to  realize  the  great  dream  of  his  boyhood :  to  enter  the  Ecole 
Polytechnique.  He  was  bold  enough  to  prepare  himself  alone  for 
the  entrance  examination  as  early  as  1 828 — but  failed.  This  failure 
was  very  bitter  to  him — the  more  so  that  he  considered  it  as  un- 


EVARISTE    GALOIS  89 

fair.  It  is  likely  that  it  was  not  at  all  unfair,  at  least  according  to  the 
accepted  rules.  Galois  knew  at  one  and  the  same  time  far  more  and 
far  less  than  was  necessary  to  enter  Polytechnique;  his  extra  knowl- 
edge could  not  compensate  for  his  deficiencies,  and  examiners  will 
never  consider  originality  with  favor.  The  next  year  he  published 
his  first  paper,  and  sent  his  first  communication  to  the  Academie 
des  Sciences.  Unfortunately,  the  latter  got  lost  through  Cauchy's 
negligence.  This  embittered  Galois  even  more.  A  second  failure  to 
enter  Polytechnique  seemed  to  be  the  climax  of  his  misfortune,  but 
a  greater  disaster  was  still  in  store  for  him.  On  July  7  of  this  same 
year,  1829,  his  father  had  been  driven  to  commit  suicide  by  the 
vicious  attacks  directed  against  him,  the  liberal  mayor,  by  his  po- 
litical enemies.  He  took  his  life  in  the  small  apartment  which  he 
had  in  Paris,  in  the  vicinity  of  Louis-le-Grand.  As  soon  as  his 
father's  body  reached  the  territory  of  Bourg-la-Reine,  the  inhabi- 
tants carried  it  on  their  shoulders,  and  the  funeral  was  the  occa- 
sion of  disturbances  in  the  village.  This  terrible  blow,  following 
many  smaller  miseries,  left  a  very  deep  mark  on  Evariste's  soul. 
His  hatred  of  injustice  became  the  more  violent,  in  that  he  already 
believed  himself  to  be  a  victim  of  it;  his  father's  death  incensed 
him,  and  developed  his  tendency  to  see  injustice  and  baseness 
everywhere. 

His  repeated  failures  to  be  admitted  to  Polytechnique  were  to 
Galois  a  cause  of  intense  disappointment.  To  appreciate  his  de- 
spair, one  must  realize  that  the  Ecole  Polytechnique  was  then,  not 
simply  the  highest  mathematical  school  in  France  and  the  place 
where  his  genius  would  be  most  likely  to  find  the  sympathy  it 
craved,  it  was  also  a  daughter  of  the  Revolution  who  had 
remained  faithful  to  her  origins  in  spite  of  all  efforts  of  the  govern- 
ment to  curb  her  spirit  of  independence.  The  young  Polytech- 
nicians  were  the  natural  leaders  of  every  political  rebellion;  lib- 
eralism was  for  them  a  matter  of  traditional  duty.  This  house  was 
thus  twice  sacred  to  Galois,  and  his  failure  to  be  accepted  was  a 
double  misfortune.  In  1 829  he  entered  the  Ecole  Normale,  but  he 
entered  it  as  an  exile  from  Polytechnique.  It  was  all  the  more  diffi- 


90  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

cult  for  him  to  forget  the  object  of  his  former  ambition,  because 
the  Ecole  Normale  was  then  passing  through  the  most  languid 
period  of  its  existence.  It  was  not  even  an  independent  institution, 
but  rather  an  extension  of  Louis-le-Grand.  Every  precaution  had 
been  taken  to  ensure  the  loyalty  of  this  school  to  the  new  regime. 
Yet  there,  too,  the  main  student  body  inclined  toward  liberalism, 
though  their  convictions  were  very  weak  and  passive  as  com- 
pared with  the  mood  prevailing  at  Polytechnique;  because  of  the 
discipline  and  the  spying  methods  to  which  they  were  submitted, 
their  aspirations  had  taken  a  more  subdued  and  hypocritical  form 
only  relieved  once  in  a  while  by  spasmodic  upheavals.  Evariste 
suffered  doubly,  for  his  political  desires  were  checked  and  his 
mathematical  ability  remained  unrecognized.  Indeed  he  was  easily 
embarrassed  at  the  blackboard,  and  made  a  poor  impression  upon 
his  teachers.  It  is  quite  possible  that  he  did  not  try  in  the  least  to 
improve  this  impression.  His  French  biographer,  P.  Dupuy,  very 
clearly  explains  his  attitude : 

There  was  in  him  a  hardly  disguised  contempt  for  whosoever 
did  not  bow  spontaneously  and  immediately  before  his  superiority, 
a  rebellion  against  a  judgment  which  his  conscience  challenged 
beforehand  and  a  sort  of  unhealthy  pleasure  in  leading  it  further 
astray  and  in  turning  it  entirely  against  himself.  Indeed,  it  is  fre- 
quently observed  that  those  people  who  believe  that  they  have 
most  to  complain  of  persecution  could  hardly  do  without  it  and, 
if  need  be,  will  provoke  it.  To  pass  oneself  off  for  a  fool  is  another 
way  and  not  the  least  savory,  of  making  fools  of  others. 

It  is  clear  that  Galois'  temper  was  not  altogether  amiable,  yet 
we  should  not  judge  him  without  making  full  allowance  for  the 
terrible  strain  to  which  he  was  constantly  submitted,  the  violent 
conflicts  which  obscured  his  soul,  the  frightful  solitude  to  which 
fate  had  condemned  him. 

In  the  course  of  the  ensuing  year,  he  sent  three  more  papers  to 
mathematical  journals  and  a  new  memoir  to  the  Academic  The 
permanent  secretary,  Fourier,  took  it  home  with  him,  but  died 
before  having  examined  it,  and  the  memoir  was  not  retrieved 


EVARISTE    GALOIS  91 

from  among  his  papers.  Thus  his  second  memoir  was  lost  like  the 
former.  This  was  too  much  indeed  and  one  will  easily  forgive  the 
wretched  boy  if  in  his  feverish  mood  he  was  inclined  to  believe 
that  these  repeated  losses  were  not  due  to  chance  but  to  sys- 
tematic persecution.  He  considered  himself  a  victim  of  a  bad  social 
organization  which  ever  sacrifices  genius  to  mediocrity,  and  nat- 
urally enough  he  cursed  the  hated  regime  of  oppression  which 
had  precipitated  his  father's  death  and  against  which  the  storm 
was  gathering.  We  can  well  imagine  his  joy  when  he  heard  the 
first  shots  of  the  July  Revolution!  But  alas!  While  the  boys  of 
Polytechnique  were  the  very  first  in  the  fray,  those  of  the  Ecole 
Normale  were  kept  under  lock  and  key  by  their  faint-hearted  di- 
rector. It  was  only  when  the  three  glorious  days  of  July  were  over 
and  the  fall  of  the  Bourbons  was  accomplished  that  this  oppor- 
tunist let  his  students  out  and  indeed  placed  them  at  the  disposal 
of  the  provisional  government!  Never  did  Galois  feel  more  bitterly 
that  his  life  had  been  utterly  spoiled  by  his  failure  to  become  an 
alumnus  of  his  beloved  Polytechnique. 

In  the  meanwhile  the  summer  holidays  began  and  we  do  not 
know  what  happened  to  the  boy  in  the  interval.  It  must  have  been 
to  him  a  new  period  of  crisis,  more  acute  than  any  of  the  previous 
ones.  But  before  speaking  of  it  let  me  say  a  last  word  about  his 
scientific  efforts,  for  it  is  probable  that  thereafter  political  passion 
obsessed  his  mind  almost  exclusively.  At  any  rate  it  is  certain  that 
Evariste  was  in  the  possession  of  his  general  principles  by  the  be- 
ginning of  1830,  that  is,  at  the  age  of  eighteen,  and  that  he  fully 
knew  their  importance.  The  consciousness  of  his  power  and  of 
the  responsibility  resulting  from  it  increased  the  concentration 
and  the  gloominess  of  his  mind  to  the  danger  point;  the  lack  of 
recognition  developed  in  him  an  excessive  pride.  By  a  strange 
aberration  he  did  not  trouble  himself  to  write  his  memoirs  with 
sufficient  clearness  to  give  the  explanations  which  were  the  more 
necessary  because  his  thoughts  were  more  novel.  What  a  pity  that 
there  was  no  understanding  friend  to  whisper  in  his  ear  Descartes' 
wise  admonition:  "When  you  have  to  deal  with  transcendent 


92  THE    LIFE   OF    SCIENCE 

questions,  you  must  be  transcendently  clear/'  Instead  of  that, 
Galois  enveloped  his  thought  in  additional  secrecy  by  his  efforts 
to  attain  greater  conciseness,  that  coquetry  of  mathematicians. 

It  is  intensely  tragic  that  this  boy  already  sufficiently  harassed 
by  the  turmoil  of  his  own  thoughts,  should  have  been  thrown  into 
the  political  turmoil  of  this  revolutionary  period.  Endowed  with 
a  stronger  constitution,  he  might  have  been  able  to  cope  with  one 
such;  but  with  the  two,  how  could  he — how  could  anyone  do  it? 
During  the  holidays  he  was  probably  pressed  by  his  friend, 
Chevalier,  to  join  the  Saint-Simonists,  but  he  declined,  and  pre- 
ferred to  join  a  secret  society,  less  aristocratic  and  more  in  keep- 
ing with  his  republican  aspirations — the  "Societe  des  amis  du 
peuple."  It  was  thus  quite  another  man  who  re-entered  the  Ecole 
Normale  in  the  autumn  of  1830.  The  great  events  of  which  he 
had  been  a  witness  had  given  to  his  mind  a  sort  of  artificial  ma- 
turity. The  revolution  had  opened  to  him  a  fresh  source  of  dis- 
illusion, the  deeper  because  the  hopes  of  the  first  moment  had  been 
so  sanguine.  The  government  of  Louis-Philippe  had  promptly 
crushed  the  more  liberal  tendencies;  and  the  artisans  of  the  new 
revolution,  who  had  drawn  their  inspiration  from  the  great  events 
of  1789,  soon  discovered  to  their  intense  disgust  that  they  had 
been  fooled.  Indeed  under  a  more  liberal  guise,  the  same  oppres- 
sion, the  same  favoritism,  the  same  corruption  soon  took  place 
under  Louis-Philippe  as  under  Charles  X.  Moreover,  nothing  can 
be  more  demoralizing  than  a  successful  revolution  (whatever  it 
be)  for  those  who,  like  Galois,  were  too  generous  to  seek  any 
personal  advantage  and  too  ingenuous  not  to  believe  implicitly  in 
their  party  shibboleths.  It  is  such  a  high  fall  from  one's  dearest 
ideal  to  the  ugliest  aspect  of  reality — and  they  could  not  help 
seeing  around  them  the  more  practical  and  cynical  revolutionaries 
eager  for  the  quarry,  and  more  disgusting  still,  the  clever  ones, 
who  had  kept  quiet  until  they  knew  which  side  was  gaining,  and 
who  now  came  out  of  their  hiding  places  to  fight  over  the  spoils 
and  make  the  most  of  the  new  regime.  Political  fermentation  did 
not  abate  and  the  more  democratic  elements,  which  Galois  had 


EVARISTE    GALOIS 


93 


joined,  became  more  and  more  disaffected  and  restless.  The  di- 
rector of  the  Ecole  Normale  had  been  obliged  to  restrain  himself 
considerably  to  brook  Galois'  irregular  conduct,  his  'laziness/* 
his  intractable  temper;  the  boy's  political  attitude,  and  chiefly  his 
undisguised  contempt  for  the  director's  pusillanimity  now  in- 
creased the  tension  between  them  to  the  breaking  point.  The  pub- 
lication in  the  "Gazette  des  Ecoles"  of  a  letter  of  Galois'  in  which 
he  scornfully  criticized  the  director's  tergiversations  was  but  the 
last  of  many  offenses.  On  December  9,  he  was  invited  to  leave  the 
school,  and  his  expulsion  was  ratified  by  the  Royal  Council  on 
January  3,  1831. 

To  support  himself  Galois  announced  that  he  would  give  a  pri- 
vate course  on  higher  algebra  in  the  backshop  of  a  bookseller,  Mr. 
Caillot,  5  rue  de  la  Sorbonne.  I  do  not  know  whether  this  course, 
or  how  much  of  it,  was  actually  delivered.  A  further  scientific  dis- 
appointment was  reserved  for  him :  a  new  copy  of  his  second  lost 
memoir  had  been  communicated  by  him  to  the  Academie;  it  was 
returned  to  him  by  Poisson,  four  months  later,  as  being  incom- 
prehensible. There  is  no  doubt  that  Galois  was  partly  responsible 
for  this,  for  he  had  taken  no  pains  to  explain  himself  clearly. 

This  was  the  last  straw!  Galois'  academic  career  was  entirely 
compromised,  the  bridges  were  burned,  he  plunged  himself  en- 
tirely into  the  political  turmoil.  He  threw  himself  into  it  with  his 
habitual  fury  and  the  characteristic  intransigency  of  a  mathe- 
matician; there  was  nothing  left  to  conciliate  him,  no  means  to 
moderate  his  passion,  and  he  soon  reached  the  extreme  limit  of 
exaltation.  He  is  said  to  have  exclaimed :  "If  a  corpse  were  needed 
to  stir  the  people  up,  I  would  give  mine."  Thus  on  May  9,  1831, 
at  the  end  of  a  political  banquet,  being  intoxicated — not  with  wine 
but  with  the  ardent  conversation  of  an  evening — he  proposed  a 
sarcastic  toast  to  the  King.  He  held  his  glass  and  an  open  knife  in 
one  hand  and  said  simply:  "To  Louis-Philippe!"  Of  course  he 
was  soon  arrested  and  sent  to  Ste.  Pelagie.  The  lawyer  persuaded 
him  to  maintain  that  he  had  actually  said:  "To  Louis-Philippe, 
if  he  betray/'  and  many  witnesses  affirmed  that  they  had  heard 


94  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

him  utter  the  last  words,  though  they  were  lost  in  the  uproar.  But 
Galois  could  not  stand  this  lying  and  retracted  it  at  the  public 
trial.  His  attitude  before  the  tribunal  was  ironical  and  provoking, 
yet  the  jury  rendered  a  verdict  of  not  proven  and  he  was  ac- 
quitted. He  did  not  remain  free  very  long.  On  the  following  Four- 
teenth of  July,  the  government,  fearing  manifestations,  decided  to 
have  him  arrested  as  a  preventive  measure.  He  was  given  six 
months'  imprisonment  on  the  technical  charge  of  carrying  arms 
and  wearing  a  military  uniform,  but  he  remained  in  Ste.  Pelagie 
only  until  March  19  (or  16?),  1832,  when  he  was  sent  to  a  con- 
valescent home  in  the  rue  de  Lourcine.  A  dreadful  epidemic  of 
cholera  was  then  raging  in  Paris,  and  Galois'  transfer  had  been  de- 
termined by  the  poor  state  of  his  health.  However,  this  proved  to 
be  his  undoing. 

He  was  now  a  prisoner  on  parole  and  took  advantage  of  it  to 
carry  on  an  intrigue  with  a  woman  of  whom  we  know  nothing, 
but  who  was  probably  not  very  reputable  (ffune  coquette  de  bas 
etage,"  says  Raspail).  Think  of  it!  This  was,  as  far  as  we  know, 
his  first  love — and  it  was  but  one  more  tragedy  on  top  of  so  many 
others.  The  poor  boy  who  had  declared  in  prison  that  he  could 
love  only  a  Cornelia  or  a  Tarpeia  *  (we  hear  in  this  an  echo  of 
his  mother's  Roman  ideal) ,  gave  himself  to  this  new  passion  with 
his  usual  frenzy,  only  to  find  more  bitterness  at  the  end  of  it.  His 
revulsion  is  lamentably  expressed  in  a  letter  to  Chevalier  (May 
25,  1832): 

.  .  .  How  to  console  oneself  for  having  exhausted  in  one  month 
the  greatest  source  of  happiness  which  is  in  man — of  having  ex- 
hausted it  without  happiness,  without  hope,  being  certain  that  one 
has  drained  it  for  life? 

Oh!  come  and  preach  peace  after  that!  Come  and  ask  men  who 
suffer  to  take  pity  upon  what  is!  Pity,  never!  Hatred,  that  is  all.  He 
who  does  not  feel  it  deeply,  this  hatred  of  the  present,  cannot  really 
have  in  him  the  love  of  the  future.  .  .  . 

*  He  must  have  quoted  Tarpeia  by  mistake. 


EVARISTE    GALOIS  95 

One  sees  how  his  particular  misery  and  his  political  grievances 
are  sadly  muddled  in  his  tired  head.  And  a  little  further  in  the 
same  letter,  in  answer  to  a  gentle  warning  by  his  friend : 

I  like  to  doubt  your  cruel  prophecy  when  you  say  that  I  shall 
not  work  any  more.  But  I  admit  it  is  not  without  likelihood.  To  be 
a  savant,  I  should  need  to  be  that  alone.  7dy  heart  has  revolted 
against  my  head*  I  do  not  add  as  you  do:  It  is  a  pity. 

Can  a  more  tragic  confession  be  imagined?  One  realizes  that 
there  is  no  question  here  of  a  man  possessing  genius,  but  of  genius 
possessing  a  man.  A  man?  a  mere  boy,  a  fragile  little  body  divided 
within  itself  by  disproportionate  forces,  an  undeveloped  mind 
crushed  mercilessly  between  the  exaltation  of  scientific  discovery 
and  the  exaltation  of  sentiment. 

Four  days  later  two  men  challenged  him  to  a  duel.  The  circum- 
stances of  this  affair  are,  and  will  ever  remain,  very  mysterious. 
According  to  Evariste's  younger  brother  the  duel  was  not  fair. 
Evariste,  weak  as  he  was,  had  to  deal  with  two  ruffians  hired  to 
murder  him.  I  find  nothing  to  countenance  this  theory  except  that 
he  was  challenged  by  two  men  at  once.  At  any  rate,  it  is  certain 
that  the  woman  he  had  loved  played  a  part  in  this  fateful  event. 
On  the  day  preceding  the  duel,  Evariste  wrote  three  letters  of 
which  I  translate  one : 

May  29,  1832. 

Letter  to  all  Republicans. 

I  beg  the  patriots,  my  friends,  not  to  reproach  me  for  dying 
otherwise  than  for  the  country. 

I  die  the  victim  of  an  infamous  coquette.  My  life  is  quenched  in 
a  miserable  piece  of  gossip. 

Oh !  why  do  I  have  to  die  for  such  a  little  thing,  to  die  for  some- 
thing so  contemptible! 

I  take  heaven  to  witness  that  it  is  only  under  compulsion  that  I 
have  yielded  to  a  provocation  which  I  had  tried  to  avert  by  all 
means. 


*  The  italics  arc  mine. 


96  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

I  repent  having  told  a  baleful  truth  to  men  who  were  so  little 
able  to  listen  to  it  coolly.  Yet  I  have  told  the  truth.  I  take  with  me 
to  the  grave  a  conscience  free  from  He,  free  from  patriots'  blood. 

Good-bye!  I  had  in  me  a  great  deal  of  life  for  the  public  good. 

Forgiveness  for  those  who  killed  me;  they  are  of  good  faith. 

E.  Galois 

Any  comment  could  but  detract  from  the  pathos  of  this  docu- 
ment. I  will  only  remark  that  the  last  line,  in  which  Galois  ab- 
solves his  adversaries,  destroys  his  brother's  theory.  It  is  simpler 
to  admit  that  his  impetuosity,  aggravated  by  female  intrigue,  had 
placed  him  in  an  impossible  position  from  which  there  was  no 
honorable  issue,  according  to  the  standards  of  the  time,  but  a 
duel.  Evariste  was  too  much  of  a  gentleman  to  try  to  evade  the 
issue,  however  trifling  its  causes  might  be;  he  was  anxious  to  pay 
the  full  price  of  his  folly.  That  he  well  realized  the  tragedy  of  his 
life  is  quite  clear  from  the  laconic  post-scriptum  of  his  second 
letter:  Aliens  lux,  horrenda  procella,  tenebris  ceternis  involuta. 
The  last  letter  addressed  to  his  friend,  Auguste  Chevalier,  was  a 
sort  of  scientific  testament.  Its  seven  pages,  hastily  written,  dated 
at  both  ends,  contain  a  summary  of  the  discoveries  which  he  had 
been  unable  to  develop.  This  statement  is  so  concise  and  so  full 
that  its  significance  could  be  understood  only  gradually  as  the 
theories  outlined  by  him  were  unfolded  by  others.  It  proves  the 
depth  of  his  insight,  for  it  anticipates  discoveries  of  a  much  later 
date.  At  the  end  of  the  letter,  after  requesting  his  friend  to  pub- 
lish it  and  to  ask  Jacobi  or  Gauss  to  pronounce  upon  it,  he  added : 
"After  that,  I  hope  some  people  will  find  it  profitable  to  unravel 
this  mess.  Je  t'embrasse  avec  effusion/' — The  first  sentence  is 
rather  scornful  but  not  untrue  and  the  greatest  mathematicians  of 
the  century  have  found  it  very  profitable  indeed  to  clear  up 
Galois'  ideas. 

The  duel  took  place  on  the  30th  in  the  early  morning,  and  he 
was  grievously  wounded  by  a  shot  in  the  abdomen.  He  was  found 
by  a  peasant  who  transported  him  at  9:30  to  the  Hopital  Cochin. 
His  younger  brother — the  only  member  of  the  family  to  be  noti- 


EVARISTE    GALOIS 


97 


fied — came  and  stayed  with  him,  and  as  he  was  crying,  Evariste 
tried  to  console  him,  saying:  "Do  not  cry.  I  need  all  my  courage 
to  die  at  twenty/'  While  still  fully  conscious,  he  refused  the  as- 
sistance of  a  priest.  In  the  evening  peritonitis  declared  itself  and 
he  breathed  his  last  at  ten  o'clock  on  the  following  morning. 

His  funeral,  which  strangely  recalled  that  of  his  father,  was  at- 
tended by  two  to  three  thousand  republicans,  including  deputa- 
tions from  various  schools,  and  by  a  large  number  of  police,  for 
trouble  was  expected.  But  everything  went  off  very  calmly.  Of 
course  it  was  the  patriot  and  the  lover  of  freedom  whom  all  these 
people  meant  to  honor;  little  did  they  know  that  a  day  would 
come  when  this  young  political  hero  would  be  hailed  as  one  of 
the  greatest  mathematicians  of  all  time. 

A  life  as  short  yet  as  full  as  the  life  of  Galois  is  interesting  not 
simply  in  itself  but  even  more  perhaps  because  of  the  light  it 
throws  upon  the  nature  of  genius.  When  a  great  work  is  the  nat- 
ural culmination  of  a  long  existence  devoted  to  one  persistent 
endeavor,  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to  say  whether  it  is  the  fruit 
of  genius  or  the  fruit  of  patience.  When  genius  evolves  slowly  it 
may  be  hard  to  distinguish  from  talent — but  when  it  explodes 
suddenly,  at  the  beginning  and  not  at  the  end  of  life,  or  when  we 
are  at  a  loss  to  explain  its  intellectual  genesis,  we  can  but  feel  that 
we  are  in  the  sacred  presence  of  something  vastly  superior  to 
talent.  When  one  is  confronted  with  facts  which  cannot  be  ex- 
plained in  the  ordinary  way,  is  it  not  more  scientific  to  admit  our 
ignorance  than  to  hide  it  behind  faked  explanations?  Of  course 
it  is  not  necessary  to  introduce  any  mystical  idea,  but  it  is  one's 
duty  to  acknowledge  the  mystery.  When  a  work  is  really  the  fruit 
of  genius,  we  cannot  conceive  that  a  man  of  talent  might  have 
done  it  "just  as  well"  by  taking  the  necessary  pains.  Pains  alone 
will  never  do;  neither  is  it  simply  a  matter  of  jumping  a  little 
further,  for  it  involves  a  synthetic  process  of  a  higher  kind.  I  do 
not  say  that  talent  and  genius  are  essentially  different,  but  that 
they  are  of  different  orders  of  magnitude. 

Galois'  fateful  existence  helps  one  to  understand  Lowell's  say- 


98  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

ing:  "Talent  is  that  which  is  in  a  man's  power,  genius  is  that  in 
whose  power  man  is."  If  Galois  had  been  simply  a  mathematician 
of  considerable  ability,  his  life  would  have  been  far  less  tragic,  for 
he  could  have  used  his  mathematical  talent  for  his  own  advance- 
ment and  happiness;  instead  of  which,  the  furor  of  mathematics 
— as  one  of  his  teachers  said — possessed  him  and  he  had  no  al- 
ternative but  absolute  surrender  to  his  destiny. 

Lowell's  aphorism  is  misleading,  however,  for  it  suggests  that 
talent  can  be  acquired,  while  genius  cannot.  But  biological  knowl- 
edge points  to  the  conclusion  that  neither  is  really  acquired, 
though  both  can  be  developed  and  to  a  certain  extent  corrected 
by  education.  Men  of  talent  as  well  as  men  of  genius  are  born, 
not  made.  Genius  implies  a  much  stronger  force,  less  adaptable  to 
environment,  less  tractable  by  education,  and  also  far  more  ex- 
clusive and  despotic.  Its  very  intensity  explains  its  frequent  pre- 
cocity. If  the  necessary  opportunities  do  not  arise,  ordinary 
abilities  may  remain  hidden  indefinitely;  but  the  stronger  the  abili- 
ties the  smaller  need  the  inducement  be  to  awaken  them.  In  the 
extreme  case,  the  case  of  genius,  the  ability  is  so  strong  that,  if 
need  be,  it  will  force  its  own  outlet. 

Thus  it  is  that  many  of  the  greatest  accomplishments  of  science, 
art  and  letters  were  conceived  by  very  young  men.  In  the  field  of 
mathematics,  this  precocity  is  particularly  obvious.  To  speak  only 
of  the  two  men  considered  in  this  essay,  Abel  had  barely  reached 
the  age  of  twenty-two  and  Galois  was  not  yet  twenty,  perhaps 
not  yet  nineteen,  when  they  made  two  of  the  most  profound  dis- 
coveries which  have  ever  been  made.  In  many  other  sciences  and 
arts,  technical  apprenticeship  may  be  too  long  to  make  such  early 
discovery  possible.  In  most  cases,  however,  the  judgment  of  Alfred 
de  Vigny  holds  good.  "What  is  a  great  life?  It  is  a  thought  of 
youth  wrought  out  in  ripening  years."  The  fundamental  concep- 
tion dawns  at  an  early  age — that  is,  it  appears  at  the  surface  of 
one's  consciousness  as  early  as  this  is  materially  possible — but  it 
is  often  so  great  that  a  long  life  of  toil  and  abnegation  is  but  too 
short  to  work  it  out.  Of  course  at  the  beginning  it  may  be  very 


EVARISTE    GALOIS  99 

vague,  so  vague  indeed  that  its  host  can  hardly  distinguish  it  him- 
self from  a  passing  fancy,  and  later  may  be  unable  to  explain  how 
it  gradually  took  control  of  his  activities  and  dominated  his  whole 
being.  The  cases  of  Abel  and  Galois  are  not  essentially  different 
from  those  contemplated  by  Alfred  de  Vigny,  but  the  golden 
thoughts  of  their  youth  were  wrought  out  in  the  ripening  years  of 
other  people. 

It  is  the  precocity  of  genius  which  makes  it  so  dramatic.  When 
it  takes  an  explosive  form,  as  in  the  case  of  Galois,  the  frail  carcass 
of  a  boy  may  be  unable  to  resist  the  internal  strain  and  it  may 
be  positively  wrecked.  On  the  other  hand  when  genius  develops 
more  slowly,  its  host  has  time  to  mature,  to  adapt  himself  to  his 
environment,  to  gather  strength  and  experience.  He  learns  to 
reconcile  himself  to  the  conditions  which  surround  him,  widely 
different  as  they  are,  from  those  of  his  dreams.  He  learns  by  and 
by  that  the  great  majority  of  men  are  rather  unintelligent,  unedu- 
cated, uninspired,  and  that  one  must  not  take  it  too  much  to  heart 
when  they  behave  in  defiance  of  justice  or  even  of  common  sense. 
He  also  learns  to  dissipate  his  vexation  with  a  smile  or  a  joke  and 
to  protect  himself  under  a  heavy  cloak  of  kindness  and  humor. 
Poor  Evariste  had  no  time  to  learn  all  this.  While  his  genius  grew 
in  him  out  of  all  proportion  to  his  bodily  strength,  his  experience 
and  his  wisdom,  he  felt  more  and  more  ill  at  ease.  His  increasing 
restlessness  makes  one  think  of  that  exhibited  by  people  who  are 
prey  to  a  larvate  form  of  a  pernicious  disease.  There  is  an  internal 
disharmony  in  both  cases,  though  it  is  physiological  in  the  latter, 
and  psychological  in  the  former.  Hence  the  suffering,  the  distress 
and  finally  the  acute  disease  or  the  revolt! 

A  more  congenial  environment  might  have  saved  Galois.  Oh! 
would  that  he  had  been  granted  that  minimum  of  understanding 
and  sympathy  which  the  most  concentrated  mind  needs  as  much 
as  a  plant  needs  the  sun!  .  .  .  But  it  was  not  to  be;  and  not  only 
had  he  no  one  to  share  his  own  burden,  but  he  had  also  to  bear 
the  anxieties  of  a  stormy  time.  I  quite  realize  that  this  self-centered 
boy  was  not  attractive — many  would  say  not  lovable.  Yet  I  love 


100  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

him;  I  love  him  for  all  those  who  failed  to  love  him;  I  love  him  be- 
cause of  his  adversity. 

His  tragic  life  teaches  us  at  least  one  great  lesson :  one  can  never 
be  too  kind  to  the  young;  one  can  never  be  too  tolerant  of  their 
faults,  even  of  their  intolerance.  The  pride  and  intolerance  of 
youth,  however  immoderate,  are  excusable  because  of  youth's 
ignorance,  and  also  because  one  may  hope  that  it  is  only  a  tempo- 
rary disorder.  Of  course  there  will  always  be  men  despicable 
enough  to  resort  to  snubbing,  as  it  were,  to  protect  their  own  posi- 
tion and  to  hide  their  mediocrity,  but  I  am  not  thinking  of  them. 
I  am  simply  thinking  of  the  many  men  who  were  unkind  to  Galois 
without  meaning  to  be  so.  To  be  sure,  one  could  hardly  expect 
them  to  divine  the  presence  of  genius  in  an  awkward  boy.  But 
even  if  they  did  not  believe  in  him,  could  they  not  have  shown 
more  forbearance?  Even  if  he  had  been  a  conceited  dunce,  instead 
of  a  genius,  could  kindness  have  harmed  him?  ...  It  is  painful 
to  think  that  a  few  rays  of  generosity  from  the  heart  of  his  elders 
might  have  saved  this  boy  or  at  least  might  have  sweetened  his 
life. 

But  does  it  really  matter?  A  few  years  more  or  less,  a  little  more 
or  less  suffering.  .  .  .  Life  is  such  a  short  drive  altogether.  Galois 
has  accomplished  his  task  and  very  few  men  will  ever  accomplish 
more.  He  has  conquered  the  purest  kind  of  immortality.  As  he 
wrote  to  his  friends:  <cl  take  with  me  to  the  grave  a  conscience 
free  from  lie,  free  from  partiots'  blood/'  How  many  of  the  con- 
ventional heroes  of  history,  how  many  of  the  kings,  captains  and 
statesmen  could  say  the  same? 


7.  ERNEST  RENAN 


I  am  writing  in  Ogunquit,  one  of  the  loveliest  towns  on  the  shores 
of  Maine,  but  my  imagination  takes  me  back  to  the  other  side  of 
the  Atlantic,  to  the  rude  coast  of  Brittany,  somewhere  between 
Saint  Brieux  and  Roscoff.  There  are  of  course  many  points  of 
comparison  between  the  shores  of  Maine  and  the  Cotes  du  Nord, 
but  they  are  more  generally  a  matter  of  contrast  than  of  resem- 
blance. This  side  of  the  Atlantic  is  very  gentle  as  compared  with 
the  Emerald  Coast,  the  rugged,  the  fantastic,  the  awful  defences 
of  Brittany  against  a  turbulent  sea.  Why  then  does  my  mind 
carry  me  thither?  Reminiscences  of  a  sentimental  journey  which 
I  accomplished  years  ago  might  account  for  it,  but  the  true  reason 
is  that  having  been  imprisoned  in  my  study  for  many  days  by  the 
inclemency  of  the  weather,  I  read  or  reread  books  of  Renan's.  Oh, 
the  magic  of  this  beautiful  language,  so  melodious  yet  so  simple 
and  so  direct  that  it  reminds  me — as  no  other  ever  did — of  the 
best  Greek  prose,  of  the  winged  words  of  a  Plato  or  a  Xenophon! 
While  I  was  reading  I  heard  the  song  of  the  birds,  the  chirping  of 
the  crickets,  the  buzzing  of  other  insects,  and  farther  off  the  deep 
voice  of  the  sea;  and  all  of  that  intensified  the  music  of  his  language 
and  the  rhythm  of  my  joy.  Thus  when  my  eyes  gaze  over  the 
blue  water,  when  I  smell  at  ebb-tide  the  acrid  odor  of  seaweed, 
my  mind  flies  back  to  that  place  across  the  mighty  ocean,  where 
Renan  was  born  and  spent  his  boyhood — Treguier — and  to  that 
old  manor  of  Rosmapamon  and  the  little  fishermen's  village,  Per- 
ros-Guirec,  where  he  lived  his  last  summer  and  dreamed  his  last 
dreams. 

Ernest  Renan  was  born  on  the  27th  of  February,  1823,  in  the 
old  town  of  Treguier,  one  of  those  dead  cities  of  Brittany,  where 
there  is  so  little  bustle  that  one  can  almost  hear  the  people  muse 
and  pray  in  the  empty  streets.  He  was  a  seven-month  baby,  ex- 

101 


102  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

tremely  frail,  and  for  a  while  it  was  thought  that  he  would  not 
survive.  But  for  a  maternal  grandfather  hailing  from  Bordeaux, 
he  was  a  pure  Celt,  and  this  means  a  great  deal.  These  people  of 
Brittany,  however  devoted  they  may  be  to  their  foster  country, 
are  very  different  from  the  ordinary  Frenchman — at  least  as  much 
as  a  Welshman  or  an  Irishman  is  different  from  your  average 
Englishman.  Their  idiosyncrasies  are  deeply  rooted  in  the  past. 
For  one  thing,  those  out-of-the-way  provinces  of  the  West  were 
hardly  touched  by  the  Roman  colonization;  they  pursued  undis- 
turbed their  own  development  and  such  was  their  originality  and 
their  sturdiness  that  the  most  zealous  propaganda  of  the  gospel 
could  not  eradicate  entirely  their  pagan  beliefs;  the  Christian 
evangelists  who  came  to  minister  to  them  were  forced  in  many 
cases  to  close  their  eyes  to  older  superstitions  and  compromise 
with  them  as  best  they  might.  Renan  realized  this  very  strongly 
as  soon  as  he  reached  Paris,  and  even  more  when  he  first  visited 
Athens  in  1865.  On  that  occasion  he  expressed  the  strange  quali- 
ties of  his  native  soil  very  strikingly  in  the  prayer  to  Athena 
"which  he  made  on  the  Acropolis  when  he  had  finally  reached  a 
proper  understanding  of  its  perfect  beauty" : 

"O  nobility!  O  beauty  simple  and  true!  Goddess  whose  cult 
means  reason  and  wisdom,  thou  whose  temple  is  an  eternal  lesson 
of  conscience  and  sincerity:  I  bring  to  thine  altar  much  remorse. 
To  find  thee  cost  me  infinite  research.  The  initiation  which  thou 
didst  bestow  upon  the  Athenian  at  his  birth,  in  one  smile,  I  have 
conquered  only  by  strength  of  reflection,  at  the  price  of  long  efforts. 

"I  was  born,  blue-eyed  goddess,  of  barbarian  parents  among 
the  kind  and  virtuous  Cimmerians  who  live  at  the  edge  of  a  dark 
sea,  bristling  with  rocks,  ever  beaten  by  storms.  The  sun  is 
scarcely  known  there;  our  flowers  are  marine  mosses,  seaweeds 
and  the  colored  shells  which  one  finds  tossed  up  in  the  lonely 
bays.  The  clouds  there  seem  to  be  without  color,  and  joy  itself 
takes  on  a  tinge  of  sadness,  but  springs  of  cold  water  burst  from 
the  rocks  and  the  eyes  of  our  young  girls  are  like  those  green 
springs  wherein  the  sky  is  mirrored  over  undulating  grasses.  .  .  ." 


ERNEST    RENAN  103 

His  father  was  a  sea  captain  who,  in  his  old  age,  in  unwise 
commercial  ventures  had  lost  the  savings  of  a  laborious  life.  When 
he  died  at  sea  rather  mysteriously  in  1818,  his  widow  was  left 
with  hardly  any  property  and  two  children:  Henriette,  aged 
seventeen,  and  little  Ernest,  twelve  years  younger.  But  Henriette 
saved  the  family;  her  little  earnings  as  a  teacher  and  later  as  a 
governess  in  a  Polish  castle,  made  it  possible  to  give  her  brother 
the  best  opportunities.  It  had  been  taken  for  granted  that  he 
would  become  a  priest;  his  intelligence  and  gentleness,  his  lack  of 
strength,  his  poverty  and  the  traditions  of  his  family  did  not  seem 
to  leave  any  alternative.  He  received  his  first  education  in  the 
excellent  cathedral  school  of  Treguier,  and  achieved  so  much 
success  that  he  was  called  in  1838  to  the  seminary  of  St.  Nicolas 
du  Chardonnet  in  Paris,  then  in  the  process  of  reorganization. 
Four  industrious  years  at  Saint  Nicolas  promoted  one  generally  to 
the  greater  seminary  of  Saint  Sulpice  to  work  on  higher  studies. 
The  first  year  was  devoted  chiefly  to  philosophy  and  that  teach- 
ing took  place,  not  in  the  main  house,  but  in  a  country  mansion 
located  in  Issy,  near  Vaugirard.  This  was  a  beautiful  residence 
which  had  been  inhabited  at  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth 
century  by  Margaret  of  Valois,  the  first  wife  of  Henry  IV.  It  had 
kept  much  of  its  old-fashioned  elegance  and  dignity.  The  park 
was  particularly  graceful  and  Renan  spent  much  of  his  time  in  it, 
sitting  on  a  stone  bench  in  one  of  the  long  alleys,  reading  inde- 
fatigably  and  meditating  to  his  heart's  content.  He  said  later  that 
this  park  had  been,  after  the  cathedral  of  Treguier,  the  second 
cradle  of  his  thought;  he  could  never  see  an  arbor  or  a  hedge  of 
yoke-elms  cut  in  the  conventional  manner  of  his  country,  nor 
smell  damp  leaves  in  the  autumn,  without  remembering  his  long 
and  melancholy  meditations  of  Issy.  In  1843  he  was  finally  ad- 
mitted into  the  main  house  of  Saint  Sulpice  in  Paris,  and  there  he 
spent  three  fruitful  years  studying  more  theology,  but  also  He- 
brew and  Syriac. 

It  was  during  these  last  school  years  that  he  resolved  to  devote 
his  life  to  the  study  of  the  origins  of  Christianity,  but  his  philo- 


104  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

logical  research  made  it  more  and  more  difficult  for  him  to  accept 
implicitly  the  dogmas  which  had  been  hitherto  the  fixed  stars  of 
his  thought.  At  first  he  had  been  troubled  only  by  metaphysical 
difficulties,  but  such  can  be  evaded,  or  at  least  one  may  nourish 
the  illusion  of  evading  them;  the  study  of  the  original  texts  now 
revealed  to  him  the  existence  of  inadvertencies,  errors  and  con- 
tradictions which  could  not  be  denied.  Neither  did  the  dating  of 
those  sacred  documents  by  means  of  scientific  methods  tally  at  all 
with  the  traditional  chronology.  Once  these  hard  facts  had  been 
faced,  there  was  no  honest  way  of  shunning  them,  and  his  con- 
science was  a  prey  to  unremitting  distress.  For  a  while,  however, 
he  hoped  against  all  hope  that  it  would  remain  possible  to  recon- 
cile the  facts  with  his  faith;  and  maybe  he  would  have  suc- 
cumbed to  his  intense  desire  for  such  reconciliation,  to  his  pas- 
sionate love  of  the  church  in  which  he  had  been  brought  up,  to 
his  fear  of  saddening  the  hearts  of  his  teachers  and  of  his  beloved 
mother;  he  might  have  succeeded  in  persuading  himself  that  it 
was  his  duty  to  silence  the  doubts  of  his  mind  and  to  follow  the 
road  which  traditions  of  his  family,  his  own  inclinations  and  fate 
itself  had  traced  for  him  from  the  beginning.  Men,  even  the  best 
of  them,  are  only  too  often  tempted  to  sacrifice  the  essential  duty 
of  their  lives  to  some  immediate  duty,  the  importance  of  which  is 
more  tangible.  Happily  at  this  critical  juncture,  at  this  parting  of 
the  ways,  Ernest  received  the  assistance  of  his  sister.  Henriette 
was  then  tutoring  in  Poland,  but  there  was  a  close  correspond- 
ence between  them;  partly  because  of  her  age  and  experience, 
partly  because  of  her  greater  decision  and  the  simplicity  of  her 
character,  she  saw  more  clearly  than  her  brother  his  main  duty: 
there  can  be  no  compromise  with  truth  as  one  sees  it;  to  evade 
the  dictates  of  one's  conscience  on  a  matter  of  fundamental  im- 
portance is  cowardice,  however  generous  the  reasons  for  such 
evasions  be.  She  did  not  simply  offer  him  spiritual  assistance,  but 
placed  at  his  disposal  her  humble  savings,  some  twelve  hundred 
francs,  which  would  enable  him  to  face  the  first  necessities  with 
less  anxiety.  It  would  be  futile  to  imagine  what  his  course  would 


ERNEST    RENAN 


105 


have  been  without  his  sister's  help;  at  any  rate  her  unparalleled 
courage  and  devotion  made  it  much  easier  for  him  to  do  the  only 
thing  which  was  completely  honest.  On  the  6th  of  October,  1 845, 
he  left  Saint  Sulpice,  wearing  for  the  last  time  the  cassock  of  a 
seminarist. 

It  must  be  said  that  his  masters  respected  his  decision  and  did 
not  cease,  at  least  for  some  time,  to  be  his  friends;  they  had  had 
many  opportunities  to  test  the  purity  of  his  heart  and  they  well 
knew  that  there  was  in  it  neither  revolt  nor  sensuality,  but  the 
most  genuine  and  intense  religion.  On  the  other  hand,  he  himself 
always  spoke  with  the  highest  appreciation  of  the  education 
which  they  had  imparted  to  him.  Saint  Sulpice  in  Renan's  day 
(and  perhaps  even  now)  was  essentially  a  seventeenth-century 
institution;  nothing  could  remind  one  more  of  Port  Royal  or  the 
old  Sorbonne  than  did  this  college  where  time  seemed  to  have 
stood  still.  The  studies  were  extremely  serious;  there  was  a 
healthy  amount  of  freedom;  the  moral  tone  was  the  highest.  The 
theological  teaching  was  rigorously  honest.  Some  at  least  of  his 
teachers  would  have  been  the  last,  knowing  the  doubts  preying  on 
his  mind,  to  let  him  tie  himself  forever  by  a  half-hearted  taking  of 
sacred  vows.  They  did  not  try  in  the  least  to  make  proselytes  by 
means  of  equivocations  or  to  dispose  of  dogmatic  difficulties  or 
textual  contradictions  by  sleight-of-hand.  They  acted  according  to 
the  truth  as  they  saw  it,  and  Renan  did  nothing  but  follow  their 
admonitions,  though  the  light  which  he  saw  was  more  distant  and 
drew  him  reluctantly  far  away  from  them.  He  was  especially 
grateful  to  his  teacher  of  Semitic  languages,  and  said  of  him :  "All 
that  I  am  as  a  savant,  I  owe  to  M.  Le  Hir.  I  sometimes  think  that 
I  have  never  known  well  the  things  that  I  learned  without  him. 
For  example,  he  was  not  very  strong  in  Arabic,  and  therefore  I 
have  always  remained  a  mediocre  Arabist."  But  his  thankfulness 
was  extended  to  the  whole  school  and  when  later  he  reviewed  his 
life  in  Marcus  Aurelius'  manner,  trying  to  determine  the  various 
influences  which  had  moulded  it,  he  recognized  that  Saint  Sulpice 
had  been  by  far  the  principal  factor.  The  moral  education  of  that 


106  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

great  seminary  had  imbued  his  whole  substance,  and  his  anxious 
love  for  those  from  whom  his  conscience  had  obliged  him  to  part 
caused  him  to  declare  (with  some  exaggeration)  :  "Since  I  left 
Saint  Sulpice  I  have  done  nothing  but  decline,  and  yet  with  but 
one  quarter  of  a  Sulpician's  virtues,  I  have  still  been,  I  believe,  far 
above  the  average." 

Nothing  can  be  harder  than  to  break  with  the  faith  of  one's 
youth,  with  the  traditions  of  one's  people,  with  the  ideals  of  one's 
teachers.  Though  Renan  had  taken  no  final  vows,  when  he  left 
Saint  Sulpice  on  that  fateful  October  day,  he  must  have  felt  like 
an  apostate.  He  was  leaving  a  house  which  had  been  for  him  a 
second  home  and  found  himself  alone  and  poor,  without  friends 
(except  those  he  was  deserting) ,  in  a  cold  and  indifferent  world. 
Dark  days  followed,  days  of  solitude  and  trial,  which  might  have 
become  unendurable  but  for  the  clear  purpose  which  guided  his 
mind  like  a  star  in  the  night.  Then  fate  was  kind  to  him.  For  the 
next  month  the  hands  of  a  new  friend  were  stretched  out  to  him, 
and  before  long  they  helped  and  enabled  him  to  evoke  a  new  and 
greater  vision. 

This  friend,  four  years  younger  than  himself,  was  a  student  of 
science,  Marcellin  Berthelot,  who  became  eventually  one  of  the 
leading  chemists  of  the  century.  He  was  fully  Renan's  equal  both 
from  the  intellectual  and  the  moral  point  of  view,  and,  so  to  say, 
his  complement  in  the  matter  of  knowledge.  At  the  time  of  their 
meeting,  Renan's  erudition  was  already  considerable,  but  was  re- 
stricted to  the  philosophical,  historical  and  literary  disciplines, 
while  Berthelot  had  devoted  most  of  his  attention  to  the  experi- 
mental sciences.  Their  political  opinions  were  just  as  divergent, 
for  Renan  was  a  tory  and  a  monarchist,  while  his  friend  was  a 
liberal  and  a  republican  (the  first  republican  Renan  had  ever 
met!).  However,  their  love  of  knowledge  was  equally  intense; 
they  were  animated  by  the  same  idealism,  the  same  respect  for  hu- 
man reason;  and,  though  the  great  tasks  to  which  they  had  al- 
ready dedicated  their  young  lives  were  very  different,  they  were 
sustained  by  the  same  heroic  devotion  to  them.  Such  a  friendship 


ERNEST    RENAN  107 

was  at  once  a  great  source  of  happiness  and  an  incomparable 
opportunity.  I  like  to  imagine  these  two  youths  discussing  to- 
gether, with  equal  candor  and  passion,,  either  in  Renan's  garret 
or  else  in  the  quieter  streets  of  the  "Quartier  Latin/'  The  conflicts 
of  their  points  of  view,  the  clashes  of  their  enthusiasms,  the  piec- 
ing together  of  their  information,  the  continual  challenge  of  their 
respective  prejudices  could  but  be  immensely  fruitful.  They  dis- 
cussed endlessly  every  problem  of  life;  and,  as  one  of  them  re- 
marked, "Social  and  philosophic  questions  must  be  very  difficult 
indeed  that  we  were  not  able  to  solve  them  in  our  desperate 
effort!" 

The  two  friends  weathered  together  the  Revolution  of  1848, 
and  the  result  of  their  incessant  colloquies  during  that  tremendous 
crisis  was  a  book  which,  although  written  by  Renan,  bore  traces 
of  Berthelot/s  influence  on  almost  every  page:  The  future  of 
Science.  It  was  at  once  a  social  survey,  a  sort  of  general  introduc- 
tion to  scientific  studies,  an  attempt  to  establish  a  general  philos- 
ophy exclusively  upon  the  data  of  experience,  above  all  an  im- 
passioned appeal  to  apply  scientific  methods  to  the  solution  of 
social  and  political  issues.  It  was  chaotic  to  a  degree  and  as  dog- 
matic and  naive  as  we  might  expect  the  encyclopedic  treatise  of 
any  young  man  to  be.  Crude,  aggressive,  tactless,  poorly  written 
(as  it  was)  it  was  nevertheless  full  of  excellent  suggestions  cleverly 
made,  full  of  delicious  remarks,  full  of  learning  and  wisdom. 
Neither  should  we  forget  that  much  in  it  which  may  seem  com- 
monplace to-day  was  relatively  new  in  1848;  indeed,  some  parts 
— signally  his  insistence  that  philosophy  should  be  based  on  posi- 
tive knowledge — are  not  yet  generally  understood.  A  careful  anal- 
ysis of  it  would  show  that  it  contained  the  germs  of  the  best 
thoughts  of  his  maturity,  and  we  could  easily  find  in  it  a  raw 
delineation  of  his  later  attitude.  Though  he  was  fully  aware  of 
the  crudities  and  shortcomings  of  this  maiden  work,  Renan  never 
disavowed  its  main  substance.  Indeed,  when  his  first  revulsion 
against  it,  caused  by  his  Italian  journey,  was  softened,  throughout 
his  life  he  retained  a  tender  feeling  for  it  and  used  to  call  it  affec- 


108 


THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 


tionately  his  old  Purana.  Towards  the  end  of  his  life  he  had  the 
courage  (or  the  weakness)  to  publish  it  in  full  without  any 
change.  Such  a  book  is  tremendously  interesting;  not  so  much  as 
an  achievement,  however,  as  a  promise.  It  could  but  be  pleasant 
for  the  old  man  when  he  reread  these  lucubrations  of  his  youth 
to  realize  not  only  that  he  had  fully  kept  his  promise,  but  also 
that  the  world  had  moved — in  the  main — along  the  lines  he  had 
foreseen. 

Berthelot/s  influence  upon  the  development  of  Renan's  thought 
can  not  be  overestimated.  They  remained  to  the  last  a  unique  pair 
of  friends.  Theirs  was  a  sort  of  sacred  union,  excluding  any  fa- 
miliarity or  indulgence,  which  must  have  seemed  inhuman  to  those 
who  were  not  actuated  by  the  same  earnest  conception  of  life, 
the  same  absolute  devotion  to  a  great  duty,  the  same  inveterate 
habit  of  considering  all  things  from  the  point  of  view  of  eternity. 
They  were  two  young  heroes  walking  along  different  paths  to  a 
single  aim;  their  quests,  however  distinct  to  all  appearances,  were 
essentially  the  same.  They  wanted  to  increase  the  light  and  to 
dissipate  the  clouds  of  darkness — and  their  enemy  was  also  the 
same  dragon  with  a  hundred  heads,  unreason,  credulity,  supersti- 
tion, intolerance.  .  .  . 

The  voyage  to  Italy  which  Renan  made  in  1849-50  is  very  im- 
portant because  it  was  his  artistic  initiation.  It  brought  suddenly 
to  the  surface  of  his  soul  the  love  of  beauty  which  had  been  stifled 
by  his  immoderate  studies  and  was  almost  buried  under  a  tre- 
mendous load  of  knowledge.  It  mellowed  his  thought  and  made 
him  realize  that  he  too  was  an  artist.  His  first  published  work — 
his  Averroes — which  appeared  a  couple  of  years  later  shows  the 
progress  that  he  had  made  in  every  respect.  It  is  the  fruit  of  a  ma- 
ture mind  which  has  found  out  that  the  duty  of  a  writer  is  less 
to  exhibit  the  sum  of  his  knowledge  than  to  deliver  his  message, 
the  work  of  one  who  has  learned  the  art  of  composing  his  thoughts 
and  pruning  his  style,  who  has  taken  the  trouble  to  recast  his  ideas 
until  their  form  be  as  simple  and  elegant  as  possible.  In  fact,  this 


ERNEST    RENAN  109 

Averroes,  written  before  he  was  thirty,  has  remained  a  classic  of 
philosophic  literature. 

The  artistic  development  of  the  young  author  was  considerably 
hastened  by  his  acquaintance  with  the  Dutch  painter  Ary  Schef- 
fer,  whose  niece  Cornelie  he  married  in  or  about  1 854.  Since  Hen- 
riettas return  from  Poland,  she  had  been  living  with  her  brother. 
She  now  joined  the  young  couple  and  became  a  warm  friend  of 
the  bride  and  later  of  their  children,  Ary  and  Ernestine.  A  little 
later,  Ernest's  old  mother  joined  them  too.  He  had  now  to  pro- 
vide for  a  large  family,  and  it  was  sometimes  difficult  to  keep  the 
wolf  from  the  door.  He  wrote  articles  for  the  Revue  des  Deux 
TAondes  and  the  journal  des  Debats,  and  was  employed  in  the 
Department  of  Manuscripts  of  the  National  Library,  but  all  that 
hardly  sufficed  to  keep  such  a  large  pot  boiling.  In  1857  the  chair 
of  Hebrew  at  the  College  de  France  became  vacant  by  the  death 
of  Quatremere.  Renan  was  the  one  man  in  France  qualified  to 
occupy  it  (he  had  published  in  1855  his  Qeneral  History  of  Se- 
mitic Languages  and  was  already  a  member  of  the  Institut) ,  but  re- 
ligious prejudice  blocked  the  way  to  his  nomination.  The  injus- 
tice done  to  him  was  so  flagrant,  however,  that  the  government 
entrusted  to  him — as  a  sort  of  compensation — a  scientific  mission 
to  ancient  Phoenicia.  Nothing  more  fortunate  could  have  hap- 
pened to  him.  This  long  voyage  in  the  Near  East  completed  his 
artistic  initiation  and  gave  him  the  archaeological  and  pictorial 
background  which  he  needed  to  write  to  his  satisfaction  the  first 
volumes  of  the  Origins  of  Christianity.  The  devoted  Henriette  ac- 
companied him,  acting  as  his  manager,  his  secretary  and  his  be- 
loved confidante.  They  travelled  extensively  in  Palestine,  visiting 
together — one  can  easily  imagine  with  what  passion — all  the 
places  hallowed  by  one  of  the  greatest  dramas  of  history.  Unfortu- 
nately the  hot  and  damp  climate  of  the  Syrian  coast  had  told  upon 
their  health,  especially  upon  Henriette  who  was  very  far  from 
strong.  Her  condition  soon  reached  such  a  critical  stage  that  they 
decided  to  move  into  the  hills  and  to  settle  in  Ghazir,  at  the  end 
of  the  Bay  of  Kesruan,  one  of  the  most  beautiful  spots  in  the 


110  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

world.  It  is  there  that  Renan  began  the  composition  of  his  Life  of 
Jesus.  But  the  move  had  been  too  late;  and  in  September  1861  a 
malignant  fever  laid  them  low  and  carried  off  Henriette.  She  had 
given  the  most  perfect  example  of  sisterly  devotion;  and  it  would 
be  unfair  to  think  of  him,  whom  she  loved  so  well,  without  think- 
ing also  of  her.  She  is  buried  under  the  palm  trees  of  Amschitt, 
and  our  grateful  thoughts  linger  there  with  her.  Renan  came  back 
from  Palestine  with  the  sketch  of  a  masterpiece,  but  he  had  paid 
a  heavy  price  for  it. 

The  Vie  de  Jesus  appeared  in  1863.  Its  success  was  immense. 
Some  of  it,  to  be  sure,  was  of  a  sensational  nature.  There  was  so 
much  in  that  lofty  book  to  shock  and  enrage  the  bigots  that  they 
could  not  ignore  it.  Its  success,  however,  was  due  to  a  far  greater 
extent  to  the  warm  sympathy  which  it  aroused.  Renan  had  spoken 
straight  to  the  hearts  of  men  and  they  had  responded.  From  that 
time  on,  his  fame  as  a  writer  was  so  solidly  established  that  his 
livelihood  was  relatively  secure.  Oh!  that  Henriette  had  been  able 
to  share  his  triumph  and  his  comfort!  The  heroic  years  were 
over — after  all,  those  were  the  best,  and  she  had  shared  them 
fully.  There  remained  thirty  more  years  which  his  indefatigable 
activity  filled  to  the  brim,  but  the  recital  of  such  activity  lacks  in- 
terest. His  was  the  retired  life  of  a  savant,  outwardly  monotonous, 
though  inwardly  so  full  and  so  rich,  periodically  interrupted  by 
vacations  in  diverse  parts  of  Europe.  If  one  were  telling  the  life  of 
a  third-rate  personality  one  would  make  capital  of  such  voyages; 
one  would  narrate  them  at  great  length  as  if  they  were  journeys 
of  discovery;  one  would  draw  the  reader's  attention  to  every  dis- 
tinguished man  whom  one's  hero  met  as  if  to  divert  a  little  of  their 
brilliance  to  him.  But  when  the  traveller  is  himself  a  great  person- 
ality, whose  brightness  is  not  borrowed  but  original;  when  he 
travels  not  to  gratify  an  aimless  curiosity  or  a  despicable  snob- 
bishness, but  to  recreate  his  mind,  to  attain  a  fresh  point  of  view, 
to  find  material  for  his  work  and  food  for  his  thought,  such  stories 
become  pointless.  At  least  the  history  of  his  movements  is  so  in* 
extricably  mixed  with  that  of  his  own  mind  that  it  is  not  possible 


ERNEST    RENAN  111 

to  separate  one  from  the  other.  Now,  to  explain  the  development 
of  his  mind  would  oblige  me  to  analyze  his  works  in  their  natural 
sequence,  and  I  do  not  propose  to  do  so.  The  only  one  of  his 
many  books  which  it  would  be  unpardonable  not  to  mention  is  his 
Souvenirs  d'Enfance  et  de  Jeunesse,  one  of  the  most  charming 
pieces  of  autobiography  which  has  ever  been  written.  The  French 
people  gave  this  little  book  the  most  enthusiastic  welcome — a  wel- 
come which  they  had  never  given  before  to  a  book  of  the  same 
kind,  except  perhaps  to  the  JAemoxres  d'Outre-Jombe.  I  suppose 
Renan  wrote  it  during  one  of  his  vacations  in  his  native  province, 
when  his  growing  age  and  failing  health  discouraged  longer  jour- 
neys and  when  nostalgia  drew  him  back  to  the  haunts  of  his  boy- 
hood. At  least,  when  I  read  those  pages,  I  seem  to  hear  the  sea- 
voices  of  Brittany  and  smell  the  goemon.  Here  is  told  the  story  of 
his  intellectual  development  to  the  time  of  the  great  crisis  of  his 
life,  his  departure  from  Saint  Sulpice,  but  a  few  digressions  carry 
the  tale  a  little  farther.  The  tone  is  familiar  and  the  reminiscences 
are  not  complete  but  fragmentary,  yet  they  offer  us  in  an  exquisite 
form  the  essential  facts  of  his  growth,  the  facts  which  he  alone 
could  tell  us;  the  rest  might  as  well  be  told  by  others  or  left  untold. 
For  with  few  exceptions  (and  Renan  was  not  one  of  them)  the 
fate  of  any  great  writer,  scientist  or  artist  has  been  largely  de- 
termined before  he  was  thirty.  The  initial  struggle  is  the  thing, 
not  the  victory. 

Renan  died  in  Paris  in  October  1891.  The  work  in  which  he 
himself  took  most  pride  was  his  edition,  together  with  two  col- 
leagues of  the  Institut,  of  the  whole  body  of  Semitic  inscriptions; 
this  great  undertaking  placed  within  the  reach  of  the  few  scholars 
interested  in  it,  the  fundamental  materials  wherewith  to  rebuild 
the  past  with  greater  accuracy.  However,  he  will  be  chiefly  re- 
membered, among  a  large  elite,  by  his  noble  efforts  to  purify  the 
religious  spirit,  by  his  conception  of  history  and  philosophy  as 
scientific  disciplines,  by  his  broad  humanism  and,  last  but  not 
least,  by  the  charm  and  the  unaffected  elegance,  the  simplicity,  the 
perfect  cadence  of  his  prose.  He  was  one  of  the  leading  philos- 


112  THE    LIFE    OF   SCIENCE 

ophers  among  the  historians  of  the  last  century  and  one  of  the 
greatest  literary  artists. 

The  most  characteristic  trait  of  Renan's  thought  is  his  scientific 
conception  of  history  and,  conversely,  his  rare  understanding  of 
the  spirit  of  positive  science.  To  be  sure  this  was  largely  due  to 
his  constant  intercourse  with  Marcellin  Berthelot,  but  the  latter's 
influence  would  have  been  of  little  avail  if  Renan  had  not  been 
fully  prepared  to  receive  it.  When  he  exclaims  in  one  of  his 
prefaces  to  the  Life  of  Jesus,  "History  is  a  science  like  chemistry, 
like  geology/'  there  comes  to  us  an  echo  of  their  discussions  on 
the  subject.  Renan,  whose  sole  knowledge  was  historical,  had  been 
suddenly  brought  face  to  face  with  a  man  whose  conceptions  and 
ideals,  though  strangely  similar  to  his  own,  were  based  on  an 
altogether  different  set  of  facts.  On  the  other  hand  Berthelot  had 
probably  been  led  to  believe — as  most  young  scientists  are — that 
there  was  no  real  knowledge  outside  the  field  of  the  positive  or 
experimental  sciences,  and  we  may  expect  him  to  have  taken  pains 
to  impress  his  theological  companion  with  this  conviction.  The 
test  of  knowledge,  he  might  say,  is  the  ability  to  foresee,  to  bring 
about  definite  results  with  certainty.  The  experimental  sciences 
are  the  only  ones  which  make  such  knowledge  possible.  Of  course 
Renan  could  not  share  such  an  intolerant  conception,  but  he  would 
learn  to  understand  the  pure  scientific  point  of  view,  as  no  other 
historian  ever  did.  Thus,  after  having  reviewed  the  intellectual 
conditions  of  Islam,  he  concludes,  "The  purpose  of  mankind  is 
not  repose  in  submissive  ignorance,  but  implacable  war  against 
error  and  struggle  against  evil.  Science  is  the  soul  of  society  for 
science  is  reason  ...  It  creates  military  and  industrial  superior- 
ity. It  will  some  day  create  social  superiority;  I  mean  a  state  of 
society  wherein  the  full  amount  of  justice  compatible  with  the 
essence  of  the  universe  will  be  available."  Berthelot  would  have 
expressed  himself  exactly  in  the  same  way,  but  he  would  have 
stopped  there.  Renan  was  not  inclined  to  throw  overboard  as 
worthless  his  own  treasure  of  facts,  to  the  collection  of  which  he 


ERNEST    RENAN  113 

had  devoted  so  many  years  of  intense  study.  He  realized  keenly 
that  there  was  an  immense  field  of  knowledge  to  which  the 
methods  of  positive  science  could  not  yet  be  applied — and  maybe 
could  never  be;  but  that  was  no  reason  to  give  up  its  exploration 
as  hopeless.  The  duty  in  every  case  remained  the  same:  to  find  as 
much  of  the  truth  as  possible.  If  but  little  truth  could  be  attained 
with  certainty,  it  was  nevertheless  one's  duty  to  find  that  little. 
The  science  of  the  human  mind  is  essentially  historical,  for  all  that 
we  do,  all  that  we  know,  all  that  we  are  is  the  result  of  ageless 
labor  and  immemorial  experience.  The  best  way  to  understand  the 
development  of  our  mind  and  to  fathom  its  nature  and  possibilities 
is  to  study  the  history  of  mankind — to  study  it  with  the  same 
scrupulous  accuracy  with  which  the  naturalist  seeks  to  unravel 
the  succession  of  geologic  or  biologic  changes.  Renan  understood 
all  this  very  clearly  and  his  philosophy  was  completed  by  a  vague 
concept  of  evolution  as  a  universal  law  of  life. 

The  idea  of  evolution  was  of  course  in  the  air,  and  the  tumult 
and  disruptions  of  1848  had  done  much  to  replace  in  the  popular 
mind  the  general  notions  of  tradition  and  immobility  by  that  of 
ceaseless  change.  Dynamical  or  historical  explanations  were  every- 
where substituted  for  the  merely  static — for  the  dogmatic  de- 
scriptions of  an  immobile  reality.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that 
Spencer  and  Darwin  were  thinking  on  this  very  subject  at  the 
same  time  as  Renan — it  must  be  admitted  with  far  greater  depth — 
but  his  contribution  is  nevertheless  of  great  importance,  for  it 
came  from  the  other  pole  of  research. 

Renan' s  scientific  attitude  is  best  illustrated  by  his  love  of  con- 
crete facts  and  his  distrust  of  premature  generalizations.  Thus 
he  would  say,  "Reason  alone  cannot  create  truth  .  .  .  The  at- 
tempt to  construct  a  theory  of  things  by  the  play  of  empty  for- 
mulas is  as  vain  a  pretense  as  that  of  the  weaver  who  would 
produce  linen  without  putting  any  thread  in  his  shuttle/'  and 
again,  "It  is  philology  or  erudition  which  will  provide  the  thinker 
with  that  forest  of  things  (silva  rerum  ac  sententiarum,  as  Cicero 
puts  it),  without  which  philosophy  will  never  be  more  than  a 


114  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

Penelope's  weaving  always  to  be  recommenced/'  This  was  partly 
a  revulsion  against  the  theological  arguments  of  his  youth,  partly 
a  natural  impulse  intensified  by  Berthelot/s  example. 

I  speak  of  natural  impulse  advisedly,  for  it  is  obvious  that 
Renan  was  a  born  scientist.  The  fundamental  qualities  of  a  true 
scientist  were  genuine  parts  of  his  substance;  the  love  of  truth,  of 
accuracy,  and  even  more  the  disinterestedness  and  the  courage 
without  which  this  love  is  easily  stifled  at  the  very  time  when  it 
is  most  needed. 

This  leads  us  to  examine  his  religion,  a  subject  it  is  far  easier 
to  discuss  now  than  in  his  own  time,  when  some  fanatics  went  so 
far  as  to  consider  him  as  a  sort  of  Antichrist.  The  core  of  his 
religion,  which  was  intense,  was  this  very  love  of  truth.  One  might 
be  tempted  to  ask,  is  it  possible  that  religion  be  based  on  some- 
thing else?  But  it  is  wiser  to  ask  no  such  question;  for  it  would 
oblige  us  to  deny  the  religion  of  a  large  number  of  people  who 
consider  themselves,  in  perfect  good  faith,  as  deeply  religious, 
though  they  have  no  idea  of  truth,  no  means  of  recognizing  it, 
no  love  of  it,  no  use  for  it.  Their  religion  is  irrational,  but  we 
cannot  say  that  it  is  not  genuine. 

Aside  from  this  love  of  truth  which  remained  the  absorbing 
passion  of  his  life,  Renan  had  retained  from  his  early  education  a 
double  imprint;  the  conviction  of  the  necessity  of  a  moral  aristoc- 
racy, and  the  feeling  that  such  aristocracy  was  essentially  one  of 
service,  enjoying  no  privilege  but  to  be  what  it  was  and  expecting 
no  other,  not  even  the  privilege  of  wide  recognition.  According  to 
him,  the  truly  inferior  men  are  the  great  mass  of  the  self-centered, 
snobbish  and  stupid  people,  who  have  no  other  motives  than  the 
improvement  of  their  position,  the  furthering  of  their  own  petty 
interests.  On  the  contrary,  the  true  mark  of  the  aristocracy — in 
which  he  had  placed  all  his  hope  of  moral  progress — is  its  dis- 
interestedness, its  eagerness  to  devote  itself  to  the  community 
without  the  thought  of  any  reward.  He  insisted  repeatedly  in 
every  one  of  his  writings  on  the  essential  importance  of  such  dis- 


ERNEST    RENAN  115 

interestedness.  The  purpose  of  man,  as  far  as  we  can  understand 
it,  is  to  create  intellectual  values,  that  is,  to  produce  beautiful 
things,  to  discover  and  vindicate  truth,  to  increase  justice  and  hu- 
man solidarity.  Every  disinterested  effort  in  that  direction,  how- 
ever humble,  is  a  positive  gain,  however  small,  for  the  whole 
world.  To  put  it  in  the  simplest  terms,  he  who  takes  life  earnestly 
and  forgets  himself  is,  to  that  extent,  religious;  he  who  is  frivolous, 
self-complacent,  superficial,  selfish,  is,  to  that  extent,  irreligious. 
When  Renan  renounced  the  taking  of  the  sacred  orders  to 
devote  himself  entirely  to  scholarly  pursuits,  the  change  appeared 
to  the  bigots  immense,  abysmal.  Some  of  them  could  never  forgive 
him;  the  boy  educated  to  be  a  priest,  but  who  had  decided  at  the 
eleventh  hour  to  follow  another  road,  seemed  to  them  a  renegade, 
a  vile  traitor;  and  they  hated  and  despised  him  accordingly.  In 
fact  the  change  was  very  small.  He  was  fully  convinced  that  the 
fullest  use  he  could  make  of  his  life  was  to  consecrate  it  to  the 
quest  of  truth.  He  was  born  a  priest,  but  what  else  is  the  true 
scientist?;  he  remained  a  lay  priest — a  priest  of  science — to  the 
end  of  his  days.  His  decision  to  leave  the  church  affected  his 
beliefs,  changed  his  profession;  but  it  did  not  alter  the  texture 
of  his  soul;  it  did  not  disturb  his  religion.  Well  might  he  say  when 
he  edited  7he  future  of  Science  after  a  thoughtful  interval  of  forty 
years,  "My  religion  is  still  the  progress  of  reason,  that  is,  of  sci- 
ence/' And  he  added  a  little  further  in  the  same  preface,  "For  us 
idealists,  one  single  doctrine  is  true,  the  transcendent  doctrine 
according  to  which  the  purpose  of  mankind  is  the  creation  of  a 
superior  conscience  or,  as  they  put  it  in  the  old  days,  the  greatest 
glory  of  God." 


8.  HERBERT  SPENCER 


The  life  of  a  philosopher  is  generally  less  exciting  than  that  of  a 
war  correspondent  or  a  prima  donna.  Spencer's  life  is  a  very  plain 
one  indeed.  If  one  does  not  insist  on  quoting  the  titles  of  the 
books  and  essays,  which  are  the  most  conspicuous  mile-stones  of 
his  career,  it  can  be  told  in  a  few  words.  He  was  born  in  Derby 
on  April  27, 1 820,  a  thoroughbred  Englishman.  His  father,  George 
Spencer,  was  a  teacher,  a  man  of  small  means  and  little  imagina- 
tion, but  honest  to  the  core  and  of  an  unbending  type.  His  mother, 
who  does  not  seem  to  have  influenced  him  to  any  extent,  was  very 
different  from  her  husband,  as  patient  and  gentle  as  he  was 
irritable  and  aggressively  independent.  They  do  not  seem  to  have 
been  very  happy  together,  and  their  union  was  not  blessed 
with  many  children  who  survived;  although  nine  were  born  to 
them,  only  one,  Herbert,  the  eldest,  passed  the  stage  of  infancy.  It 
is  as  if  already  the  parents  had  been  obliged  to  pay  the  heavy 
ransom  of  genius.  The  boy  was  left  a  great  deal  to  himself,  and 
he  followed  his  bent  toward  scientific  information,  learning  also 
a  little  English  and  arithmetic.  At  the  age  of  thirteen,  he  was  sent 
to  his  uncle,  the  Reverend  Thomas  Spencer,  but  the  discipline  of 
this  new  home  seemed  at  first  so  hard  to  him  that  he  ran  away  to 
his  father's,  walking  one  hundred  and  fifteen  miles  in  three  days 
with  hardly  any  sleep  or  food.  However,  after  a  while  he  re- 
turned to  his  uncle  and  stayed  with  him,  being  tutored  by  him, 
chiefly  in  mathematics,  for  the  next  three  years.  This  was  the 
end  of  his  systematic  education,  which  certainly  was  very  in- 
complete. When  he  began  to  earn  his  living  at  sixteen,  he  knew 
probably  less  than  the  average  well-to-do  boy  of  his  age.  It  is 
true  he  knew  considerably  more  in  other  ways,  and  he  had  also 
exercised  to  a  greater  extent  his  mother-wit.  He  worked  suc- 
cessively as  an  assistant  schoolmaster  (for  three  months),  as 
an  engineer,  and,  after  a  vain  attempt  to  earn  a  living  as  a  literary 

116 


HERBERT    SPENCER  117 

man,  he  finally  became  in  1 848  sub-editor  of  the  Economist.  This 
last  position  had  the  advantage  of  bringing  him  in  touch  with 
many  eminent  men  of  his  day;  men  like  Huxley,  Tyndall,  and 
Lewes.  During  all  these  years,  he  had  carried  on  desultory  read- 
ing, he  had  made  quite  a  number  of  trivial  inventions,  he  had 
done  some  writing  and  a  considerable  amount  of  solitary  think- 
ing. 

The  editing  of  the  Economist  left  him  time  enough  to  complete 
his  first  book,  Social  Statics,  which  appeared  early  in  1851.  In 
1853,  having  inherited  five  hundred  pounds  from  his  uncle,  he 
abandoned  this  position  and  determined  to  support  himself  by 
his  own  literary  work.  Such  a  decision  is  always  hazardous;  per- 
haps never  more  so  than  in  the  case  of  a  man  like  Spencer  who 
was  less  a  writer  than  a  thinker,  whose  ability  to  express  himself 
was  constantly  inhibited  by  the  fear  of  error.  Shortly  afterward, 
returning  from  a  holiday  in  Switzerland,  his  health  began  to  break 
down.  Yet  he  resolutely  pursued  the  self-imposed  task  of  which 
he  had  become  more  and  more  conscious,  and  after  many  years 
of  work  and  meditation,  of  suffering  and  disappointment,  on 
March  77,  1860,  he  published  the  program  of  A  System  of  Philos- 
ophy, the  outline  of  the  work  to  which  the  best  part  of  his  life  was 
to  be  devoted.  This  is  to  me  the  culminating  date  in  Spencer's  life. 
It  is  then  that  he  reveals  for  the  first  time  his  dominant  personality. 

Think  of  it!  Here  we  have  a  man,  whose  systematic  knowledge 
is  rather  small,  whom  many  scientists  (not  the  greatest,  however) 
would  have  regarded  as  ignorant — and  such  he  was  in  many  re- 
spects— a  man  handicapped  by  lack  of  means  and  of  health, 
but  one  who  has  been  thinking  hard  and  fast  for  a  number  of 
years,  who  has  measured  the  world  around  him  and  himself,  who 
knows  exactly  what  he  must  do,  who  calmly  estimates  the  im- 
mensity of  the  undertaking  and  the  frailty  of  the  means,  who 
knows  that  his  decision  practically  involves  the  surrender  of  his 
liberty  for  the  rest  of  his  days  and  makes  of  him  a  slave  to  his 
ideal — yet  his  faith  is  so  great  that  he  does  not  hesitate.  No  handi- 
cap will  stop  him  and  he  sends  his  program  to  the  world;  a 


118  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

program  to  the  fulfilment  of  which  the  rest  of  his  life  was 
faithfully  and  unrestrictedly  given.  One  should  keep  in  mind  that 
at  that  time  Spencer  was  already  a  nervous  invalid;  he  could  only 
work  a  few  hours  a  day  and  had  to  use  all  sorts  of  tricks  to  do 
so  without  suffering;  in  the  afternoon  he  had  to  forsake  not 
simply  work  but  any  excitement  or  he  would  lose  his  night's  rest. 
Yet  he  went  ahead  and  henceforth  his  life  was  one  of  single- 
hearted  devotion  to  his  self-imposed  trust.  The  first  volume  of 
the  { 'Synthetic  Philosophy"  appeared  in  1862,  the  tenth  and  last 
in  1 896.  It  took  him  thirty-seven  years. 

It  is  not  part  of  my  present  purpose  to  analyze,  even  briefly, 
Spencer's  works.  I  will  simply  limit  myself  to  a  few  remarks 
which  may  refresh  the  reader's  memory  and  help  him  to  appreciate 
Spencer's  undertaking.  Let  us  remember  that  his  fundamental 
ideas  are  the  following :  First,  an  earnest  belief  in  the  value  of  phi- 
losophy as  completely  unified  knowledge.  Of  course,  without  such 
belief,  he  could  not  have  carried  on  his  life's  work.  Secondly,  the 
modern  concept  of  evolution  both  in  its  biological  and  its  universal 
import.  Thirdly,  the  ideal  of  freedom — the  core  of  his  political 
thought. 

I  need  not  consider  the  first  point  because  my  whole  essay  is 
really  devoted  to  it.  It  is  remarkable  that  Spencer's  first  paper 
on  evolution,  one  entitled  "The  Development  Hypothesis,"  ap- 
peared as  early  as  1852,  and  his  system  of  philosophy,  which 
was  essentially  based  upon  the  law  of  progress,  was  drafted  by 
him  for  the  first  time  in  the  early  days  of  1858.  It  is  in  the  middle 
of  the  same  year  that  Darwin  and  Wallace  announced  their 
theory  of  natural  selection  to  the  Linnaean  Society  of  London. 
Spencer's  merit  as  a  precursor  cannot  be  denied;  at  the  same  time 
it  must  be  said  that  if  his  general  theory  of  evolution  was  right,  his 
conception  of  its  mechanism  was  wrong.  He  believed  that  bi- 
ologic progress  was  chiefly  determined  by  the  inheritance  of 
characteristics  gained  by  each  individual  during  his  lifetime,  and 
although  he  later  admitted  the  validity  of  Darwin's  explanation, 
that  is,  natural  selection,  he  nevertheless,  remained  a  Lamarckian 


HERBERT    SPENCER  119 

to  the  end  of  his  life.  Biologists  are  now  generally  agreed  that  ac- 
quired characters  are  not  inherited,  but  their  agreement  on  this 
subject  is  so  recent  that  it  would  hardly  be  fair  to  blame  Spencer 
on  this  score.  Moreover,  he  was  the  first  to  extend  this  theory  to  a 
general  conception  of  the  universe  and  to  retrace  in  the  de- 
velopment not  simply  of  living  organisms,  but  of  everything,  an 
evolution  or  a  progress  "from  the  homogeneous  to  the  hetero- 
geneous, from  the  simple  to  the  complex,  from  the  incoherent  to 
the  coherent,  from  the  indefinite  to  the  definite/'  Matter-of-fact 
people  may  object  that  such  a  generalization  is  equally  uncon- 
trollable and  useless,  but  that  is  to  take  a  very  crude  view  of  the 
subject.  Spencer's  generalization,  his  insistence,  was  a  powerful 
factor  in  the  success  of  the  evolutionary  point  of  view.  It  helped 
mightily  to  create  a  new  scientific  and  philosophic  atmosphere. 
Is  not  that  very  much  indeed,  and  what  more  could  you  expect 
a  philosopher  to  do? 

The  "Synthetic  Philosophy"  did  not  embrace  all  the  sciences. 
Feeling  the  necessity  of  restricting  his  field,  chiefly  on  account  of 
his  insufficient  scientific  training,  he  made  a  systematic  study  only 
of  those  branches  of  knowledge  to  which  the  application  of  scien- 
tific methods  was  relatively  new,  to  wit:  biology,  ethics,  sociology. 
Biological  facts  had  inspired  his  theory  of  evolution,  and  his 
biology  in  turn  was  dominated  by  it.  On  the  other  hand,  in  his 
ethical  and  social  studies  he  was  chiefly  guided  by  the  concep- 
tion that  liberty  is  the  greatest  good.  The  industrial  and  legal 
development  of  the  last  half-century  seems  to  have  proceeded  in 
the  opposite  direction;  yet  the  main  difficulties  of  our  moral  and 
social  life  cannot  be  solved  by  artificial  regulations,  and  now,  even 
more  than  in  Spencer's  time,  the  greatest  political  problem  to  be 
solved  is  the  one  involved  in  the  antinomy:  freedom  versus  red 
tape,  or  initiative  versus  automatism,  or  life  versus  stagnation.  Of 
course  we  all  realize  that  a  great  many  more  regulations  and  social 
restrictions  are  needed  than  Spencer  was  prepared  to  admit,  but 
the  wise  do  not  believe  that  these  regulations  are  real  factors  of 
progress.  The  best  that  they  can  do  is  to  prevent  us  from  sliding 


120  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

backward;  they  cannot  help  us  to  go  onward.  They  impede  a 
certain  amount  of  evil  and  they  oblige  another  amount  of  it  to 
assume  a  secret  form,  which  may  be  on  the  whole  less  pernicious. 
They  cannot  create  any  parcel  of  positive  good.  Spencer's  search- 
ing analysis  of  these  subjects  is  of  permanent  value,  and  even 
if  one  assents  to  the  temporary  necessity  of  compulsory  measures, 
there  is  no  doubt  that  social  progress  lies  mainly  in  the  direction 
which  he  pointed  out,  the  increase  of  voluntary  co-operation. 

Spencer  has  often  been  reproached  that  his  system  is  based  far 
more  upon  preconceived  ideas  than  upon  the  observation  of 
reality.  Yet  it  must  be  admitted  that  he  managed  to  marshal  an 
enormous  mass  of  facts  to  support  his  theories.  If  it  be  true  that 
the  latter  were  generally  ahead  of  his  experience,  is  not  the  same 
true  to  a  certain  extent  of  every  scientific  hypothesis?  Never  mind 
where  a  man  gets  his  theories  if  he  can  establish  them  on  ex- 
perimental grounds.  And  Spencer,  however  biased  and  ignorant 
he  may  have  been,  took  enormous  pains  to  gather  the  experi- 
mental facts  which  he  needed.  Think  only  of  the  descriptive 
sociology  whose  publication  began  under  his  direction  in  1873 
and  is  not  yet  completed.  Although  he  was  very  poor  in  the  first 
half  of  his  life  and  never  reached  more  than  a  small  competence, 
he  spent  more  than  three  thousand  pounds  on  this  great  under- 
taking. It  is  a  pity,  by  the  way,  that  the  frame  of  these  descrip- 
tions is  so  rigid  and  their  size  so  awkward;  but  as  they  are,  the 
published  volumes  contain  an  enormous  amount  of  material  and 
deserve  greater  recognition  than  they  have  ever  received. 

Spencer's  main  shortcoming  was  his  dogmatism,  his  inability  to 
consider  the  opinions  of  others.  This  dogmatism,  which  naturally 
increased  as  he  grew  older,  arose  partly  from  his  initial  ignorance, 
partly  from  his  chronic  neurasthenia,  partly  also  from  his  lack  of 
imagination,  the  singleness  of  his  purpose,  the  exclusiveness  of  his 
thought.  He  was  temperamentally  a  non-conformist,  and  although 
later  in  life  he  seemed  to  become  more  and  more  anxious  to  com- 
ply with  the  external  conventions  of  society,  I  suppose  he  did 


HERBERT    SPENCER  111 

so  chiefly  to  eschew  the  criticism  of  fools  and  to  protect  his  inner 
freedom. 

There  is  no  justification  whatever  for  the  statement  that  Spencer 
was  "all  brains  and  no  heart."  He  was  not  sentimental,  but  very 
sensitive.  Of  course  the  accomplishment  of  his  life's  work  did 
absorb  the  greatest  part  of  his  energy,  including  his  emotional 
energy,  and  a  man  carrying  such  a  burden  on  his  shoulders  could 
not  be  expected  to  run  errands  for  others. 

As  in  the  case  of  Leonardo  da  Vinci,  the  predominance  of  his 
intellectual  concerns  partly  explains  his  sexual  indifference,  which 
overwhelming  interests  of  another  sort  could  but  aggravate,  as 
he  became  more  engrossed  in  his  work.  At  any  rate,  Spencer 
does  not  seem  to  have  ever  experienced  love.  When  he  was 
twenty,  he  came  nearer  to  it  than  ever  before  or  afterward,  but 
this  little  encounter  seems  very  shadowy  indeed  and  would  not 
even  be  quoted  in  the  biography  of  a  more  normal  person.  Later, 
while  he  was  editing  the  Economist,  he  often  took  to  the  theater, 
to  share  his  free  tickets,  a  young  girl  (she  was  a  year  older  than 
he)  who  then  enjoyed  some  small  notoriety  for  her  translation  of 
Strauss's  Life  of  Jesus.  They  saw  a  great  deal  of  one  another,  but 
although  there  is  no  woman  for  whom  Spencer  ever  had  a  higher 
esteem,  there  is  no  warrant  for  the  statement  that  they  ever  were 
in  love.  Leaving  temperament  aside,  maybe  if  Spencer  had  had  a 
little  more  imagination  and  pluck,  they  would  have  married.  And 
just  try  to  imagine  what  would  have  happened  if  Herbert  Spencer 
and  George  Eliot  had  been  man  and  wife!  Pity  that  such  experi- 
ments are  impossible  and  that  each  life  is  definitive.  Anyhow,  I 
do  not  think,  as  far  as  I  know  them  both,  that  Spencer  would 
have  made  her  happy;  at  least  he  could  not  have  inspired  her  as 
deeply  as  did,  later,  George  Henry  Lewes. 

It  is  very  interesting  to  compare  Spencer  and  Comte,  and  I  love 
to  bring  them  together  in  the  field  of  my  memory.  Spencer  did 
not  like  allusions  to  Comte  apropos  of  himself,  and  he  refused  to 
own  any  indebtedness  to  his  illustrious  predecessor.  It  is  true  that 
he  never  made  a  formal  study  of  Comte's  works,  yet  he  knew 


122  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

more  of  them  than  he  himself  was  conscious  of,  as  the  result  of 
his  conversations  with  his  friends,  chiefly  George  Eliot  and  George 
Lewes,  who  were  at  one  time  enthusiastic  followers  of  the  French 
philosopher.  They  certainly  had  many  opportunities  of  imparting 
to  Spencer,  willy-nilly,  the  gist  of  Comte's  ideas. 

However  different  the  great  Frenchman  and  the  great  English- 
man were,  they  had  very  much  in  common.  First  of  all  their  en- 
cyclopedic ideal,  then  their  heroic  faith  and  tenacity  amidst 
untoward  circumstances,  their  intolerance  and  dogmatism,  their 
independence,  their  lack  of  those  softening  qualities  which  make 
men  lovable.  They  attached  a  paramount  importance  to  the  study 
of  sociology  and  positive  polity,  but  they  saw  clearly  that  no  real 
advance  can  be  made  which  is  not  preceded  by  a  moral  transfor- 
mation. They  both  asserted  themselves  in  a  similar  way.  Auguste 
Comte  wrote  the  first  sketch  of  his  "Course  of  Positive  Philos- 
ophy" in  1826,  and  the  course  itself  was  the  labor  of  the  next 
sixteen  years ;  Spencer  launched  his  manifesto  in  1 860,  and  work- 
ing far  more  slowly,  it  took  him  more  than  double  this  time  to  pro- 
duce the  whole  of  his  own  synthesis. 

Although  both  saw  the  importance  of  historical  methods,  they 
still  have  in  common  an  extraordinary  lack  of  historical  sense.  I 
am  thinking  of  Comte,  the  philosopher — not  of  the  prophet  of  his 
latter  days,  who,  jumping  to  the  other  extreme,  made  of  history 
a  sort  of  religion.  Before  that,  he  does  not  seem  to  have  grasped 
any  more  clearly  than  Spencer  that  genuine  synthetic  knowledge 
must  comprehend  the  whole  past  of  knowledge  as  well  as  its  latest 
stages.  Knowledge  indeed  is  not  something  fixed  and  rigid,  neither 
is  it  perfect;  it  is  an  ever-progressing  organism  whose  meaning 
can  only  be  understood  by  one  who  knows  its  origin  and  its 
inner  life.  Comte  saw  well  enough  that  the  history  of  intellectual 
development  is  the  key  to  social  evolution,  but  he  did  not  see 
that  it  is  also  a  master-key  to  synthetic  knowledge.  Spencer 
generously  spent  considerable  sums  for  the  elaboration  of  his 
"Descriptive  Sociology/'  wherein  the  chronological  sequence  of 
events  is  faithfully  abided  by;  yet  what  one  might  call  his  his- 


HERBERT    SPENCER  123 

torical  blindness  was  appalling.  Nothing  is  more  pitiful,  nothing 
more  calculated  to  make  one  doubt  of  his  genius,  than  the  meager 
notes  he  wrote  while  travelling  in  Egypt  and  Italy;  to  him  the  past 
was  dead. 

In  my  sketch  of  Spencer's  life,  I  hope  I  have  made  it  clear  how 
ill  prepared  he  was  for  the  great  undertaking  upon  which  he  had 
set  his  heart.  At  first  view  it  seems  unbelievable  that  he  could  do 
as  much  as  he  did  with  such  inadequate  equipment.  In  fact,  he 
was  not  by  any  means  as  ignorant  as  one  would  expect  such  a 
poor  student  to  be.  If  he  had  but  few  opportunities  of  systematic 
research  or  set  studies,  he  had  plenty,  in  his  miscellaneous  read- 
ings and  his  talks  at  the  Athenaeum  or  in  the  streets,  with  the  most 
distinguished  of  his  contemporaries,  to  gather  in  a  substantial 
amount  of  first  class  information.  His  sharp  and  ready  mind  could 
make  the  most  of  the  vaguest  hint.  Being  endowed  with  a  real 
genius  for  synthesis  and  possessing  a  complete  system  of  knowl- 
edge, he  could  at  the  same  time  keep  out  all  superfluous  informa- 
tion, and  let  in,  and  classify  at  once,  all  that  which  was  pertinent 
to  his  purpose. 

In  short,  Spencer's  mind  was  a  genuine  encyclopedic  mind. 
The  relative  smallness  of  his  knowledge  was  largely  compensated 
by  its  congruity.  The  contemplation  of  such  a  mind  helps  one 
better  than  any  explanation  to  understand  what  synthetic  or 
encyclopedic  knowledge  actually  is.  It  is  not  a  mere  accumulation 
of  disconnected  facts  and  theories.  There  are  men  who  know 
thousands  of  facts,  but  have  no  skill  in  ordering  them,  no  hooks 
in  their  brains  to  hang  them  on.  The  disintegrated  knowledge  of 
these  men,  of  whom  good  people  often  speak  as  being  very 
learned,  is  as  remote  from  synthetic  knowledge  as  crass  ignorance. 
Knowledge  is  synthetic  to  the  extent  that  it  is  unified,  congruous, 
and  the  result  of  an  organic  growth.  It  cannot  be  obtained  by  mere 
juxtaposition  of  odd  bits,  but  only  by  a  slow  digestion  and  re- 
elaboration  of  all  the  materials  which  the  mind  selects  and  ab- 
sorbs. 

Nevertheless,  the  lack  of  systematic  training  at  the  outset  of 


124  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

his  life  was  to  Spencer  a  considerable  and,  to  a  large  extent,  an 
irretrievable  handicap.  Genius  cannot  entirely  make  up  for  the 
absence  of  the  fundamental  technique  which  can  only  be  properly 
acquired  when  one  is  young.  It  is  astounding  that,  barring  such 
as  were  unavoidable  at  the  time  of  his  writing,  there  are  not  more 
errors  in  Spencer's  philosophy,  and  that  there  is  so  much  truth — 
truth  of  his  day  and  prophetic  truth — in  a  system  resting  on  such 
a  fragile  foundation.  Indeed  the  amount  of  active  substance  which 
his  works  contain  is  unusually  great;  an  excellent  proof  of  this  is 
afforded  by  the  extraordinary  influence  they  exerted  upon  the 
intellectual  development  of  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

The  unification  of  knowledge  is  the  more  necessary  as  knowl- 
edge becomes  more  complex  and  specialized.  If  nobody  had  the 
courage  to  attempt  it,  the  scientific  world  would  soon  become  a 
new  Tower  of  Babel.  There  are  already  too  many  specialists  who 
know  what  they  are  doing  hardly  more  than  bees  do.  They  work 
faithfully  in  their  little  corners,  and  their  work  is  very  useful.  But 
science  is  far  more  than  the  sum  of  their  fragmentary  efforts. 
The  growth  of  science  is  essentially  an  organic  growth.  That 
means  that  at  least  a  few  people  must  take  the  trouble  to  digest 
and  assimilate  the  whole  of  it,  in  order  to  co-ordinate  and  to  unify 
it.  They  may  err;  nay,  they  are  bound  to  err  ever  and  anon;  but 
where  one  will  err,  the  next  one  will  go  straight.  It  is  so  that  every- 
thing progresses. 

If  encyclopedic  efforts  were  abandoned,  the  amount  of  scien- 
tific facts  and  little  theories  might  go  on  increasing  indefinitely, 
but  science  would  perish.  The  same  is  equally  true  of  every  human 
activity.  Everywhere  synthetic  and  centripetal  endeavors  must 
counterbalance  the  more  special  and  centrifugal  ones,  lest  the 
whole  fabric  of  life  be  ruined  and  fall  to  pieces.  Business  men,  for 
instance,  have  a  very  clear  notion  of  this,  and  in  proportion  as 
they  standardize  and  specialize  their  industries,  they  are  careful 
to  provide  co-ordinating  agencies  to  keep  the  complete  body 
together. 

But  many  will  hasten  to  object:  "Encyclopedic  knowledge, 


HERBERT    SPENCER  H5 

however  desirable  it  may  be,  has  become  impossible.  Science  is 
becoming  vaster  every  day  and  men  do  not  seem  to  grow  bigger. 
Indeed  they  seem  smaller  than  they  were  in  the  past.  There  are 
no  more  Aristotles,  and  if  one  of  these  giants  were  to  come  back, 
the  immensity  of  accumulated  knowledge  would  make  him  feel 
like  a  pigmy.  However  narrow  be  the  held  one  has  chosen,  one 
finds  it  impossible  to  encompass  and  to  exhaust  it.  How  then  can 
it  be  possible  to  know  the  whole  of  science?"  Their  argument 
seems  peremptory.  Yet  it  is  a  fallacy  based  on  the  assumption  that 
the  whole  of  science  is  greater  than  any  one  of  its  parts.  This  is 
wrong,  for  when  the  parts  and  the  whole  are  infinite,  they  are  of 
equal  size.  It  is  just  as  difficult  to  know  the  history  of  France,  or 
say  the  history  of  Paris,  as  the  history  of  the  world,  because  both 
undertakings  are  equally  endless. 

It  is  true  that  science  is  becoming  more  complex  every  day,  but 
it  is  also  becoming  simpler  and  more  harmonious  in  proportion 
as  synthetic  knowledge  increases,  that  is,  as  more  general  rela- 
tions are  discovered.  It  is  this  very  fact  which  makes  encyclopedic 
efforts  still  possible.  In  some  respects  one  might  even  say  that  such 
efforts  are  easier  now  than  they  were  before,  because  the  very 
progress  of  science  enables  one  to  contemplate  its  development 
from  a  higher  point  of  view.  The  synthetic  philosopher  who  has 
taken  the  pains  to  understand  the  most  difficult  parts  of  science 
and  to  climb,  so  to  say,  to  its  summit,  enjoys  the  same  advantage 
as  a  traveller  who  can  view  a  whole  country  from  the  top  of  a 
mountain.  No  longer  do  the  fantastically  shaped  hills,  the  crooked 
valleys,  the  deep  and  mysterious  forests  delude  him;  he  sees  them 
all  from  above  in  their  correct  relations.  Of  course  he  does  not 
know  every  plant  of  every  nook  as  does  the  plant-hunter,  nor 
every  insect  as  the  zoologist,  nor  every  stone  of  the  rocks  as  the 
prospector.  His  knowledge  is  different.  This  suggests  another 
reason  for  the  possibility  of  encyclopedic  knowledge.  Such  knowl- 
edge indeed  is  not  necessarily  vaster  than  any  specialized 
knowledge,  because  he  who  undertakes  to  master  it  does  not 
attempt  to  know,  or  at  least  to  store  in  his  memory,  facts  of  the 


126  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

same  kind.  Many  of  the  generalizations  which  the  special  in- 
vestigator has  reached  at  the  cost  of  enormous  pains  are  only 
elementary  facts  to  the  encyclopedist.  It  is  easy  enough  for  the 
map-maker  to  draw  on  his  map  a  new  river,  to  discover  the  true 
course  of  which  many  men  have  spent  their  lives;  it  is  not  more 
difficult  for  the  encyclopedist  to  register  new  scientific  facts  and 
ideas,  each  of  which  is  the  fruit  of  considerable  ingenuity  and 
endless  toil. 

Yet  most  men  prefer  to  stand  on  the  solid  ground  of  immediate 
experience.  Their  habits  of  work  increase  their  timidity,  and 
before  long  the  most  circumspect  endeavors  to  organize  empirical 
knowledge  seems  to  them  adventurous.  It  is  perhaps  chiefly  as  a 
contrast  to  this  timidity  that  undertakings  like  Spencer's  take 
heroic  proportions. 

There  is  a  touch  of  heroism  in  them,  because  there  is  indeed  a 
touch  of  adventure.  Special  research  is  generally  less  disappoint- 
ing, for  it  brings  immediate  results  and  moral  comfort.  The  as- 
tronomer who  sets  our  clocks  right  and  the  chemist  who  prepares 
our  dyes  are  just  as  conscious  of  their  usefulness  as  the  baker  is; 
no  doubts  will  prey  on  their  minds.  Again,  to  put  neatly  written 
cards  in  a  drawer,  or  to  classify  endless  rows  of  insects  or  shells, 
and  then  to  write  long  memoirs  in  which  every  one  of  them  is 
fastidiously  described,  will  bring  peace  and  happiness  to  many 
people.  They  well  know  that  they  are  working  for  eternity,  be- 
cause it  is  they  who  bring  together  the  materials  of  which  any 
scientific  synthesis  is  made.  In  the  course  of  time  many  an  edifice 
will  be  built  with  these  materials;  the  buildings  will  pass,  the 
materials  will  remain.  Most  scientists  do  not  go  beyond  this;  they 
prepare  and  collect  material;  they  do  not  build.  I  suppose  they 
obey  a  true  instinct.  They  are  quickly  troubled  with  giddiness. 
They  are  right  in  refusing  to  go  farther;  they  are  wrong  when  they 
say  that  everybody  is  dizzy  when  they  are. 

The  proof  that  synthetic  studies  are  not  necessarily  more  diffi- 
cult than  others,  for  one  who  has  the  proper  constitution,  is  that 
Spencer,  whose  systematic  training  was  so  poor  and  who  could 


HERBERT    SPENCER  127 

not  work  more  than  two  or  three  hours  a  day,  succeeded  so  well. 
He  succeeded  because  of  the  synthetic  power  of  his  mind,  but  also 
because  of  his  indomitable  will,  of  his  tenacity,  of  his  faith. 

And  Spencer's  relative  success  gives  one  much  hope,  for  it  is 
easy  to  conceive  of  a  man  having  his  synthetic  grasp,  his  faith,  and 
far  more  systematic  knowledge  and  physical  endurance.  One  has 
only  to  think  of  a  Spencer  endowed  with  a  greater  reserve  of 
health  and  a  competence  which  would  have  enabled  him  in  his 
youth  to  pursue  long  university  studies  and  to  master  the  rudi- 
ments and  the  technique  of  many  sciences.  One  may  object  that 
Spencer's  audacity  was  partly  the  result  of  his  ignorance.  That  is 
plausible.  Ignorance  has  been  more  than  once  a  source  of  inspira- 
tion; on  the  other  hand,  knowledge  is  always  a  heavy  burden  to 
bear.  Many  are  so  overburdened  that  they  can  hardly  move.  But 
again  we  may  conceive  a  man  strong  enough  to  accumulate  a 
great  deal  of  experience,  and  yet  to  remain  imaginative  and  young 
and  keep  a  clear  vision  of  his  purpose. 

Let  us  think  of  Spencer  with  gratefulness,  not  so  much  for  the 
knowledge  which  he  added  to  ours,  as  for  the  example  of  moral 
courage  and  of  faith  which  he  gave  us.  He  helped  us  to  under- 
stand the  nature  and  the  desirability  of  synthetic  science,  to 
realize  its  possibility  and  to  keep  alive  the  need  and  the  love  of  it. 
As  long  as  there  are  men  who  care  not  simply  for  material  results, 
but  yearn  for  unified  and  harmonious  knowledge,  the  memory  of 
Herbert  Spencer  will  be  revered. 


PART     THREE 


EAST  AND  WEST 


9.  EAST  AND  WEST  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF 
SCIENCE 


When  one  speaks  of  the  history  of  science  most  people  think  of 
experimental  and  mathematical  knowledge  as  we  know  it  now, 
with  its  inexhaustible  harvest  of  applications;  they  think  of  what 
we  would  call  "modern  science/'  the  development  of  which  was 
hardly  started  before  the  seventeenth  century.  This  is  of  course 
justifiable  in  some  respects,  yet  he  who  was  acquainted  only  with 
that  part  of  the  story  would  have  a  very  misleading  idea  of  the 
whole  evolution.  It  is  as  if  he  knew  a  man  only  in  his  maturity 
and  was  not  aware  that  such  maturity  was  made  possible  only 
by  the  long  years  of  childhood  and  adolescence. 

The  comparison  of  mankind  with  a  single  man  helps  us  to 
understand  both.  Let  us  make  use  of  it.  What  would  you  think 
of  a  biography  which  began,  let  us  say,  at  a  time  when  the  hero 
was  thirty,  was  married  and  already  had  children,  and  was 
well  started  on  his  work?  Would  not  such  a  biography  be  very 
disappointing?  For  we  would  want  to  know  how  he  got  started, 
whom  he  had  married,  how  he  became  interested  in  his  chosen 
work  and  gradually  devoted  all  of  his  thought  and  energy  to  it. 
For  exactly  the  same  reasons  a  history  of  science  beginning  only 
in  the  sixteenth  or  seventeenth  century  is  not  only  incomplete  but 
fundamentally  wrong.  This  is  even  more  true  in  the  case  of  man- 
kind than  in  that  of  a  single  man,  because  in  the  latter  case  we 
can  at  least  imagine  various  possibilities.  If  we  have  read  many 
biographies  of  men  of  science  we  have  in  our  minds  a  sort  of 
composite  picture  of  their  youth  which  may  serve  as  a  first  ap- 
proximation. But  in  the  case  of  mankind  it  is  simply  impossible 
to  imagine  the  history  of  the  four  or  five  millennia  of  recorded 
experience  which  preceded  the  advent  of  modern  science. 

It  is  unfortunately  true  that  many  scientists  lack  a  cultural  back- 

131 


131  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

ground,  and  because  of  this  do  not  like  to  look  backward.  It  is  a 
vicious  circle :  why  should  they  look  that  way  if  there  is  nothing 
for  them  to  see?  Their  history  of  science  does  not  even  go  as  far 
back  as  the  seventeenth  century;  they  are  prone  to  believe  that 
almost  everything  worthwhile  was  done  in  the  nineteenth  or  in 
the  twentieth  century.  Now  in  this  they  are  most  certainly  wrong. 
The  most  astounding  results  were  obtained  in  the  most  recent 
times,  simply  because  they  were  the  latest;  but  these  results  were 
made  possible  only  by  all  antecedent  efforts;  they  would  have 
been  utterly  impossible  without  them.  All  the  preparatory  work 
left  undone  by  our  ancestors  would  have  to  be  done  by  us  now 
or  by  our  children  later.  The  results  of  the  present  are  more  com- 
plex, and  more  valuable  than  those  of  the  past,  in  fact  they  have 
superseded  the  latter;  but  there  is  every  reason  to  suppose  that 
in  their  turn  they  will  be  superseded  by  those  of  the  future.  At 
all  times  there  have  been  "moderns"  who  could  not  help  thinking 
that  their  ways  as  compared  with  those  of  the  "ancients"  were 
almost  final.  One  of  the  main  functions  of  the  history  of  science 
is  to  correct  such  mistakes  and  to  give  us,  who  are  the  "moderns" 
of  today,  a  less  conceited  view  of  our  share  in  the  total  of  human 
evolution.  Of  course  this  age  of  ours  is  a  very  wonderful  one,  and, 
for  us  who  are  living  in  it,  is  undoubtedly  for  that  very  reason  the 
most  wonderful  of  all;  but  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  such 
privileged  ages  have  succeeded  one  another  as  the  generations 
themselves.  Even  as  young  lovers  have  sincerely  felt  in  their  ex- 
altation that  the  world  was  never  more  beautiful  than  as  they  saw 
it,  even  so  each  great  discovery  which  enabled  scientists  to  pene- 
trate somewhat  deeper  below  appearances  and  to  push  the  barriers 
of  ignorance  and  darkness  a  little  further  away,  may  have  given 
them  the  illusion  that  they  had  finally  reached  the  heart  of  the 
mystery  and  that  they  were  the  first  to  understand  the  universe 
thoroughly. 

There  is  also  a  very  good  practical  and  philosophical  motive 
for  devoting  at  least  as  much  attention  to  the  more  distant 
achievements  as  to  the  later  ones,  and  that  is,  that  the  former, 


EAST    AND    WEST  133 

although  so  much  easier  to  explain,  give  us  a  far  better  conception 
of  the  meaning  of  scientific  evolution.  To  begin  with,  they  are 
spread  over  a  much  longer  period.  Modern  science,  as  defined 
above,  is  after  all  hardly  more  than  three  centuries  old,  while 
the  previous  evolution  was  a  matter  of  more  than  four  millennia, 
that  is,  without  counting  the  innumerable  centuries  of  which  we 
have  no  definite  records.  The  development  of  ancient  and  me- 
dieval science  is  not  only  a  much  longer  stretch,  but  if  I  may 
put  it  so,  a  collection  of  stretches  of  various  lengths  interrupted 
and  bent  by  all  kinds  of  vicissitudes.  When  we  consider  the  whole 
of  it,  we  can  verify  the  fact  that  human  evolution  is  infinitely 
more  complex  than  the  very  orderly  progress  of  the  last  centuries 
would  indicate.  Scientific  research  is  now  organized  with  such 
elaboration  and  in  so  many  countries  that  a  long  and  complete 
interruption  of  it  is  hardly  conceivable,  and  we  almost  expect  dis- 
coveries to  follow  each  other  without  cease  and  without  end.  In 
the  distant  past,  on  the  contrary,  there  was  so  much  discontinuity 
and  hesitation  in  scientific  progress,  that  the  latter  seemed  to  be 
even  more  fortuitous  than  it  really  was.  A  discovery  was  like  a 
gold  nugget  one  might  stumble  upon  or  not  according  to  one's 
luck.  By  way  of  contrast  much  of  the  scientific  work  of  to-day 
might  be  compared  to  the  systematic  exploitation  of  a  gold  mine, 
the  average  output  of  which  can  be  foretold. 

That  comparison  is  a  little  exaggerated  on  both  sides,  but  the 
fact  remains  that  scientific  progress  was  far  more  erratic  in  the 
past  than  it  is  now,  and  that  considerably  more  energy  was 
wasted  in  vain  efforts  and  along  hopeless  paths.  As  a  result,  a 
vision  of  medieval  man  groping  for  the  truth  is  somewhat  be- 
wildering: he  seems  to  be  going  in  too  many  directions  at  once 
and  to  be  turning  in  circles.  There  is  a  general  direction,  however, 
but  to  perceive  it  one  must  look  from  a  great  distance  and  be  able 
to  disregard  all  the  irrelevant  movements,  all  the  stops,  lapses, 
detours  and  retrogressions.  We  are  now  sufficiently  distant  from 
ancient  or  even  medieval  science  to  appreciate  the  meaning  of 
almost  every  step  of  it,  true  or  false.  On  the  contrary,  we  cannot 


134  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

yet  see  the  latest  developments  of  science  in  their  true  perspective. 
Of  course,  we  believe  we  can ;  we  think  in  good  faith  that  we  can 
single  out  the  most  pregnant  discoveries  of  our  own  days,  but 
the  whole  of  past  history  is  there  to  testify  that  contemporary 
judgments  are  always  precarious.  This  is  natural  enough.  The 
value  of  a  theory,  the  importance  of  a  fact,  depend  entirely  on 
the  conclusions  which  may  be  derived  from  them,  on  the  fruits 
they  will  bear,  and  scientists  are  not  prophets.  Comte's  saying, 
"Savoir  arm  de  prevoir,"  is  often  misquoted.  It  is  true  the  sci- 
entist is  able  to  foresee  and  to  anticipate  the  immediate  conse- 
quences of  certain  events,  and  therein  lies  the  secret  of  his  material 
power.  But  he  is  not  able  to  predict  the  future  except  within  the 
very  narrow  sector  controlled  by  his  knowledge  and  even  there 
he  is  hedged  in  with  all  kinds  of  restrictions.  Indeed  no  man  is 
more  chary  of  predictions  than  the  true  scientist. 

There  are  two  main  reasons  for  studying  the  history  of  science : 
a  purely  historical  one,  to  analyze  the  development  of  civilization, 
i.e.,  to  understand  man,  and  a  philosophical  one,  to  understand 
the  deeper  meaning  of  science.  Now  from  either  point  of  view, 
the  history  of  ancient  and  medieval  science  is  at  least  as  useful  as 
that  of  modern  science.  He  who  knows  only  one  of  these  histories 
does  not  really  know  the  history  of  science,  nor  does  he  know  the 
history  of  civilization. 

I  shall  try  to  make  this  more  concrete  by  dealing  at  greater 
length  with  the  earlier  parts  of  our  history.  If  it  were  not  so  futile 
to  pick  out  a  single  period  as  the  best — for  each  period  was  the 
best  from  a  certain  point  of  view  and  each  was  an  indispensable 
link  in  the  chain  of  ages — I  would  say  in  opposition  to  the  un- 
critical scientist  that  the  most  important  was,  not  the  latest,  but 
the  earliest.  Nothing  is  more  difficult  than  to  begin.  And  what  can 
be  more  fundamental  than  a  good  beginning?  Is  it  not  the  founda- 
tion upon  which  all  the  rest  will  be  built? 

Unfortunately  we  shall  never  have  any  adequate  information  on 
this,  the  most  critical  period  of  man's  history,  when  he  was  grati- 


EAST    AND    WEST  135 

fying  his  urgent  needs  and  slowly  emerging  out  of  the  darkness, 
when  his  instinctive  craving  for  power  and  for  knowledge  was  be- 
ginning to  appear.  Who  first  thought  of  kindling  a  fire?  Who  in- 
vented the  earliest  stone  implements?  Who  domesticated  the 
animals  which  have  shared  our  lives  ever  since?  How  did  lan- 
guage develop?  And  later,  much  later,  writing?  Who  conceived 
the  wheel?  Just  think  of  these  discoveries  and  of  their  infinite  im- 
plications. Without  articulate  language  man  remained  an  animal. 
Without  writing,  the  safe  transmission  and  preservation  of  knowl- 
edge were  impossible.  Progress  implies  safe  keeping  of  what  we 
already  have.  Without  writing,  the  accumulation  of  knowledge 
was  precarious  and  limited,  progress  small  and  uncertain.  Can 
any  one  of  our  modern  discoveries,  however  startling,  begin  to 
compare  with  those  which  made  possible  all  the  others?  And  yet 
we  know  nothing  about  them.  We  can  hardly  guess.  It  is  probable 
that  they  involved  the  secular  collaboration  of  thousands  of  men, 
each  big  step  forward  being  finally  secured  by  the  exceptional 
genius  of  some  of  them.  The  evolutions  leading  to  each  of  these 
fundamental  discoveries  were  exceedingly  slow — almost  compar- 
able to  the  biologic  transitions  from  one  type  to  another — so  slow 
that  the  people  who  took  part  in  them  were  utterly  unaware  of 
them.  Genius  was  then  required  only  from  time  to  time  to  clinch 
the  results  obtained  by  the  unconscious  accumulation  of  infini- 
tesimal efforts,  to  secure  what  was  gained  and  prepare  another 
slow  movement  in  the  same  general  direction. 

The  total  evolution  which  prepared  the  dawn  of  science  must 
have  taken  tens  of  thousands  of  years.  By  the  beginning  of  the 
third  millennium  before  Christ  it  was  already  completed  in  at  least 
two  countries:  Mesopotamia  and  Egypt,  and  possibly  in  two 
others,  India  and  China.  The  people  of  Mesopotamia  and  Egypt 
had  then  already  attained  a  high  stage  of  culture  including  the 
use  of  writing,  and  a  fair  amount  of  mathematical,  astronomical 
and  medical  knowledge.  Thus  it  would  seem  proved  that  civili- 
zation began  in  the  East.  £x  oriente  lux,  ex  occidente  lex.  From 


136  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

the  East  came  the  light,  from  the  West,  law!  This  aphorism  con- 
tains a  good  deal  of  truth  and  might  be  chosen  as  the  motto  of  my 
essay. 

Let  me  say  right  away  that  my  aim  is  to  show  the  immense 
contributions  which  Eastern  people  made  to  our  civilization,  even 
if  our  idea  of  civilization  is  focused  upon  science.  We  are  used 
to  thinking  of  our  civilization  as  western,  we  continually  oppose  our 
western  ways  to  the  eastern  ways,  and  we  have  sometimes  the 
impression  that  the  opposition  is  irreducible. 

"Oh,  East  is  East,  and  West  is  West,  and  never  the  twain  shall 
meet." 

Now  that  impression  is  false,  and  as  it  is  likely  to  do  consider- 
able mischief  in  both  East  and  West,  it  is  worthwhile  to  disclose 
the  error  as  fully  as  possible.  However  divided  it  may  be  with 
regard  to  material  interests  and  other  trifles,  mankind  is  essen- 
tially united  with  regard  to  its  main  purpose.  East  and  West  are 
often  opposed  one  to  the  other,  but  not  necessarily  so,  and  it  is 
wiser  to  consider  them  as  two  visages,  or  let  us  say,  as  two  moods 
of  the  same  man. 

Ex  oriente  lux!  There  is  no  doubt  whatever  that  our  earliest 
scientific  knowledge  is  of  oriental  origin.  As  to  the  possible 
Chinese  and  Hindu  origins  we  cannot  say  much  that  is  definite, 
but,  on  the  contrary,  with  regard  to  Mesopotamia  and  Egypt  we 
are  on  very  solid  ground. 

For  example,  as  early  as  the  middle  of  the  fourth  millennium 
before  Christ  the  Egyptians  were  already  acquainted  with  a 
decimal  system  of  numbers.  In  an  inscription  of  that  time  there  is 
reference  to  120,000  captives,  400,000  oxen,  and  1,422,000  goats, 
each  decimal  unit  being  represented  by  a  special  symbol.  By  the 
middle  of  the  following  millennium  Sumerians  had  developed  a 
highly  technical  system  of  accounting.  The  astronomical  knowl- 
edge of  these  people  was  equally  remarkable.  The  Egyptian  calen- 
dar of  365  days  was  established  in  4241  b.c.  Babylonians  accumu- 
lated planetary  observations  for  astrological  purposes:  e.g., 
elaborate  observations  of  Venus  go  back  to  the  twentieth  cen- 


EAST    AND    WEST  137 

tury  b.c.  They  compiled  lists  of  stars  and  were  soon  able  to  predict 
eclipses. 

That  early  knowledge  was  not  only  abundant,  but  highly 
systematized.  In  the  case  of  Egypt  we  are  especially  well  informed 
because  we  have  two  early  papyri,  each  of  which  might  be  called 
a  treatise.  The  earliest,  the  Golenishchev  papyrus  of  Moscow, 
dates  from  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century  b.c.  but  is  copied 
from  an  older  document  of  the  end  of  the  third  millennium;  the 
second,  the  Rhind  papyrus,  kept  in  London  and  New  York,  dates 
from  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century  b.c.  but  is  a  copy  of 
a  text  which  may  be  at  least  two  centuries  older.  The  second  of 
these  texts  has  been  studied  with  extreme  care  by  a  number 
of  investigators.  The  latest  edition  of  it  by  Arnold  Buffum  Chace, 
chancellor  of  Brown  University,  Ludlow  Bull,  H.  P.  Manning,  and 
R.  C.  Archibald  (1927-29)  is  at  once  so  complete  and  so  attrac- 
tive that  I  am  sure  it  will  turn  the  hearts  of  many  men  and  women 
to  the  study  of  Egyptian  antiquities.  I  imagine  that  the  first  re- 
action of  some  people,  if  they  were  shown  these  sumptuous 
volumes,  would  be  one  of  wonder  that  so  much  time  and  money 
should  have  been  spent  on  an  early  text  of  so  little  scientific  value 
from  the  point  of  view  of  our  present  knowledge,  but  I  am  sure 
that  it  would  not  take  long  to  convert  them  to  an  entirely  different 
attitude.  For  just  think  what  it  means.  Here  we  have  a  mathe- 
matical treatise  which  was  written  more  than  thirteen  centuries 
before  the  time  of  Euclid!  To  be  sure  it  does  not  compare  with 
the  latter's  Elements,  and  we  are  not  surprised  that  more  than 
a  millennium  of  additional  efforts  were  needed  to  build  up  the 
latter,  but  it  contains  already  such  elaborate  results  that  we  must 
consider  it,  not  as  a  beginning,  but  rather  as  a  climax,  the  climax 
of  a  very  long  evolution.  The  Egyptian  mathematicians  of  the 
seventeenth  century  were  already  able  to  solve  complicated  prob- 
lems involving  determinate  and  indeterminate  equations  of  the 
first  degree  and  even  of  the  second;  their  arithmetical  ingenuity 
was  astounding;  they  used  the  method  of  false  position  and  the 


138  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

rule  of  three;  they  could  find  the  area  of  a  circle  and  of  a  sphere 
with  a  very  remarkable  approximation;  they  could  measure  the 
volume  of  a  cylinder  and  of  the  frustum  of  a  square  pyramid.  But 
is  it  necessary  to  insist  upon  their  mathematical  accomplish- 
ments? 

Pyramids?  Did  I  mention  pyramids?  Do  not  these  gigantic  wit- 
nesses of  the  Egyptian  genius  speak  loudly  enough?  The  great 
pyramid  of  Gizeh  dates  from  the  beginning  of  the  thirtieth  cen- 
tury b.c.  In  our  age  of  mechanical  wonders,  its  mass  is  still  as 
imposing  as  when  it  was  built  almost  five  thousand  years  ago; 
it  seems  as  permanent  as  the  hills  and  in  all  probability  will  out- 
last most  of  the  skyscrapers  of  which  we  are  so  proud.  However 
startling  our  first  vision  of  it,  our  admiration  increases  as  we 
analyze  the  achievement  and  measure  the  amount  of  mathematical 
and  engineering  skill,  of  experience  and  discipline,  which  were 
needed  to  bring  it  to  a  successful  conclusion.  No  wonder  that  so 
many  scholars  lost  their  wits  for  pondering  too  much  on  the  sub- 
ject! 

If  we  pass  to  medicine,  other  surprises  are  in  store  for  us.  The 
Greek  god  of  healing,  Asclepius,  was  but  a  descendant  of  the 
Egyptian  one,  Imhotep,  and  the  history  of  the  latter  can  be  traced 
back  to  a  real  personality,  that  of  a  learned  physician  who 
flourished  probably  at  the  beginning  of  the  thirtieth  century  b.c. 
What  does  this  mean  again?  We  often  speak  of  Hippocrates,  and 
we  like  to  call  him  the  Father  of  Medicine;  we  shall  better  ap- 
preciate Imhotep's  antiquity  when  we  realize  that  Hippocrates  is 
more  than  halfway  between  him  and  us:  The  chances  are  that 
Imhotep's  medical  knowledge  was  but  rudimentary,  but  it  cannot 
have  been  insignificant — otherwise  his  apotheosis  would  hardly 
have  occurred.  However  this  was  only  a  beginning,  or  more  cor- 
rectly, a  new  beginning.  Let  some  thirteen  centuries  elapse,  and 
we  reach  the  golden  age  of  Egyptian  science — the  age  to  which 
the  Rhind  papyrus  belongs.  Strangely  enough  we  have  also  a 
medical  treatise  of  the  same  age,  the  Edwin  Smith  papyrus,  of 
which  Professor  Breasted  has  prepared  an  edition.  This  is  not 


EAST    AND    WEST  139 

like  other  papyri,  a  collection  of  recipes  and  charms,  but  a  system- 
atic treatise  arranged  "a  capite  ad  cakem" — from  head  to  foot — 
an  order  which  was  followed  down  to  the  end  of  our  Middle 
Ages.  It  contains  the  consideration  of  forty-eight  cases,  each  of 
which  is  reported  in  the  same  order:  name,  examination,  diagnosis, 
judgment,  treatment,  gloss. 

These  examples  will  convince  you  that  a  considerable  body  of 
systematized  knowledge  was  far  anterior  to  Greek  science.  In  fact 
this  helps  to  explain  what  one  might  call  the  miracle  of  Greek 
civilization.  To  be  sure  no  intelligent  man  could  read  the  Iliad  and 
the  Odyssey,  which  were  the  primitiae  of  that  civilization,  with- 
out wondering  what  had  made  such  masterpieces  possible.  They 
could  not  possibly  appear  like  bolts  from  the  blue.  Like  every 
glorious  beginning,  this  was  not  only  the  prelude  of  one  evolu- 
tion but  the  end,  the  climax,  of  another.  Students  of  Greek  mathe- 
matics, of  Greek  astronomy,  and  Greek  medicine  could  not  help 
asking  themselves  similar  questions.  How  could  the  relative  per- 
fection of  the  Greek  scientific  treatises  be  accounted  for?  The 
explanation  is  still  very  incomplete,  but  no  doubt  exists  as  to  the 
main  fact:  the  Greeks  borrowed  a  large  quantity  of  observations 
and  of  crude  theories  from  the  Egyptians  and  the  peoples  of 
Mesopotamia.  Unfortunately,  it  is  hardly  possible  in  any  case  to 
describe  the  complete  transmission  of  elements  from,  say,  Egypt 
to  Hellas.  This  is  partly  due  to  the  revolutionary  events  which 
occurred  about  the  beginning  of  the  first  millennium;  these  events 
were  probably  connected  with  the  early  use  of  iron  (instead  of 
bronze)  and  almost  obliterated  the  older  Aegean  culture.  Our 
ignorance  may  be  dissipated  by  later  archaeological  discoveries, 
for  example  by  the  deciphering  of  Minoan  and  Mycenaean  texts, 
but  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  whole  story  will  ever  be  revealed 
to  us,  for  the  introduction  of  the  iron  age  was  an  upheaval  of 
extraordinary  magnitude  and  destructiveness.  At  any  rate,  in  the 
present  state  of  our  knowledge,  there  is  a  gap  of  more  than  a 
thousand  years  between  the  golden  age  of  Egyptian  science  and 
the  golden  age  of  Greek  science.  We  are  certain  that  much  of  the 


140  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

Greek  knowledge  was  borrowed  from  eastern  sources  but  we 
do  not  know  exactly  when  or  how  the  borrowings  took  place. 

For  example,  the  incubation  rites  which  were  practiced  in  the 
Greek  Asclepieia  were  in  all  probability  derived  from  Egyptian 
models.  These  rites  were  very  important  from  our  point  of  view 
because,  thanks  to  them,  a  large  number  of  clinical  observations 
were  concentrated  in  the  temples,  especially  in  the  most  famous 
ones,  Epidauros  and  Pergamon,  Cos  and  Cnidos.  The  value  of 
such  concentration  requires  no  emphasis,  least  of  all  for  the 
medical  art;  for  to  make  scientific  inductions,  it  is  not  enough 
to  have  observations,  one  must  have  plenty  of  them.  Without 
some  means  of  collecting  abundant  clinical  cases  such  as  were  af- 
forded by  the  Asclepieia,  the  progress  of  medicine  would  have  been 
considerably  slower.  It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  Asclepieia 
were  the  cradles  of  Greek  medicine,  and  they  help  to  account  for 
the  extraordinary  richness  of  the  Hippocratic  collection — but  we 
must  not  forget  that  they  themselves  inherited  and  continued 
Egyptian  traditions. 

On  the  other  hand,  Greek  astronomy  was  largely  of  Babylonian 
origin,  though  it  was  also  inspired  by  Egyptian  examples.  The 
Babylonian  influence  continued  to  make  itself  felt  throughout 
historic  times,  and  it  is  probable  that  the  precession  of  the 
equinoxes  was  first  discovered  not  by  Hipparchos  but  by  the 
Babylonian  astrologer  Kidinnu  (c.  343  b.c.)  ;  whether  Hipparchos 
borrowed  that  discovery  from  Kidinnu  or  not,  it  is  certain  that 
he  could  not  have  made  it  without  reference  to  the  ancient  Baby- 
lonian observations.  With  regard  to  arithmetic,  the  continuation 
of  Babylonian  and  Egyptian  influences  is  very  striking.  The  Greek 
preference  for  expressing  ordinary  fractions  as  the  sum  of  frac- 
tions with  numerator  unity  and  their  use  of  a  special  symbol  for 
2/3  were  obviously  Egyptian  relics,  while  their  sexagesimal  frac- 
tions were  Babylonian. 

There  is  perhaps  no  more  fascinating  subject  than  the  study  of 
the  transition  from  oriental  science  to  the  early  Greek,  and  the 
archaeological   investigations   which   are   being   feverishly   con- 


EAST    AND    WEST  141 

ducted  by  scholars  of  many  nationalities  all  over  the  Near  East 
are  keeping  it  in  a  state  of  flux  which  is  in  itself  a  stimulus.  It  is 
perhaps  wiser  not  to  indulge  in  predictions  with  regard  to  such  a 
live  subject;  yet  it  is  safe  to  say  that,  however  numerous  the 
Greek  borrowings  may  prove  to  have  been,  the  blossoming  of  the 
Greek  scientific  genius  remains  almost  equally  difficult  to  account 
for.  Students  of  art  and  literature  are  confronted  with  a  similar 
difficulty,  and  when  we  speak  of  the  "Greek  miracle"  we  do  noth- 
ing but  confess  to  it  and  admit  our  ignorance.  In  fact  the  diffi- 
culty and  the  miracle  are  even  greater  in  the  case  of  science  than 
in  that  of  art,  for  there  are  Egyptian  statues  of  the  early  dynasties 
which  are  not  a  whit  inferior  to  the  best  Greek  productions,  while 
the  Egyptian  scientific  treatises,  however  remarkable,  especially 
when  their  high  antiquity  is  considered,  do  not  begin  to  compare 
with  their  Greek  offspring.  Between  the  scribe  Ahmose  (the 
writer  of  the  Rhind  papyrus)  and,  say,  Hippocrates  of  Chios, 
there  is  such  a  gigantic  difference  that  some  critics  have  gone  so 
far  as  to  deny  the  scientific  nature  of  the  Egyptian  work  altogether 
and  to  consider  it  only  as  a  collection  of  empirical  recipes.  In  this 
they  were  certainly  mistaken,  for  the  Egyptian  knowledge  was  far 
from  being  fragmentary  and  accidental;  it  was  already  methodical 
to  a  degree,  and  hence  scientific.  Yet  the  doubts  of  these  critics 
are  somewhat  justified  by  the  immensity  of  the  gap.  We  do  not 
know  what  happened  between  the  seventeenth  and  the  sixth  cen- 
turies b.c,  and  it  would  be  rash  to  conclude  that  the  Egyptian 
knowledge  was  not  gradually  improved;  however  the  chances  are 
that  the  main  improvements  were  made  not  by  Egyptians,  nor  by 
Minoans  or  Mycenaeans  (whoever  these  were),  but  by  Greeks, 
the  favored  people  whose  earliest  ffBook"  and  witness  was  the 
Iliad.  And  these  improvements  were  of  such  magnitude  that  they 
raised  science  to  a  higher  level.  When  a  student  of  ancient  science 
grows  a  little  rhapsodical  about  it,  we  may  be  tempted  to  ascribe 
his  enthusiasm  to  the  one-sidedness  and  the  consequent  blindness 
of  his  devotion.  But  I  have  devoted  far  more  time  and  thought  to 
the  science  of  the  Middle  Ages  than  to  that  of  Antiquity,  and  my 


142  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

admiration  for  the  latter  has  not  ceased  to  increase  as  I  knew  the 
former  better. 

The  spirit  of  Greek  science,  which  accomplished  such  wonders 
within  a  period  of  about  five  centuries,  was  essentially  the  western 
spirit,  whose  triumphs  are  the  boast  of  modern  scientists.  But  we 
must  bear  in  mind  two  important  qualifications.  First,  that  the 
foundations  of  that  Greek  science  were  wholly  oriental,  and,  how- 
ever deep  the  Greek  genius,  it  is  not  certain  that  it  could  have 
built  anything  comparable  to  its  actual  achievements  without  those 
foundations.  When  discussing  the  fate  of  a  man  of  genius  we 
may  make  many  suppositions,  but  it  would  be  absurd  to  wonder 
what  would  have  happened  if  he  had  had  other  parents,  for  then 
he  would  never  have  been.  In  the  same  way  we  have  no  right  to 
disregard  the  Egyptian  father  and  the  Mesopotamian  mother  of 
the  Greek  genius.  In  the  second  place,  while  that  genius  was 
creating  what  might  be  called  (in  opposition  to  Egyptian  science 
on  one  hand  and  to  medieval  science  on  the  other)  the  begin- 
ning of  modern  science,  another  development,  equally  miraculous, 
but  of  an  entirely  different  kind,  was  taking  place  in  an  oriental 
country  near  the  easternmost  end  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea. 
While  Greek  philosophers  were  trying  to  give  a  rational  explana- 
tion of  the  world  and  boldly  postulated  its  physical  unity,  the 
Hebrew  prophets  were  establishing  the  moral  unity  of  mankind 
upon  the  notion  of  a  single  God.  These  two  developments  were 
not  parallel  but  complementary;  they  were  equally  momentous 
but  entirely  independent;  in  spite  of  their  spatial  proximity  they 
proceeded  for  centuries  in  almost  complete  ignorance  of  one  an- 
other. They  did  not  really  come  together  until  the  end  of  ancient 
times,  and  their  union  was  finally  cemented  upon  the  prostrate 
bodies  of  the  two  civilizations  which  gave  birth  to  them. 

I  shall  come  back  to  that  presently.  But  I  must  first  explain  the 
decadence  and  fall  of  the  Greek  spirit.  After  having  made  so  many 
conquests  in  such  magnificent  style,  why  did  it  stop?  One  can- 
not help  feeling  that  if  that  spirit  had  kept  its  valor  for  a  few 


EAST    AND    WEST  143 

more  centuries,  human  progress  would  have  been  considerably 
accelerated  and  the  course  of  civilization  would  have  been  very 
different.  What  befell  it?  It  is  impossible  to  answer  such  a  ques- 
tion; one  can  only  guess,  and  even  our  guesses  are  necessarily 
very  timid.  What  would  we  answer  in  the  case  of  a  single  man  if 
his  best  work  was  done  when  he  was  twenty,  and  the  rest  of  his 
life  spent  in  sterile  idleness?  We  would  say  simply:  His  genius 
failed  him.  That  would  not  be  a  complete  explanation,  but  it 
would  satisfy  us.  But  can  such  an  explanation  hold  for  a  whole 
nation?  Why  not?  If  we  speak  of  the  Greek  genius  at  all,  as  a  sort 
of  natural  integration,  we  may  conceive  the  possibility  of  its 
gradual  corruption  and  disappearance.  If  it  could  emerge,  why 
could  it  not  be  submerged  again  and  fail  altogether? 

What  happened  to  Greece  is  that  the  intellectual  activities  of 
its  people  were  hopelessly  out  of  proportion  to  their  political 
wisdom  and  their  morality.  A  house  divided  against  itself  must 
necessarily  fall,  a  body  rent  by  internal  strife  is  foredoomed  to 
destruction,  above  all  such  a  body  is  soon  incapable  of  any  kind 
of  creation.*  It  was  not  simply  Greek  science  that  disappeared, 
but  Greek  art  and  literature  as  well.  One  might  speculate  as  to 
what  would  have  happened  if  the  Greek  and  Hebrew  ideals  had 
been  nursed  together  instead  of  separately,  or  at  any  rate,  if  they 
had  not  grown  for  so  long  in  complete  isolation.  Such  speculations 
are  vain  of  course,  and  yet  they  force  themselves  upon  us.  The 
fact  is,  the  Greek  and  the  Hebrew  spirits  were  incompatible;  they 
could  not  have  grown  together  and  corrected  one  another;  rather 
they  would  have  destroyed  each  other.  After  all,  it  was  perhaps 
necessary  that  each  be  built  as  solidly  as  possible  on  its  own  basis. 
It  is  likely  that  any  premature  synthesis  would  have  stunted  the 
development  of  both.  When  studying  the  records  of  the  past,  one 

*  The  following  quotation  from  Euripides  is  typical,  for  it  betrays  political  indifference  as 
well  as  scientific  interest.  The  Greeks  carried  their  political  sluggishness  and  immorality 
so  far  that  they  ceased  to  exist  as  a  nation,  and  jeopardized  not  only  their  political  but  also 
their  intellectual  life.  ''Blessed  is  he  who  has  attained  scientific  knowledge,  who  seeks 
neither  the  troubles  of  citizenship  nor  rushes  into  unjust  deeds,  but  contemplates  the  ageless 
order  of  immortal  nature,  how  it  is  constituted  and  when  and  why.  .  .  ." 


144  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

has  often  the  impression  that  men  can  grasp  but  one  idea  at  a 
time. 

The  reader  knows  how  Greece  was  finally  conquered  by  Rome, 
and  how  in  the  course  of  time  it  conquered  its  conquerors.  Yet  the 
old  spirit  was  subdued,  and  Roman  science  even  at  its  best  was 
always  but  a  pale  imitation  of  the  Greek.  The  Romans  were  so 
afraid  of  disinterested  research,  the  excess  of  which  had  been  one 
of  the  causes  of  the  Greek  corruption,  that  they  went  to  the  other 
extreme  and  discouraged  any  research  the  utilitarian  value  of 
which  was  not  immediately  obvious. 

In  the  meanwhile,  Jesus  Christ  had  appeared  and  told  the  world 
a  new  message,  a  message  of  love  and  humility,  universal  in  its 
scope:  Charity  does  not  need  knowledge;  blessed  are  the  pure  in 
spirit,  the  pure  in  heart;  on  the  other  hand,  knowledge  without 
charity  is  not  only  useless  but  pernicious;  it  can  but  lead  to  pride 
and  damnation.  The  development  of  Christianity  was  a  first  at- 
tempt to  bring  together  the  Hebrew  and  the  Greek  spirits,  but 
as  the  Roman  Christians  hardly  understood  the  former  and  mis- 
understood the  latter  thoroughly,  the  attempt  was  an  utter  failure. 

A  good  example  of  those  misunderstandings  may  be  found  in 
the  work  of  Tatian,  a  Syrian  convert  who  lived  in  Galen's  time. 
His  Greek  oration  "against  the  Greeks"  contains  not  only  an 
account  of  the  weaknesses  of  paganism  but  the  most  extravagant 
claims  in  behalf  of  oriental  peoples.  According  to  him  the  Greeks 
had  invented  nothing;  they  had  borrowed  all  their  knowledge  from 
others — Assyrians,  Phoenicians,  Egyptians;  their  only  superiority 
was  in  the  art  of  writing  and  of  lying.  Thus  after  centuries  of 
ignorance  of  Eastern  achievements,  some  Eastern  Greeks,  whose 
minds  were  poisoned  against  Greek  civilization  by  Christian 
prejudices,  were  going  to  the  other  extreme.  Apparently  Greeks 
and  Orientals  were  not  fated  to  understand  one  another. 

We  may  say  that  the  Greek  spirit,  that  disinterested  love  of 
truth  which  is  the  very  spring  of  knowledge,  was  finally  smothered 
by  the  combination  of  Roman  utilitarianism  and  Christian  senti- 
mentality. Again  let  us  dream  for  a  moment,  and  wonder  what 


EAST    AND    WEST  145 

might  have  happened  if  the  Greeks  and  the  Christians  had  seen 
their  respective  good  points  instead  of  seeing  only  the  evil  ones. 
How  beautiful  if  their  two  types  of  other-worldliness  could  have 
been  harmonized!  How  many  miseries  mankind  would  have  been 
spared!  But  it  was  not  to  be.  The  path  of  progress  is  not  straight 
but  very  crooked;  the  general  direction  is  clear  enough,  but  only 
if  one  considers  a  very  long  stretch  of  it  from  far  off.  Before  being 
able  to  reconcile  the  love  of  truth  with  the  love  of  man,  the 
scientific  spirit  with  the  Golden  Rule,  mankind  was  obliged  to 
make  many  strange  and  cruel  experiments. 

To  begin  with,  under  the  influence  of  Christian  education  com- 
bined with  Roman  narrow-mindedness  and  later  with  Barbarian 
ignorance,  the  connection  with  Greek  culture — which  was  the 
only  source  of  positive  knowledge — became  looser  and  looser. 
The  debasement  of  thought  is  well  illustrated  by  the  fact  that 
even  in  the  Byzantine  empire,  where  there  was  no  linguistic  bar- 
rier to  the  transmission  of  ancient  science,  much  of  the  latter 
remained  practically  unknown.  This  is  so  true  that  in  the  thir- 
teenth and  fourteenth  centuries,  when  the  Latin  world  was  finally 
awakened,  Byzantine  scholars  preparing  a  scientific  revival  re- 
translated from  the  Arabic  and  the  Latin  a  number  of  writings 
which  were  nothing  but  translations  from  the  Greek  or  poor  imita- 
tions of  such  translations.  Their  intellectual  indigence  was  such 
that  they  did  not  recognize  the  work  of  their  own  ancestors. 

The  contact  between  ancient  Greece  and  western  Christendom 
ended  by  being  so  precarious  that  it  might  have  conceivably  been 
broken  altogether,  but  for  the  intervention  of  another  oriental 
people,  the  Arabs.  Please  note  that  this  was  the  third  great  wave 
of  oriental  wisdom,  the  third  time  that  the  creative  impulse  came 
from  the  East.  The  first  initiative — and  the  most  fundamental  of 
all — came  from  Egypt  and  Mesopotamia;  the  second  from  Israel, 
and  though  it  influenced  science  only  in  an  indirect  way,  it  was 
also  of  incalculable  pregnancy;  the  third,  with  which  I  am  going 
to  deal  now,  came  from  Arabia  and  from  Persia. 


146  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

About  the  year  a.d.  610,  a  new  prophet  appeared  at  Mecca,  in 
Hejaz,  Abu-1-Qasim  Muhammad  of  the  tribe  of  Quraysh,  who 
was  like  a  new  incarnation  of  the  old  Hebrew  prophets.  At  first  the 
people  did  not  pay  much  attention  to  him,  but  after  he  had 
abandoned  his  native  town  and  moved  two  hundred  and  fifty-five 
miles  northward  to  al-Medina,  in  622,  his  success  was  phe- 
nomenal. No  prophet  was  ever  more  successful.  By  the  time  of  his 
death  ten  years  later,  he  had  managed  to  unite  the  Arabian  tribes 
and  to  inspire  them  with  a  single-hearted  fervor  which  would 
enable  them  later  to  conquer  the  world.  Damascus  was  captured 
in  635,  Jerusalem  in  637;  the  conquest  of  Egypt  was  completed 
in  641,  that  of  Persia  in  the  following  year,  that  of  Spain  some- 
what later  in  710/12.  By  this  time  the  Muslims,  that  is  the 
Prophet's  followers,  were  ruling  a  large  belt  of  the  world  all  the 
way  from  Central  Asia  to  the  Far  West.  The  conquest  of  Persia 
was  especially  momentous  because  it  brought  the  invaders,  brave 
but  uncouth,  into  touch  with  an  old  and  very  refined  civilization, 
that  of  Iran.  I  did  not  speak  of  it  before  because  it  is  difficult  to 
state  its  earlier  contributions  with  sufficient  brevity,  and  more 
difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  date  them.  For  the  purpose  of  a 
sketch  like  this,  it  is  sufficient  to  introduce  Iran  at  this  juncture, 
but  its  part  henceforth  was  considerable.  The  new  dynasty  of 
Muslim  caliphs,  the  fAbbasid  (750-1258)  established  its  capital 
in  Baghdad  on  the  Tigris,  and  for  a  time  that  new  city  was  one 
of  the  main  centers  of  the  civilized  world.  The  'Abbasids  were 
from  the  beginning  under  the  Iranian  spell.  Their  religious  and 
moral  strength  was  derived  from  their  ancestral  home,  Arabia; 
their  urbanity,  their  humanism,  from  Persia.  To  put  it  in  a  nut- 
shell, the  new  Muslim  civilization  was  essentially  due  to  the  graft- 
ing of  the  vigorous  Arabic  scion  upon  the  old  Iranian  tree.  This 
explains  at  once  its  astounding  robustness  and  its  changing 
qualities. 

Under  the  impulse  of  these  two  tremendous  forces,  Muslim 
fanaticism  and  Persian  curiosity,  and  under  the  guidance  of  a 
series  of  'Abbasid  caliphs  who  had  a  passion  for  knowledge — 


EAST    AND    WEST  147 

al-Mansur,  Harun  al-Rashld,  al-Ma  Ynun — the  new  civilization 
developed  with  incredible  speed  and  efficacy.  It  was  doubly  rooted 
in  the  past:  the  Prophet  had  transmitted  to  them  with  very  few 
modifications  Semitic  monotheism  and  morality,  and  their  Persian 
tutors  had  incited  them  to  drink  deeply  from  the  older  sources  of 
learning,  Sanskrit  and  Greek.  From  the  Hindus  they  learned  arith- 
metic, algebra,  trigonometry,  iatrochemistry;  from  the  Greeks, 
logic,  geometry,  astronomy,  and  medicine.  It  did  not  take  them 
long  to  realize  the  immensity  of  the  Greek  treasure  and  they  had 
no  rest  until  the  whole  of  it  (that  is,  as  much  as  was  available  to 
them)  was  translated  into  Arabic. 

In  this  enterprise  they  received  invaluable  help  from  the  Syrians 
and  other  Christian  subjects  of  the  Caliphate  who  spoke  Greek, 
Syriac,  and  pretty  soon  Arabic.  These  Oriental  Christians,  though 
somewhat  Hellenized,  had  always  been  treated  with  suspicion  and 
disfavor  by  the  Byzantine  government,  and  if  (as  is  very  prob- 
able) they  shared  Tatian's  views,  it  is  not  surprising  that  no  love 
was  lost  between  them.  Being  repulsed  and  persecuted  by  the 
Greeks,  their  readiness  to  help  their  Muslim  conquerors  was  not 
astonishing.  The  Syrians  spoke  Arabic  with  so  much  alacrity 
that  they  gradually  allowed  this  new  language  to  supersede  their 
own.  These  born  polyglots  were  natural  intermediaries;  it  is  they 
who  prepared  the  earliest  translations  from  the  Greek  into  Arabic 
and  who  initiated  their  masters  in  the  Greek  knowledge.  Thus 
were  the  first  bridges  between  Hellas  and  Islam  built  by  Chris- 
tians. 

The  immense  cultural  importance  of  Islam  lies  in  the  fact  that 
it  finally  brought  together  the  two  great  intellectual  streams  which 
had  flowed  independently  in  ancient  times.  Previous  attempts,  as 
I  have  already  indicated,  had  failed.  Jews  and  Greeks  had  mixed 
in  Alexandria  but,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  former  had  learned 
the  language  of  the  latter  and  that  one  of  their  learned  men,  Philo, 
had  made  a  deep  study  of  both  traditions,  there  had  been  no  real 
fusion.  The  Christians  had  not  succeeded  any  better,  because  of 
their  single-hearted  devotion  to  the  new  Gospel,  which  reduced 


148  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

everything  else  to  futility  in  their  eyes.  Now,  for  the  first  time  in 
the  history  of  the  world,  Semitic  religion  and  Greek  knowledge 
actually  combined  in  the  minds  of  many  people.  Nor  was  that 
integration  restricted  to  a  single  city  or  country;  the  new  culture 
spread  like  a  prairie  fire  from  Baghdad  eastward  to  India,  Trans- 
oxiana  and  further  still,  and  westward  to  the  very  edge  of  the 
world. 

Muslim  culture  was  at  once  deeply  unified  and  very  diversified. 
The  peoples  of  Islam  were  kept  together  and  separated  from  the 
rest  of  the  world  by  the  two  strongest  bonds  which  can  bind  a 
human  community,  religion  and  language.  One  of  the  few  duties 
of  a  learned  Muslim  is  the  reading  of  the  Qur'an  (their  Bible), 
and  it  must  be  read  in  Arabic.  Thanks  to  this  religious  obligation, 
Arabic,  which  before  Muhammad  had  no  more  than  a  tribal 
importance,  became  a  world  language.  After  the  eleventh  century 
it  lost  its  hegemony,  but  remained  very  important;  it  is  still  one 
of  the  languages  most  widely  used  at  the  present  time.  It  has 
gradually  been  split  into  a  number  of  dialectal  forms,  even  as 
Latin  disintegrated  into  the  various  Romance  languages;  but 
with  these  radical  distinctions  that,  up  to  this  day,  every  literate 
Muslim  must  have  some  knowledge  of  classical  Arabic  to  read  the 
Qur'an,  and  that  the  written  language — e.g.,  that  used  in  the  news- 
papers— continues  to  approximate  more  or  less  the  classical  stand- 
ards. While  each  Romance  language  has  its  own  written  form,  its 
own  standards  of  perfection,  one  may  say  that  there  is  for  the 
Arabic  writer  all  over  the  world  but  one  model  of  excellence, 
that  given  by  the  Qur'an  and  by  the  best  authors  of  the  classical 
age.  Because  of  their  single  language  and  of  their  common  faith,* 
ideas  traveled  with  astounding  regularity  and  speed  from  one  end 
of  the  Dar  al-Islam  to  the  other. 

The  universal  extension  of  that  culture  caused  necessarily  many 

*  To  be  sure,  Islam  was  soon  divided  into  a  number  of  sects  and  schools,  and  one  finds  in 
it  the  same  gamut  of  religious  forms  as  in  Christianity — from  the  extreme  fundamentalism 
and  the  strangest  mystical  aberrations  at  the  right  to  the  purist  unitarianism  at  the  left;  yet, 
however  different,  these  were  all  forms  of  the  same  Muslim  faith.  Every  Muslim  read  the 
same  Scriptures. 


EAST    AND    WEST  149 

diversities.  Muslims  were  brought  closely  into  touch  with  all  kinds 
of  unbelievers — in  the  East,  Chinese,  Mongols,  Malays,  Hindus; 
further  West,  Magians,  Syrians,  Greeks,  Copts;  further  still, 
Berbers  in  Africa;  Sicilians,  Spaniards,  and  other  Franks  in  south- 
ern Europe;  Jews  everywhere.  These  contacts  were  generally 
friendly,  or  at  least  not  unfriendly,  for  the  Muslims  treated  their 
ra'aya  (subjects)  with  kind  and  tolerant  condescension.  Under 
their  patronage,  many  important  works  were  published  in  Arabic 
by  non-Muslims :  Sabians,  Christians,  Jews,  Samaritans.  The 
great  chemist,  Jabir  ibn  Haiyan,  was  probably  a  Sabian;  al-Battani 
was  certainly  of  Sabian  origin  but  had  embraced  Islam;  the 
physicians  Hunain  ibn  Ishaq,  Ibn  Butlan  and  Ibn  Jazla  were 
Christians.  Down  to  the  twelfth  century  Arabic  was  the  philo- 
sophic and  scientific  language  of  the  Jews;  for  example,  the 
famous  Quide  of  the  Perplexed,  the  greatest  Jewish  treatise  of 
the  Middle  Ages,  was  written  by  Maimonides  in  Arabic.  What  is 
more,  the  earliest  Hebrew  grammars  were  composed  also  in 
Arabic,  not  in  Hebrew.  In  other  words  the  medieval  Jews  were  so 
deeply  Arabicized,  that  they  needed  Arabic  assistance  for  the 
scientific  study  of  their  own  sacred  language.* 

During  the  first  two  centuries  of  the  Hegira  the  whole  of  Islam 
was  ruled  by  the  Ummayad  and  'Abbasid  caliphs,  but  after  that 
the  caliphate  was  gradually  broken  into  an  increasing  number  of 
independent  kingdoms  of  all  kinds  and  sizes.  The  political  dis- 
integration caused  intense  rivalries,  intellectual  ones  as  well  as 
others,  between  the  different  Muslim  courts.  Instead  of  one  or 
two  centers  of  culture,  like  Baghdad  and  Cordova,  there  grew  up 
little  by  little  a  whole  series  of  them :  Ghazna,  Samarqand,  Marv, 
Herat,  Tus,  Nlshapur,  Ray,  Isfahan,  Shiraz,  Musul,  Damascus, 
Jerusalem,  Cairo,  Qairawan,  Fas,  Marrakush,  Toledo,  Seville, 
Granada,  etc.,  etc.  The  obligation  for  every  Muslim  to  perform, 
if  possible,  the  Pilgrimage  to  Mecca  brought  about  incessant  com- 
munications between  the  different  parts  of  Islam  and  originated 

*  In   a    similar   way,    American   Jews   study   Hebrew    grammar   in   English   books,    but   the 
analogy  ends  here.  Hebrew  grammar  was  actually  born  in  an  Arabic  cradle. 


150 


THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 


numberless  personal  meetings  between  scholars  hailing  from  the 
more  distant  countries.  Under  that  influence  many  learned  Muslims 
seemed  to  be  affected  with  a  kind  of  Wanderlust,  for  it  was  not 
unusual  for  them  to  perform  the  Pilgrimage  more  than  once, 
making  considerable  stops  in  the  main  cities  on  their  way,  re- 
newing contacts  with  their  colleagues,  engaging  in  long  discus- 
sions, copying  manuscripts,  or  composing  their  own  writings; 
this  one  in  Andalusia,  another  in  the  Maghrib,  another  in  Egypt, 
and  so  forth.  Thus  (and  also  because  of  the  common  language) 
scientific  knowledge  obtained  in  any  part  of  Islam  was  trans- 
mitted with  astounding  celerity  to  the  others,  and  fresh  stimula- 
tions were  constantly  exchanged. 

The  almost  unbelievable  vigor  of  the  new  culture  may  be  well 
measured  by  the  international  triumph  of  the  Arabic  language,  a 
triumph  which  was  the  more  remarkable  because  that  language 
was  not  ready  for  the  occasion  but  had  to  be  elaborated  as  the 
need  for  it  increased,  and  became  more  and  more  technical.  The 
Qur'anic  idiom  was  very  beautiful  indeed  but  limited.  As  the  im- 
mense task  of  pouring  out  the  Greek  treasure  into  the  Arabic 
vessels  proceeded,  it  was  necessary  to  make  new  vessels  and  better 
ones.  Not  only  that,  but  a  great  majority  of  the  people  who  used 
them  had  to  begin  by  learning  how  from  the  very  rudiments.  And 
yet  within  a  couple  of  centuries  multitudes  had  acquired  some 
familiarity  with  that  language  which  had  been  utterly  unknown 
to  their  ancestors,  if  not  to  their  parents. 

The  briefest  enumeration  of  the  Arabic  contributions  to  knowl- 
edge would  be  too  long  to  be  inserted  here,  but  I  must  insist  on 
the  fact  that,  though  a  major  part  of  the  activity  of  Arabic-writing 
scholars  consisted  in  the  translation  of  Greek  works  and  their 
assimilation,  they  did  far  more  than  that.  They  did  not  simply 
transmit  ancient  knowledge,  they  created  a  new  one.  To  be  sure, 
none  of  them  attained  the  highest  peaks  of  the  Greek  genius.  No 
Arabic  mathematician  can  begin  to  compare  with  Archimedes  or 
Apollonius.  Ibn  Sina  makes  one  think  of  Galen,  but  no  Arabic 
physician  had  the  wisdom  of  Hippocrates.  However,  such  com- 


EAST    AND    WEST  151 

parisons  are  hardly  fair,  for  a  few  Greeks  had  reached,  almost 
suddenly,  extraordinary  heights.  That  is  what  we  call  the  Greek 
miracle.  But  one  might  speak  also,  though  in  a  different  sense,  of 
an  Arabic  miracle.  The  creation  of  a  new  civilization  of  inter- 
national and  encyclopedic  magnitude  within  less  than  two  cen- 
turies is  something  that  we  can  describe,  but  not  completely  ex- 
plain. This  movement,  as  opposed  to  the  Greek,  was  perhaps 
more  remarkable  for  its  quantity  than  for  its  quality.  Yet  it  was 
creative;  it  was  the  most  creative  movement  of  the  Middle  Ages 
down  to  the  thirteenth  century.  The  Arabic-writing  scientists 
elaborated  algebra  (the  name  is  telltale)  and  trigonometry  on 
Greco-Hindu  foundations;  they  reconstructed  and  developed — 
though,  it  must  be  said,  very  little — Greek  geometry;  they  col- 
lected abundant  astronomical  observations  and  their  criticisms  of 
the  Ptolemaic  system,  though  not  always  justified,  helped  to  pre- 
pare the  astronomical  reformation  of  the  sixteenth  century;  they 
enriched  enormously  our  medical  experience;  they  were  the  dis- 
tant originators  of  modern  chemistry;  they  improved  the  knowl- 
edge of  optics,  and  meteorology,  the  measurement  of  densities; 
their  geographical  investigations  extended  from  one  end  of  the 
world  to  the  other;  they  published  a  number  of  annals  of  capital 
interest,  dealing  with  almost  every  civilized  country  outside  of 
western  Christendom;  one  of  their  historians,  the  Berber  Ibn 
Khaldun,  expounded  a  philosophy  of  history  which  was  by  far 
the  most  elaborate  and  the  most  original  of  medieval  times;  finally 
they  laid  down  the  principles  of  Semitic  philology. 

Surely  these  were  no  mean  achievements.  If  they  lacked  the 
supreme  quality  of  the  best  ancient  efforts,  we  must  remember 
that  few  men  have  ever  come  as  near  to  perfection  as  the  best  of 
the  Greeks.  On  the  other  hand,  if  we  place  them  in  their  own 
environment  and  compare  the  Arabic  with  other  medieval  efforts, 
the  immense  superiority  of  the  former  is  obvious.  We  may  say 
that  from  the  middle  of  the  eighth  century  to  the  end  of  the 
eleventh,  the  Arabic-speaking  peoples  (including  within  their 
ranks,  it  is  true,  a  number  of  Jews  and  Christians)  were  march- 


152  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

ing  at  the  head  of  mankind.  Thanks  to  them  Arabic  became 
not  only  the  sacred  language  of  the  Qur'an,  the  vehicle  of  God's 
own  thoughts,  but  the  international  language  of  science,  the 
vehicle  of  human  progress.  Just  as  to-day  the  shortest  way  to 
knowledge  for  any  Oriental  is  the  mastery  of  one  of  the  main 
occidental  languages,  even  so  during  these  four  centuries  Arabic 
was  the  key,  and  almost  the  only  key,  to  the  new  expanding 
culture. 

Indeed  the  superiority  of  Muslim  culture,  say  in  the  eleventh 
century,  was  so  great  that  we  can  understand  their  intellectual 
pride.  It  is  easy  to  imagine  their  doctors  speaking  of  the  western 
barbarians  almost  in  the  same  spirit  as  ours  do  of  the  cc Orientals." 
If  there  had  been  some  ferocious  eugenists  among  the  Muslims 
they  might  have  suggested  some  means  of  breeding  out  all  the 
western  Christians  and  the  Greeks  because  of  their  hopeless  back- 
wardness. At  that  time  Muslim  pride  would  have  been  the  more 
conceivable  because  they  had  almost  reached  their  climax,  and 
pride  is  never  so  great  as  when  the  fall  is  near.  On  the  contrary, 
only  a  few  Christians  were  then  aware  of  their  inferiority;  that 
awareness  did  not  come  upon  them  until  much  later — by  the 
middle  of  the  thirteenth  century — when  Islam  was  already  on  the 
downward  path  and  Latin  Christendom  was  climbing  higher  and 
higher.  This  is  very  interesting,  but  the  rule  rather  than  the  excep- 
tion; when  people  boast  too  much  of  their  culture  it  means  either 
that  it  is  so  new  that  they  have  not  yet  grown  accustomed  to  it 
or  else  that  it  is  already  decadent  and  that  they  try  to  hide  their 
incompetence  (even  from  themselves)  under  the  cloak  of  past 
achievements.  In  the  thirteenth  century  Islam  was  in  the  decadent 
and  boasting  stage,  while  Christendom  had  finally  realized  the 
richness  of  the  Greco-Arabic  knowledge  and  made  gigantic  efforts 
to  be  allowed  to  share  it,  and  hence  was  relatively  in  a  chastened 
mood. 

For  the  sake  of  illustration  let  us  consider  the  levels  of  mathe- 
matical knowledge  among  Muslims  and  among  Christians  in  the 
first  half  of  the  eleventh  century.  There  was  then  a  splendid 


EAST    AND    WEST  153 

mathematical  school  in  Cairo,  made  famous  by  the  great  astron- 
omer, Ibn  Yunus  and  the  great  physicist  Ibn  al-Haitham;  al- 
Karkhi  was  working  in  Baghdad,  Ibn  Sina  in  Persia,  al-Blruni  in 
Afghanistan.  These  mathematicians  and  others,  like  Ibn  al-Husain 
and  Abu-1-Jud,  were  not  afraid  to  tackle  the  most  difficult  prob- 
lems of  Greek  geometry;  they  solved  cubic  equations  by  the 
intersection  of  conies,  they  investigated  the  regular  heptagon  and 
enneagon,  developed  spherical  trigonometry,  Diophantine  analy- 
sis, etc.  Pass  to  the  West  and  what  do  we  find?  Wretched  little 
treatises  on  the  calendar,  on  the  use  of  the  abacus,  on  Roman 
(duodecimal)  fractions,  etc.  We  have  a  "mathematicar  cor- 
respondence exchanged  (c.  1025)  by  two  schoolmasters,  Ragim- 
bold  of  Cologne  and  Radolf  of  Liege.  It  is  truly  pitiful.  Their 
geometry  was  on  the  pre-Pythagorean  level;  they  were  not  bad 
computers,  it  is  true;  we  might  compare  them  to  the  Egyptian 
scribe  Ahmose,  who  had  done  his  task  almost  twenty-seven 
centuries  before ! 

How  is  it  that  the  Muslim  or  oriental  supremacy  ended  about 
the  end  of  the  eleventh  century?  There  was  a  double  cause  for 
this:  the  Arabic  genius  was  less  vigorous  and  less  fertile;  the 
power  and  knowledge  of  the  Latin  world  was  growing  faster  and 
faster.  The  Arabic  achievements  did  not  stop,  not  by  any  means. 
Great  Arabic  scientists  and  scholars  continued  to  appear  until 
the  fourteenth  century  and  even  later.  For  example,  mathe- 
maticians and  astronomers  like  Jabir  ibn  Aflah,  al-BitrujI,  al- 
Hasan  al-Marrakushi,  Nasir  al-Din  al-Tusi;  physicists  like 
al-Khazini,  Qutb  al-Din  al-Shlrazi,  Kamal  al-Din  ibn  Yunus 
geographers  like  Yaqut,  al-Qazwini,  Abu-1-Fida',  Ibn  Battuta 
philosophers  like  Ibn  Rushd,  Fakhr  al-Din  al-Razi,  fAbd  al-Latif 
physicians  like  Ibn  Zuhr  and  Ibn  al-Baitar;  botanists  and  agri- 
culturists like  Ibn  al-Suri  and  Ibn  al-'Awwam;  historians  like 
Ibn  Khallikan,  Rashid  al-Din,  Ibn  Khaldun,  al-Maqrlzi,  etc.,  etc. 
This  list  might  be  lengthened  considerably  and  yet  contain  only 
very  distinguished  names;  as  it  is,  it  includes  some  of  the  most 


154  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

illustrious  ones  in  the  whole  history  of  civilization.  The  men  I 
have  mentioned  hailed  from  every  part  of  Islam;  a  few  of  them 
wrote  in  Persian,  but  even  for  those  Arabic  was  a  privileged  lan- 
guage. Yet  by  the  end  of  the  eleventh  century  the  main  task  of 
the  Arabic  scientists — as  far  as  it  concerned  the  whole  world  and 
not  only  themselves — was  already  completed,  and  after  that  time 
the  relative  importance  of  Muslim  culture  declined  steadily.  Dur- 
ing the  twelfth  century  its  prestige  was  due  even  more  to  its  past 
than  to  its  present  achievements,  great  as  these  were.  In  the  mean- 
while, Christians  and  Jews  were  feverishly  pouring  out  the  Greco- 
Arabic  learning  from  the  Arabic  vessels  into  the  Latin  and  Hebrew 
ones. 

The  Christians  were  far  ahead  of  the  Jews  in  this  new  stage 
of  transmission,  and  that  for  a  very  simple  reason.  Down  to  the 
eleventh  century  the  philosophic  and  scientific  (as  opposed  to 
the  purely  rabbinical)  activities  of  the  Jews  were  almost  exclu- 
sively confined  to  the  Muslim  world.  The  Jewish  philosophers, 
grammarians,  and  scientists  who  lived  under  the  protection  of 
Islam  were  generally  well  treated,  and  some  of  them — like  Hasdai 
ibn  Shaprut  in  Cordova — attained  positions  of  high  authority  and 
became  the  intellectual  as  well  as  the  political  leaders  of  their 
time.  These  Jews  of  the  Dar  al-Islam  were  bilingual;  Hebrew  was 
of  course  their  religious  language  and  probably  also  their  do- 
mestic one,  but  for  all  philosophic  and  scientific  purposes  they 
thought  in  Arabic.  They  had  no  need  of  translations.  On  the 
contrary  it  was  much  easier  for  them  to  read  a  medical  book  in 
Arabic  than  in  Hebrew.  Sometimes  they  would  copy  Arabic  manu- 
scripts in  Hebrew  script,  but  even  that  was  not  really  indispen- 
sable; it  was  more  a  matter  of  convenience  than  of  necessity. 

On  the  other  hand,  as  soon  as  the  Latin  Christians  began  to 
realize  the  importance  of  the  Arabic  literature,  since  only  a  few  of 
them  could  ever  hope  to  master  a  language  as  alien  to  their  own 
and  written  in  such  illegible  and  mystifying  script,  they  longed  for 
translations  and  did  all  they  could  to  obtain  them.  By  the  end  of 
the  eleventh  century  their  longing  was  partly  fulfilled  by  Con- 


EAST    AND    WEST  155 

stantine  the  African,  aptly  called  "magister  orientis  et  occidentis"; 
he  was  indeed  one  of  the  great  intermediaries  between  the  East 
and  the  West.  Constantine  translated  a  large  number  of  Greco- 
Muslim  works  from  Arabic  into  Latin  at  the  monastery  of  Monte 
Cassino,  where  he  died  in  1087.  As  we  might  expect,  the  results 
of  his   activity,   far   from   appeasing   the  hunger   of   European 
scholars,  stimulated  it  considerably.  It  now  dawned  upon  the 
most  advanced  of  them  that  the  Arabic  writings  were  not  simply 
important  but  essential,  for  they  contained  vast  treasures   of 
knowledge,  the  accumulated  learning  and  experience  of  the  whole 
past.  It  is  no  exaggeration  to  say  that  during  the  twelfth  century 
and  down  to  about  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century,  the  fore- 
most activity  of  Christian  scholars  was  the  translation  of  Arabic 
treatises  into  Latin.  There  appeared  a  succession  of  translators  of 
such  size  that  they  have  almost  the  dignity  of  creators :  Adelard 
of  Bath,  John  of  Seville,  Domingo  Gundisalvo,  and  many  others 
including  the  greatest  of  all  times,  Gerard  of  Cremona.  By  the 
end  of  the  twelfth  century,  the  main  body  of  Greco- Arabic  knowl- 
edge was  already  available  to  Latin  readers,  but  the  more  they 
had,  the  more  they  wanted.  By  the  end  of  the  following  century, 
and  even  by  the  middle  of  it,  there  was  little  of  real  importance 
in  the  Arabic  scientific  literature  which  they  were  not  aware  of. 
Moreover,  under  the  stimulus  of  the  Arabic  writings,  some  trans- 
lators took  pains  to  rediscover  the  Greek  originals,  and  their 
translations  straight  from  the  Greek  followed  closely  upon  the 
heels  of  those  from  the  Arabic.  A  remarkable  case  is  that  of  the 
Almagest.  This  was  actually  translated  from  the  Greek  before 
being  translated  from  the  Arabic;  the  direct  translation  was  made 
in  Sicily  about  1 160,  the  indirect  one  was  completed  by  Gerard  of 
Cremona  at  Toledo  in  1175.  Yet  such  was  the  strength  of  the 
Arabic  tradition  and  Gerard's  own  prestige,  that  the  earlier  ver- 
sion, though  presumably  better,  was  entirely  superseded  by  the 
second. 

At  first  the  eastern  Jews  and  those  of  Spain  were  much  better 
off  than  the  Christians,  for  the  whole  of  Arabic  literature  -was- 


156  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

open  to  them  without  effort.  But  in  the  twelfth  century  the  scien- 
tific life  of  Judaism  began  to  move  from  Spain  across  the  Pyrenees, 
and  in  the  following  century  it  began  to  decline  in  its  former 
haunts.  By  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century  a  great  many 
Jews  had  already  been  established  so  long  in  France,  Germany, 
and  England,  that  Arabic  had  become  a  foreign  language  to  them. 
Up  to  this  period  the  Jews  had  been  generally  ahead  of  the  Chris- 
tians, and  far  ahead;  now  for  the  first  time  the  situation  was 
reversed.  Indeed,  the  Christians  had  already  transferred  most  of 
the  Arabic  knowledge  into  Latin;  the  translations  from  Arabic 
into  Hebrew  were  naturally  far  less  abundant,  and  hence  the 
non-Arabic-speaking  Jews  of  Western  Europe  were  not  only  in  a 
position  of  political  inferiority  (the  Crusades  had  caused  many 
anti-Semitic  persecutions  and  the  Jews  of  Christendom  were 
everywhere  on  the  defensive)  but  also — and  this  was  perhaps 
even  more  painful — in  a  position  of  intellectual  inferiority.  To  be 
sure,  this  was  soon  compensated  by  the  fact  that  many  of  them 
learned  Latin  and  could  then  read  the  Arabic  texts  in  their  Latin 
versions,  but  even  then  they  no  longer  held  an  intellectual  mo- 
nopoly with  regard  to  the  Christians;  they  came  but  second. 
While  the  early  Jewish  physicians  had  possessed  "secrets"  of 
learning  which  were  sealed  to  their  Christian  colleagues  (this  was 
especially  true  with  regard  to  eye-diseases  which  were  thoroughly 
investigated  in  Arabic  treatises) ,  the  later  ones  had  no  such  privi- 
leges. The  gravity  of  the  change  is  well  illustrated  by  the  appear- 
ance in  the  fourteenth  and  following  centuries  of  an  increasing 
number  of  translations  (e.g.,  of  medical  works)  from  Latin  into 
Hebrew.  Thus  the  stream  of  translations  which  had  been  running 
from  East  to  West  was  again  reversed  in  the  opposite  direction. 
Note  that  a  curious  cycle  had  been  completed,  for  the  source  of 
these  writings  was  Greek;  their  Arabic  elaborations  had  been 
translated  into  Latin  and  had  inspired  new  Latin  treatises;  these 
treatises  were  now  translated  into  Hebrew.  From  East  to  East 
via  the  West!  But  other  cycles  were  even  more  curious.  In  the 
fourteenth  century  and  later,  Arabic,  Persian,  and  Latin  writings 


EAST    AND    WEST 


157 


which  were  ultimately  of  Greek  origin  were  re-translated  into 
Greek.  For  example,  the  most  popular  logical  textbook  of  the 
Middle  Ages,  the  Summulce  logicales  of  Peter  of  Spain  (Pope 
John  XXI),  was  not  only  translated  into  Hebrew,  but  also  into 
the  very  language  from  which  its  main  sustenance  had  been  in- 
directly derived.  From  Greek  to  Greek  via  Arabic  and  Latin ! 

Incidentally,  this  will  help  the  reader  to  realize  the  usefulness 
of  studying  ancient  translations.  These  give  us  the  best  means  of 
appreciating  the  relative  levels  of  various  civilizations  at  definite 
periods.  We  can  watch  their  rise  and  fall  and,  so  to  say,  measure 
them.  Streams  of  knowledge  are  constantly  passing  from  one 
civilization  into  the  others,  and  in  the  intellectual,  even  as  in  the 
material  world,  streams  do  not  run  upward.  From  a  single  trans- 
lation one  could  deduce  nothing,  for  its  occurrence  might  be 
erratic.  In  the  past  even  as  now  it  was  not  necessarily  the  best 
writings  which  were  translated;  indeed  some  of  the  worst  enjoyed 
that  distinction  more  than  any  others.  But  if  we  consider  the 
whole  mass  of  translations,  we  can  reconstruct  the  cultural  ex- 
changes and  draw  conclusions  of  the  greatest  interest.  To  return 
to  my  comparison  of  mankind  with  a  single  man,  the  activity  of 
translators  helps  us  to  evoke  the  intellectual  evolution  of  the 
former:  we  can  tell  which  was  the  dominating  influence  at  each 
time,  and,  so  to  say,  retrace  his  wandering  steps  across  the  schools 
and  the  academies  of  the  old  world. 

During  the  twelfth  century  the  three  civilizations  which  exerted 
the  deepest  influence  upon  human  thought  and  which  had  the 
largest  share  in  the  molding  of  the  future,  the  Jewish,  the  Chris- 
tian, and  the  Muslim,  were  remarkably  well  balanced;  but  that 
state  of  equilibrium  could  not  last  very  long,  because  it  was  due 
to  the  fact  that  the  Muslims  were  going  down  while  the  two  others 
were  going  up.  By  the  end  of  the  twelfth  century  it  was  already 
clear  (that  is,  it  would  have  been  clear  to  any  outside  observer, 
as  it  is  to  ourselves)  that  the  Muslims  would  soon  be  out  of  the 
race,  and  that  the  competition  would  be  restricted  to  the  Chris- 
tians and  the  Jews.  Now  the  latter  were  hopelessly  jeopardized 


158  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

by  their  political  servitude  and  by  the  jealous  intolerance  and  the 
utter  lack  of  generosity  (to  put  it  mildly!)  of  their  rivals.  More- 
over, for  the  reason  explained  above,  the  main  sources  of  knowl- 
edge were  now  less  available  to  them  than  to  their  persecutors. 
This  went  much  deeper  than  it  seems,  for  when  an  abundant 
treasure  of  knowledge  becomes  suddenly  available  to  a  group  of 
people,  it  is  not  only  the  knowledge  itself  that  matters,  but  the 
stimulation  following  in  its  wake.  The  Jews  were  steadily  driven 
into  the  background,  and  in  proportion  as  they  were  more  isolated, 
they  tended  to  increase  their  isolation  by  devoting  their  attention 
more  exclusively  to  their  own  Talmudic  studies. 

Toward  the  end  of  the  thirteenth  century  some  of  the  greatest 
doctors  of  Christendom,  Albert  the  Great,  Roger  Bacon,  Ramon 
Lull,  were  ready  to  acknowledge  the  many  superiorities  of  Arabic 
culture.  It  is  paradoxical  but  not  surprising  that  at  the  very  time 
when  that  full  realization  had  come  to  them,  that  culture  was 
already  declining,  and  their  own  was  finally  triumphing.  From 
that  time  on,  the  Christians  enjoyed  the  political  and  intellectual 
hegemony.  The  center  of  gravity  of  the  learned  world  was  in  the 
West  and  it  has  remained  there  until  our  own  days ;  by  a  strange 
irony  of  fate  it  may  even  pass  some  day  beyond  the  western 
ocean  which  was  then  supposed  to  be  an  insuperable  barrier. 
Moreover,  because  of  the  decadence  and  fall  of  Muslim  Spain 
and  of  the  growing  isolation  and  aloofness  of  the  Jews,  the 
West  became  more  and  more  westernized.  Of  course  Muslim 
and  Jewish  efforts  went  on  and  both  faiths  produced  many  great 
men  in  the  following  centuries,  yet  the  western  supremacy  con- 
tinued to  wax  until  a  time  was  reached,  in  the  sixteenth  century, 
when  the  expanding  civilization  was  so  deeply  westernized  that 
the  people — even  those  of  the  Orient — began  to  forget  its  oriental 
origins,  and  when  the  very  conception  of  Muslim  and  Jewish 
science  almost  disappeared.  That  conception  may  seem  artificial 
to  us,  but  I  believe  I  have  made  it  clear  enough  that  it  was  a  per- 
fectly natural  and  necessary  one  in  medieval  times.  The  final 
results  of  science  are,  of  course,  independent  of  the  people  who 


EAST    AND   WEST  159 

discovered  them,  but  we  are  anxious  to  find  out  how  much  we 
owe  to  each  of  them,  in  what  kind  of  environment  knowledge 
developed,  and  which  devious  ways  the  human  spirit  followed 
throughout  the  ages.  After  the  sixteenth  century,  when  science 
was  finally  disentangled  from  theology,  the  distinction  between 
Jewish,  Christian,  and  Muslim  science  ceased  to  be  justified, 
but  it  keeps  its  historical  value.  In  spite  of  his  deep  Jewishness  and 
of  his  abundant  use  of  Jewish  sources,  we  do  not  count  Spinoza 
any  more  as  a  Jewish  philosopher  in  the  same  sense  that  we  count 
Maimonides  or  Levi  ben  Gershon;  he  is  one  of  the  founders  of 
modern  philosophy,  one  of  the  noblest  representatives  of  the 
human  mind,  not  eastern  or  western,  but  the  two  unified. 

Perhaps  the  main,  as  well  as  the  least  obvious,  achievement  of 
the  Middle  Ages,  was  the  creation  of  the  experimental  spirit,  or 
more  exactly,  its  slow  incubation.  This  was  primarily  due  to 
Muslims  down  to  the  end  of  the  twelfth  century,  then  to  Chris- 
tians. Thus  in  this  essential  respect,  East  and  West  cooperated 
like  brothers.  However  much  one  may  admire  Greek  science,  one 
must  recognize  that  it  was  sadly  deficient  with  regard  to  this 
(the  experimental)  point  of  view  which  turned  out  to  be  the 
fundamental  point  of  view  of  modern  science.  Though  their 
great  physicians  instinctively  followed  experimental  methods, 
these  methods  were  never  properly  appreciated  by  their  philos- 
ophers or  by  the  students  of  nature.  A  history  of  Greek  experi- 
mental science,  outside  of  medicine,  would  be  exceedingly  short. 
Under  the  influence  of  Arabic  alchemists  and  opticians,  and  later 
of  Christian  mechanicians  and  physicists,  the  experimental  spirit 
grew  very  slowly.  For  centuries  it  remained  very  weak,  com- 
parable to  a  delicate  little  plant,  always  in  danger  of  being  ruth- 
lessly trampled  down  by  dogmatic  theologians  and  conceited 
philosophers.  The  tremendous  awakening  due  to  the  western 
re-discovery  of  printing  and  to  the  exploration  of  the  new  world, 
accelerated  its  development.  By  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth 
century  it  was  already  lifting  its  head  up,  and  we  may  consider 


160  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

Leonardo  da  Vinci  its  first  deliberate  vindicator.  After  that,  its 
progress  became  more  and  more  rapid,  and,  by  the  beginning  of 
the  following  century,  experimental  philosophy  was  admirably 
explained  by  another  Tuscan,  Galileo,  the  herald  of  modern 
science. 

Thus  if  we  take  a  very  broad  view  of  the  history  of  science,  we 
may  distinguish  in  it  four  main  phases.  The  first  is  the  empirical 
development  of  Egyptian  and  Mesopotamian  knowledge.  The 
second  is  the  building  of  a  rational  foundation  of  astounding 
beauty  and  strength  by  the  Greeks.  The  third,  and  until  recently 
the  least  known,  is  the  medieval  period — many  centuries  of 
groping.  Immense  efforts  were  spent  to  solve  pseudo-problems, 
chiefly  to  conciliate  the  results  of  Greek  philosophy  with  religious 
dogmas  of  various  kinds.  Such  efforts  were  naturally  sterile,  as 
far  as  their  main  object  was  concerned,  but  they  brought  into 
being  many  incidental  results.  The  main  result,  as  I  have  just 
explained,  was  the  incubation  of  the  experimental  spirit.  Its  final 
emergence  marks  the  transition  between  the  third  period  and  the 
fourth,  which  is  the  period  of  modern  science.  Note  that  out  of 
these  four  periods  the  first  is  entirely  oriental,  the  third  is  mostly 
but  not  exclusively  so;  the  second  and  fourth  are  exclusively 
western. 

To  return  to  the  fourth  period — which  is  still  continuing — the 
final  establishment  of  the  experimental  philosophy  was  indeed  its 
main  distinction,  its  standard,  and  its  glory.  Not  only  did  the  new 
method  open  the  path  to  untold  and  unimaginable  discoveries,  but 
it  put  an  end  to  unprofitable  quests  and  idle  discussions;  it  broke 
the  vicious  circles  wherein  philosophers  had  been  obstinately 
turning  for  more  than  a  thousand  years.  It  was  simple  enough  in 
itself,  but  could  not  be  understood  as  long  as  a  series  of  intel- 
lectual prejudices  obscured  man's  vision.  It  may  be  summed  up 
as  follows :  Establish  the  facts  by  direct,  frequent,  and  careful  ob- 
servations, and  check  them  repeatedly  one  against  the  other;  these 
facts  will  be  your  premises.  V/hen  many  variables  are  related,  find 
out  what  happens  when  only  one  is  allowed  to  vary,  the  others  re- 


EAST    AND    WEST  161 

maining  constant.  Multiply  such  experiments  as  much  as  you  can, 
and  make  them  with  the  utmost  precision  in  your  power.  Draw 
your  conclusions  and  express  them  in  mathematical  language  if 
possible.  Apply  all  your  mathematical  resources  to  the  transforma- 
tion of  the  equations;  confront  the  new  equations  thus  obtained 
with  reality.  That  is,  see  what  they  mean,  which  group  of  facts 
they  represent.  Make  new  experiments  on  the  basis  of  these  new 
facts,  etc.,  etc. 

All  the  triumphs  of  modern  science  have  been  due  to  the  appli- 
cation, more  or  less  deliberate,  of  that  method.  Moreover  experi- 
mental scientists  have  laid  more  and  more  emphasis  on  the  needs 
of  objective  verification.  Truth  is  relative  but  it  becomes  less  and 
less  so,  and  more  and  more  reliable,  in  proportion  as  it  has  been 
checked  oftener  and  in  a  greater  variety  of  ways.  The  experi- 
mental method,  simple  as  it  may  seem  to  anyone  who  approaches 
it  with  an  open  mind,  developed  only  very  gradually.  Little  by 
little,  scientists  learned  by  experience  to  trust  their  reason  more 
than  their  feelings,  but  also  not  to  trust  their  reason  too  much. 
The  results  of  any  argument,  just  like  the  results  of  any  mathe- 
matical transformation,  are  not  entirely  valid  until  they  have  been 
checked  and  re-checked  in  many  ways.  Facts  can  only  be  ex- 
plained by  theories,  but  they  can  never  be  explained  away;  thus, 
however  insignificant  in  themselves,  they  remain  supreme.  They 
are  like  the  stones  of  a  building;  individual  stones  are  worthless 
but  the  building  would  have  no  reality  without  them. 

It  is  amusing  to  hear  the  old  humanists  speak  of  restraint  and 
discipline  as  if  they  had  the  monopoly  of  these  qualities,  when  the 
experimental  method  is  itself  the  most  elaborate  discipline  of 
thought  which  has  ever  been  conceived.  To  be  sure,  it  does  not 
apply  to  everything;  nor  does  it  claim  any  monopoly  for  itself  ex- 
cept within  its  own  domain. 

It  is  the  experimental  method  which  has  given  to  human  reason 
its  full  potency,  but  at  the  same  time  it  has  clearly  shown  its  limi- 
tations and  provided  means  of  controlling  it.  It  has  proved  the 
relativity  of  truth,  but  at  the  same  time  has  made  it  possible  to 


162 


THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 


measure  its  objectivity  and  its  degree  of  approximation.  Above 
all  it  has  taught  men  to  be  impartial  (or  at  least  to  try  to  be) ,  to 
want  the  whole  truth,  and  not  only  the  part  of  it  which  may  be 
convenient  or  agreeable.  Such  impartiality  was  obviously  impos- 
sible, and  almost  inconceivable,  so  long  as  the  objectivity  of  truth 
could  not  be  appreciated. 

The  experimental  method  is  in  appearance  the  most  revolution- 
ary of  all  methods.  Does  it  not  lead  to  astounding  discoveries  and 
inventions?  Does  it  not  change  the  face  of  the  world  so  deeply 
and  so  often  that  superficial  people  think  of  it  as  the  very  spirit 
of  change?  And  yet  it  is  essentially  conservative,  for  it  hesitates 
to  draw  conclusions  until  their  validity  has  been  established  and 
verified  in  many  ways;  it  is  so  cautious  that  it  often  gives  an  im- 
pression of  timidity.  It  seems  revolutionary  because  it  is  so  effi- 
cient; its  conclusions,  because  of  their  restraint,  cannot  be  op- 
posed; because  of  their  strength  they  cannot  be  frustrated.  When 
thought  is  as  severely  disciplined  as  scientific  thought,  it  is  irre- 
sistible, and  yet  it  is  the  greatest  element  of  stability  in  the  world. 
How  shall  we  account  for  that  paradox?  Progress  implies  sta- 
bility; it  implies  the  respect  of  traditions.  Scientific  thought  is,  or 
seems,  revolutionary  because  the  consequences  it  leads  to  are  so 
great  and  often  unexpected,  but  it  leads  to  them  in  a  steady  way. 
The  history  of  science  describes  an  evolution  of  incomparable 
magnitude  which  gives  us  a  very  high  idea  of  man's  intellectual 
power,  but  this  evolution  is  as  steady  as  that  which  is  caused  by 
natural  forces. 

You  have  heard  the  story  of  the  cowboy  who,  coming  suddenly 
upon  the  rim  of  the  Grand  Canon,  exclaimed:  "Good  Lord,  some- 
thing has  happened  here!"  Now,  as  you  know,  the  cowboy  was 
wrong  if  he  meant  that  something  had  happened  at  a  definite  time, 
and  had  been  rapidly  completed.  In  that  sense  nothing  ever  hap- 
pened in  the  Grand  Canon.  In  the  same  way  the  development  of 
science,  though  incomparably  swifter  than  the  cutting  of  a  canon, 
is  a  steady  process;  it  seems  revolutionary,  because  we  do  not 
really  see  the  process,  but  only  the  gigantic  results. 


EAST    AND    WEST  163 

From  the  point  of  view  of  experimental  science,  especially  in  its 
present  stage  of  development,  the  opposition  between  East  and 
West  seems  extreme.  However — and  this  is  the  burden  of  my  essay 
— we  must  bear  in  mind  two  things. 

The  first  is  that  the  seeds  of  science,  including  the  experimental 
method  and  mathematics,  in  fact,  the  seeds  of  all  the  forms  of 
science,  came  from  the  East;  and  that  during  the  Middle  Ages 
they  were  largely  developed  by  Eastern  people.  Thus,  in  a  large 
sense,  experimental  science  is  a  child  not  only  of  the  West,  but 
also  of  the  East;  the  East  was  its  mother,  the  West  was  its  father. 

In  the  second  place,  I  am  fully  convinced  that  the  West  still 
needs  the  East  to-day,  as  much  as  the  East  needs  the  West.  As 
soon  as  the  Eastern  peoples  have  unlearned  their  scholastic  and 
argumentative  methods,  as  we  did  in  the  sixteenth  century,  as 
soon  as  they  are  truly  inspired  with  the  experimental  spirit,  there 
is  no  telling  what  they  may  be  able  to  do  for  us,  or  (heaven  for- 
bid!) against  us.  To  be  sure,  as  far  as  scientific  research  is  con- 
cerned they  could  only  work  with  us,  but  their  applications  of  it 
might  be  very  different.  We  must  not  make  the  same  mistake  as 
the  Greeks  who  thought  for  centuries  that  their  spirit  was  the  only 
one,  who  ignored  altogether  the  Semitic  spirit  and  considered 
foreign  people  barbarians;  their  ultimate  fall  was  as  deep  as  their 
triumph  had  been  high.  Remember  the  rhythm  between  East  and 
West;  many  times  already  has  our  inspiration  come  from  the  East; 
why  should  that  never  happen  again?  The  chances  are  that  great 
ideas  will  still  reach  us  from  the  East  and  we  must  be  ready  to 
welcome  them. 

The  men  who  assume  a  truculent  attitude  against  the  East  and 
make  the  most  extravagant  claims  for  the  Western  civilization, 
are  not  likely  to  be  scientists.  Most  of  them  have  neither  knowl- 
edge nor  understanding  of  science;  that  is,  they  do  not  in  the  least 
deserve  the  superiority  of  which  they  boast  so  much  and  which 
their  incoherent  desires  would  soon  extinguish,  if  they  were  left 
to  themselves. 

We  are  justly  proud  of  our  American  civilization,  but  its  rec- 


164  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

ords  are  still  very  short.  Three  centuries !  How  little  that  is  as  com- 
pared with  the  totality  of  human  experience;  hardly  more  than  a 
moment,  a  wink  of  the  eye.  Will  it  last?  Will  it  improve  or  wane 
and  die  out?  There  are  many  unhealthy  elements  in  it  and  if  we 
wish  to  uproot  them  before  the  disease  has  spread  beyond  our 
control,  we  must  expose  them  mercilessly,  but  that  is  not  my 
task.  If  we  want  our  civilization  to  justify  itself,  we  must  do  our 
best  to  purify  it.  One  of  the  best  ways  of  doing  this  is  the  cultiva- 
tion of  disinterested  science;  the  love  of  truth — as  a  scientist 
loves  it,  the  whole  of  it,  pleasant  or  unpleasant,  useful  or  not;  the 
love  of  truth,  not  the  fear  of  it;  the  hatred  of  superstition,  no  mat- 
ter how  beautiful  its  disguises  may  be.  Whether  our  civilization 
will  last  or  not,  at  any  rate  it  has  not  yet  proved  its  longevity. 
Hence  we  must  be  modest.  After  all  the  main  test  is  that  of  sur- 
vival, and  we  have  not  yet  been  tried. 

New  inspirations  may  still,  and  do  still,  come  from  the  East, 
and  we  shall  be  wiser  if  we  realize  it.  In  spite  of  its  prodigious 
triumphs,  the  scientific  method  is  not  all-sufficient.  It  is  supreme 
when  it  can  be  applied  and  when  it  is  well  applied,  but  it  would 
be  foolish  not  to  recognize  the  two  kinds  of  limitations  which  this 
implies.  First,  the  method  cannot  always  be  applied.  There  are 
immense  realms  of  thought  where  it  is  thus  far  inapplicable — art, 
religion,  morality.  Perhaps  it  will  always  be  inapplicable  to  them. 
Second,  it  can  be  very  easily  misapplied,  and  the  possibilities  of 
misapplication  of  such  an  inexhaustible  source  of  power  are  ap- 
palling. 

It  is  clear  that  the  scientific  spirit  is  unable  to  control  its  own 
applications.  To  begin  with,  these  applications  are  often  in  the 
hands  of  people  who  have  no  scientific  knowledge  whatever;  for 
example,  it  is  not  necessary  to  have  any  education  or  instruction 
in  order  to  drive  a  high-powered  car  which  may  cause  any  amount 
of  destruction.  But  even  scientists  might  be  tempted  to  misapply 
their  knowledge  under  the  influence  of  a  strong  passion.  The 
scientific  spirit  must  be  itself  assisted  by  other  forces  of  a  different 


EAST    AND    WEST  165 

kind— by  religion  and  morality.  In  any  case,  it  must  not  be  arro- 
gant, nor  aggressive,  for  it  is  like  all  other  things  human,  essen- 
tially imperfect. 

The  unity  of  mankind  includes  East  and  West.  They  are  like 
two  moods  of  the  same  man;  they  represent  two  fundamental  and 
complementary  phases  of  human  experience.  Scientific  truth  is 
the  same  East  and  West,  and  so  are  beauty  and  charity.  Man  is 
the  same  everywhere  with  a  little  more  emphasis  on  this  or  that. 

East  and  West,  who  said  the  twain  shall  never  meet?  They 
meet  in  the  soul  of  every  great  artist  who  is  more  than  an  artist 
and  whose  love  is  not  restricted  to  beauty;  they  meet  also  in  the 
soul  of  every  great  scientist  who  has  been  brought  to  realize  that 
truth,  however  precious,  is  not  the  whole  of  life,  that  it  must  be 
completed  by  beauty  and  charity. 

Let  us  remember  with  gratitude  all  that  we  owe  to  the  East — 
the  moral  earnestness  of  Judea,  the  Golden  Rule,  the  very  rudi- 
ments of  the  science  we  are  so  proud  of — this  is  an  immense  debt. 
There  is  no  reason  why  it  should  not  be  indefinitely  increased  in 
the  future.  We  must  not  be  too  sure  of  ourselves;  our  science  may 
be  great,  our  ignorance  is  greater  still.  By  all  means  let  us  develop 
our  methods,  improve  our  intellectual  discipline,  continue  our 
scientific  work,  slowly,  steadily,  in  a  humble  spirit;  but  at  the 
same  time  let  us  be  charitable  and  ever  mindful  of  all  the  beauty 
which  surrounds  us,  of  all  the  grace  which  is  in  our  fellowmen 
and  perhaps  in  ourselves.  Let  us  destroy  the  things  which  are 
evil,  the  ugliness  which  mars  our  dwelling  places,  the  injustice 
which  we  do  to  others,  above  all,  the  lies  which  cover  all  sins;  but 
let  us  beware  of  destroying  or  hurting  even  the  smallest  of  the 
many  things  which  are  good  and  innocent.  Let  us  defend  our  tra- 
ditions, all  the  memories  of  our  past,  which  are  our  most  valuable 
heritage. 

To  see  things  as  they  are — by  all  means !  But  the  highest  aspira- 
tions of  my  soul,  my  nostalgia  for  things  unseen,  my  hunger  for 
beauty  and  justice,  these  are  also  realities  and  precious  ones.  The 
many  things  which  are  beyond  my  grasp  are  not  necessarily  un- 


166  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

real.  We  must  always  be  ready  to  reach  out  for  these  intangible 
realities  which  give  to  our  life  its  nobility  and  its  ultimate  di- 
rection. 

Ex  oriente  lux,  ex  occidente  lex.  Let  us  discipline  our  souls,  and 
be  loyal  to  objective  truth,  yet  heedful  of  every  phasis  of  reality, 
whether  tangible  or  not.  The  scientist  who  is  not  too  proud,  who 
does  not  assume  an  aggressively  "western"  attitude,  but  remem- 
bers the  eastern  origin  of  his  highest  thoughts,  who  is  not  ashamed 
of  his  ideals — will  not  be  more  efficient,  but  he  will  be  more  hu- 
mane, a  better  servant  of  the  truth,  a  better  instrument  of  destiny, 
a  gentler  man. 


PART     FOUR 


CASTING  BREAD  UPON  THE  WATERS 


10.  AN  INSTITUTE  FOR  THE  HISTORY  OF 
SCIENCE  AND  CIVILIZATION 


There  has  been  much  talk  in  recent  years  of  the  need  of  hu- 
manizing science,  but  nothing  has  been  done  on  a  sufficient  scale 
to  satisfy  that  need.  Large  endowments  are  found  for  the  creation 
of  new  laboratories  and  observatories,  but  the  relatively  small 
endowment  needed  for  historical  and  humanistic  purposes  is  ap- 
parently unavailable.  There  is  plenty  of  money  for  instruments  of 
increasing  cost,  but  no  money  is  available  to  make  sure  that  the 
men  using  these  instruments  will  remain  sufficiently  educated. 
Putting  it  bluntly,  a  certain  percentage  (say  5%)  of  the  scientific 
budget  should  be  devoted  to  the  humanization  of  science  as  an  in- 
surance against  its  gradual  barbarization.  Scientific  studies  and 
teaching  are  so  lop-sided  on  the  purely  technical  side  that  a 
healthy  balance  cannot  be  restored  by  pious  exhortations  and 
half-hearted  measures. 

Secular  continuity — The  most  disheartening  feature  of  his- 
torical work  to-day  is  the  frequent  replacement  of  older  books  by 
newer  ones  which  are  less  good  and  give  a  new  currency  to  old 
errors.  This  is  due  to  the  inexperience  of  many  historians  of 
science,  to  the  historical  dilettantism  of  some  distinguished  scien- 
tists, and  above  all  to  the  lack  of  standards. 

The  best  way  to  cure  these  evils  is  slowly  to  produce  accounts 
of  the  history  of  science  as  comprehensive  and  accurate  as  pos- 
sible, and  sufficiently  massive  to  justify  the  publication  of  peri- 
odical errata  and  addenda,  and  from  time  to  time  of  new  editions 
incorporating  the  accumulated  improvements.  My  Introduction  to 
the  History  of  Science  and  Isis  are  good  but  insufficient  begin- 
nings in  that  direction.  I  cannot  do  more,  though  I  am  desperately 
straining  all  my  energy  and  every  resource  in  the  effort,  because  I 
am  not  sufficiently  supported. 

169 


170  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

Indeed  such  accurate  and  systematic  work  is  slow,  tedious, 
difficult  and  austere;  also  expensive,  though  in  the  long  run  it  is 
far  more  economical  than  fast  and  inaccurate  work,  which  is  un- 
reliable and  ephemeral. 

The  establishment  of  the  history  of  science  as  I  understand  it, 
is  a  secular  undertaking;  it  cannot  be  realized  except  by  the  co- 
operation of  successive  generations  of  disciplined  scholars  work- 
ing together  quietly,  humbly,  without  undue  haste  but  without 
cease.  To  illustrate,  consider  two  other  secular  undertakings.  The 
Jesuits,  Heribert  Rosweyde  (d.  1629)  and  John  Bolland  (d.1665) 
organized  the  study  of  hagiology.  The  first  volume  of  the  Acta 
sanctorum  appeared  in  1643;  the  work  has  been  continued  ever 
since  by  a  devoted  band  of  scholars  called  Bollandists;  it  is  not  yet 
completed.  At  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century,  Dom  An- 
toine  Rivet  de  la  Grange  and  other  Benedictines  of  the  Congrega- 
tion of  St.  Maur  undertook  to  write  the  history  of  French  lit- 
erature on  a  scientific  basis.  The  first  volume  appeared  in  1733; 
in  1807  the  work  was  continued  by  the  Academie  des  Inscrip- 
tions; they  have  now  reached  the  fourteenth  century. 

The  work  I  have  undertaken,  the  writing  of  the  history  of 
science  and  learning,  the  history  of  the  development  of  objective 
knowledge  of  every  kind  in  every  country  at  every  time,  is  much 
broader  in  scope  than  either  of  these  two  examples.  Its  comple- 
tion will  be  far  more  difficult,  and  will  involve  the  cooperation 
of  many  generations  of  scholars.  Our  main  task  is  to  train  the 
first  group  of  scholars  and  to  establish  sound  traditions. 

Need  of  an  Institute — It  is  because  this  project  is  secular  that 
an  Institute  is  needed.  As  it  is  beyond  the  grasp  of  a  single  scholar, 
or  of  a  single  generation,  its  organization  must  be  intrusted  to  a 
body  of  scholars,  in  order  that  the  work  may  be  continued  and 
indefinitely  perfected.  I  hope  that  at  the  time  of  its  Fourth  Cen- 
tenary, Harvard  University  may  find  within  its  orbit  an  Institute 
of  the  History  of  Science  and  Learning  in  full  swing,  continuing 
its  immense  task  with  extreme  care  and  reasonable  speed.  By 
that  time  it  may  already  have  produced  a  few  standard  works,  and 


HISTORY   OF    SCIENCE    INSTITUTE  171 

thus  have  raised  the  level  of  historiography  throughout  the  world. 

The  Institute  would  consist  of  a  staff  of  experts  using  the  ap- 
paratus criticus  bequeathed  to  them  by  earlier  colleagues  and 
gradually  enriched  by  themselves,  and  following  definite  tradi- 
tions of  scholarship  subject  to  continuous  selection  and  improve- 
ment. The  men  come  first  to  be  sure,  but  the  best  men  cannot  do 
their  best  without  a  very  elaborate  equipment,  the  preparation  of 
which  implies  the  uninterrupted  devotion  of  many  generations. 
Succeeding  scholars  do  not  gradually  improve — the  earlier  ones 
may  be  better  than  their  successors — but  their  equipment  be- 
comes better  and  richer  and  their  traditions  more  exacting. 

Strangely  enough,  while  there  are  many  similar  institutes  de- 
voted to  the  history  of  art,  or  religion,  or  of  other  phases  of  cul- 
ture, there  is  none  really  well  equipped  devoted  to  the  history  of 
science.  There  is  no  need  of  many  such  institutes,  but  there  should 
be  at  least  one,  established  preferably  in  or  near  one  of  the  largest 
libraries,  within  the  orbit  of  a  great  university. 

Science  and  learning — Since  the  beginning  of  my  efforts  in 
1912,  my  conception  of  science  has  been  continually  broadening. 
It  now  includes  the  whole  of  objective  and  verifiable  knowledge. 
However,  much  of  that  knowledge  is  often  classified  under  the 
heading  of  "learning"  rather  than  that  of  "science/'  and  "learned 
societies"  are  often  opposed  to  "scientific  societies"  though  their 
aim  is  essentially  the  same,  to  determine  the  most  probable  truth 
in  their  respective  fields.  President  Conant/s  suggestion  to  speak 
of  "science  and  learning"  instead  of  science  alone  is  thus  very 
welcome;  it  helps  to  bring  together  scholars  and  scientists  by  mak- 
ing them  realize  their  kinship.  The  history  of  science  is  enriched 
in  many  ways  if  it  is  made  to  include  the  history  of  learning. 

£ast  and  West — Many  scientists  conceive  the  history  of  science 
only  from  their  own  western  point  of  view,  and  do  not  realize  how 
much  of  it  is  of  eastern  origin.  That  conception  is  not  only  incom- 
plete but  false.  Western  and  eastern  influences  are  complemen- 
tary, and  one  cannot  neglect  the  one  or  the  other  without  loss 
of  perspective.  The  antithesis  East-and-West  is  somewhat  com- 


172  THE    LIFE   OF    SCIENCE 

parable  to  the  one  considered  in  the  previous  section.  Failure  to 
take  both  sides  into  account  (East  and  West,  science  and  learn- 
ing) implies  the  same  intellectual  distortions  and  shortcomings  in 
either  case. 

Contemporary  science — Even  as  the  smallest  institute  should 
devote  a  part  of  its  activities  to  the  history  of  learning  and  to  east- 
ern thought  lest  it  be  unbalanced,  even  so  provision  should  be 
made  from  the  beginning  for  the  study  of  contemporary  science 
as  well  as  of  the  earlier  achievements.  Contemporary  science  may 
be  understood  in  general  as  nineteenth-  and  twentieth-century 
science;  or  more  strictly  as  beginning  in  the  nineties  of  the  last 
century.  Historians  of  science  must  be  trained  to  interpret  the 
present  in  terms  of  the  past  and  vice-versa.  However,  the  study  of 
contemporary  science  implies  the  use  of  methods  of  a  very  differ- 
ent kind,  the  emphasis  being  necessarily  laid  on  the  selection  of  the 
most  significant  materials,  rather  than  a  study  of  all  the  materials 
— which  would  defeat  its  own  purpose.  Means  must  be  taken  to 
analyze  gradually  the  scientific  production  of  our  time,  and  to 
prepare  careful  annals,  without  which  the  synthesis  of  later  his- 
torians will  hardly  be  possible.  In  a  sense  this  task  is  more  urgent 
than  the  others;  it  makes  not  much  difference  whether  an  ex- 
haustive survey  of  fourteenth-century  science  is  available  in  1930 
or  1950,  but  the  philosophically-  and  historically-minded  scientist 
of  to-day  should  be  able  to  review  as  easily  as  possible  the  efforts 
of  his  older  contemporaries  and  to  see  them  in  their  proper  per- 
spective. 

Ethical  trends — The  members  of  the  Institute  would  not  be 
simply  annalists  and  historians,  but  humanists.  One  of  their  main 
functions  would  be  to  interpret  the  ethical  and  social  implications 
of  science  in  all  ages,  and  especially  in  our  own,  to  integrate 
science  into  general  education,  in  a  word,  to  "humanize"  science. 
This  has  been  understood  best  by  historians  of  medicine,  and  no 
wonder,  medicine  being  more  intimately  concerned  than  any 
other  science  with  every  aspect  of  individual  and  social  life.  Thus 
in  some  universities  students  are  taught  in  the  same  courses  the 


HISTORY   OF    SCIENCE    INSTITUTE  173 

history  of  medicine,  medical  deontology,  and  even  social  medicine. 

It  has  been  claimed  that  science  is  not  concerned  with  moral 
issues.  That  may  be  true,  yet  scientists  are  members  of  the  com- 
munity and  their  aloofness  is  seldom  excusable. 

Some  historians  of  science  should  be  as  well  acquainted  as  pos- 
sible with  the  history  of  religions,  of  ethics,  and  of  social  endeavors 
of  every  kind.  It  would  be  their  special  duty  to  harmonize  the  re- 
sults of  their  inquiries  with  those  concerning  the  history  of 
science,  and  to  help  explain  each  in  terms  of  the  others. 

Unification  of  good  will — An  Institute  devoted,  as  this  one,  to 
the  study  of  the  most  precious  common  good  of  mankind  might 
be  considered  a  clearing  house  of  good  will,  irrespective  of  its 
origin.  Its  highest  function  would  be  to  interpret,  primarily  but 
not  exclusively  in  scientific  terms,  the  development  of  culture;  not 
the  culture  of  any  nation,  race,  faith,  or  profession  but  the  culture 
of  mankind.  Indeed  the  ideals  of  humanity  transcend  immeasur- 
ably those  of  any  group. 

Defense  of  the  scientific  spirit  and  method — One  of  these  uni- 
versal ideals  is  the  love  of  truth,  and  the  disinterested  search  for 
it,  irrespective  of  desires  and  consequences.  The  history  of  science 
is  to  a  large  extent  a  history  of  the  liberation  of  thought,  of  the 
conflict  between  rationalism  and  superstition  (not  religion),  of 
man's  quest  for  truth  and  gradual  approach  to  it,  of  his  struggle 
against  error  and  unreason. 

Iconography — A  department  should  be  devoted  to  the  collec- 
tion of  iconographic  documents  (e.g.,  portraits,  medals)  per- 
tinent to  the  general  purpose.  This  field  of  study  would  connect 
the  Institute  with  art  museums;  in  addition  to  the  realization  of 
a  practical  aim  it  would  introduce  a  new  point  of  view  and  a  new 
form  of  humanism. 

Physical  organization — Details  of  organization  need  not  be 
examined  before  the  value  of  the  Institute  is  understood  and  its 
general  principles  accepted,  but  a  few  generalities  may  help  to 
complete  this  outline. 

The  ideal  location  of  the  Institute  would  be  inside  a  large 


174 


THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 


library,  the  largest  available.  Indeed  the  historian  of  science  may 
be  called  upon  to  consult  almost  every  kind  of  book  or  periodical, 
not  only  scientific  but  many  others  as  well.  However,  such  a  loca- 
tion may  be  impossible  to  obtain  or  to  retain,  for  an  Institute 
growing  within  a  Library  would  easily  conflict  with  the  latter. 
The  next  best  location  would  be  in  a  modest  but  extensible  build- 
ing, close  to  a  very  large  library. 

The  building  should  be  large  enough  to  accommodate  a  refer- 
ence library,  the  apparatus  criticus  (pamphlets,  MSS,  portraits, 
etc.),  offices  for  members,  reading  rooms  for  students  and  visitors, 
a  seminar  room  and  perhaps  a  lecture  room.  It  should  be  as  beau- 
tiful as  possible,  which  does  not  mean  luxurious  or  expensive. 
Though  open  to  every  bona  fide  student,  it  should  not  be  a  show 
place.  The  best  comparison,  perhaps,  is  with  an  observatory, 
where  astronomical  data  are  patiently  accumulated  for  immedi- 
ate and  secular  use.  In  this  Institute  historical  data  would  be 
collected,  classified  and  interpreted,  historical  methods  improved, 
humanistic  traditions  guarded,  enriched,  and  transmitted. 

Staff — The  staff  would  include  the  director,  librarian  and  ar- 
chivist, and  scholars  of  three  grades:  senior  fellows,  junior  fel- 
lows and  apprentices.  In  the  selection  of  fellows  and  students  one 
would  have  to  take  into  account,  on  the  one  hand,  the  diverse 
needs  of  the  Institute  (e.g.,  science  vs.  learning,  East  vs.  West, 
contemporary  vs.  ancient  science)  and  on  the  other  hand,  the 
men  available.  Some  fundamental  needs  (e.g.,  the  care  of  the 
library  and  archives)  should  be  satisfied  at  once,  while  the  other 
departments  would  be  allowed  to  grow  according  to  the  oppor- 
tunities. 


11.  CASTING  BREAD  UPON  THE  FACE  OF 
THE  WATERS 


A  good  many  years  ago  when  I  was  a  student  in  Ghent,  I  spent  a 
holiday  with  my  father  in  Holland,  travelling  from  place  to  place 
across  the  little  kingdom.  One  night  we  landed  in  the  island  of 
Texel,  and  I  was  at  first  horrified  by  its  bleakness.  At  the  inn  we 
met  two  Dutch  girls  who  told  us  they  were  spending  the  whole 
summer  in  Texel;  they  were  collecting  plants,  resting,  and  having 
a  good  time,  so  they  said.  The  whole  summer  in  that  God- 
forsaken place!  I  was  a  conceited  young  ass  in  those  days  (I  am 
quite  sure  that  whatever  else  I  may  be  I  am  no  longer  a  conceited 
young  ass) ,  and  the  quiet  extravagance  of  these  two  girls  seemed 
very  funny  to  me.  Years  afterwards  it  occurred  to  me  that  they 
had  far  better  grounds  for  chaffing  me  than  I  them,  and  that 
sobering  thought  has  come  back  to  me  many  times  since,  but 
never  with  greater  strength  than  at  the  time  when  I  was  gazing  at 
the  sea  from  the  Santa  Cruz  Mountains  of  Jamaica,  across  the 
Pedro  plains. 

Texel  had  a  message  for  these  two  girls  which  I  was  too  im- 
mature to  grasp.  I  blamed  Texel,  but  the  blame  came  back  upon 
me  like  a  boomerang.  When  we  travel  we  create  everywhere  a 
new  environment  of  which  we  are  an  essential  part;  wherever  we 
may  go  we  meet  ourselves  more  often  than  other  people.  I  found 
nothing  in  Texel  because  I  went  there  with  empty  hands.  The 
bleakness  of  the  place  was  partly  the  bleakness  of  my  own 
ignorance.  I  have  learned  a  few  things  since  then,  and  to-day 
should  I  be  a  little  hasty  in  condemning  things  which  I  do  not 
know,  I  have  but  to  whisper  to  my  soul  'Texel/'  and  I  stop  and 
ponder.  On  the  other  hand,  when  other  people  belittle  my  activity 
without  trying  to  find  out  what  I  am  driving  at  or  adjudge  me  a 

175 


176  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

fool  simply  because  they  have  not  taken  the  trouble  of  under- 
standing me,  I  say  to  myself  "Texel"  and  smile  it  off. 

I  used  to  worry  a  good  deal  because  so  many  students  do  not 
really  understand  my  lectures.  Out  of  an  average  number  of 
students  I  hardly  expect  more  than  two  or  three  to  take  a  genuine 
interest  in  them.  Is  it  worthwhile?  I  sometimes  thought  it  was  a 
waste  of  time,  but  I  think  differently  now.  Even  if  I  could  not 
reach  more  than  two  or  three  minds  each  year  the  effort  would 
be  justified,  but  it  is  probable  that  my  lectures  reach  many  more 
who  are  not  yet  aware  of  it  then  and  there,  but  will  realize  it  later 
elsewhere.  Did  it  not  take  me  a  long  time  to  grasp  the  simple 
Texel  message?  Should  the  blindness,  deafness,  and  inertia  of  my 
own  youth  not  warn  and  help  me  to  be  patient  with  others?  Ob- 
viously those  students  are  still  in  Texel,  but  some  of  them  will  even- 
tually sail  to  Jamaica. 

What  is  perhaps  more  irritating  and  disheartening  than  plain 
ignorance  is  that  so  many  of  them  get  to  know  the  facts  of  the 
course  but  miss  its  spirit.  Of  course  we  should  know  a  number 
of  facts,  though  nobody  can  be  expected  to  retain  them  as  faith- 
fully as  does  a  good  book.  I  myself  do  not  try  to  remember  the 
facts  of  my  own  lectures  except  in  a  general  way.  The  essential 
is  their  main  purpose,  and  this  is  often  misunderstood  even  by  the 
students  who  know  the  details  best.  In  every  examination  I  in- 
clude among  the  more  technical  questions  at  least  one  very  broad 
question,  such  as  this :  "Why  on  earth  did  you  take  my  course?" 
and  it  pains  me  to  discover  how  few  students  are  able  to  answer 
the  broader  questions  in  a  satisfactory  manner.  Their  papers  show 
that  they  have  studied  the  course,  but  somehow  they  have  failed 
to  grasp  its  meaning.  They  have  carefully  gathered  all  the  husks 
and  lost  the  seeds. 

What  then  is  the  purpose?  The  immediate  purpose  is  to  explain 
the  development  of  scientific  ideas — in  time  and  space — the  grad- 
ual elaboration  of  theories  and  of  new  branches  of  science:  the 


CASTING    BREAD    UPON    THE    WATERS  177 

growth  of  the  whole  tree  and  its  growing  complexity  and  splen- 
dor. The  technical  aspects  of  this  are  obvious,  the  purely  human, 
less  so  but  hardly  less  important.  That  development  is  a  part  of 
the  history  of  mankind,  not  an  incidental  but  an  essential  part; 
it  gives  us  opportunities  of  illustrating  man's  inherent  greatness 
and  goodness,  the  gradual  realization  of  his  highest  destiny,  the 
slow  unfolding  and  revealing  of  the  best  in  him.  The  purpose  is  to 
bring  scientists  and  humanists  more  closely  together  by  explain- 
ing to  the  latter  the  inward  meaning  of  scientific  discoveries  (not 
simply  their  outward  usefulness),  and  to  the  former  their  deep 
humanity;  it  is  to  educate  the  barbarians  in  our  midst,  not  the 
least  of  whom  are  those  technicians  and  scientists  who,  however 
expert  in  their  own  pursuits,  fail  to  harmonize  science  with  life 
and  art  and  to  appreciate  human  values. 

Once,  long  ago,  when  Fan  Ch'ih  asked  the  meaning  of  vir- 
tue, the  Master  (Confucius)  replied  "Love  your  fellow  men." 
Upon  his  asking  the  meaning  of  knowledge,  the  Master  said: 
"Know  your  fellow  men."  Our  modern  definition  of  knowl- 
edge or  of  science — which  is  simply  organized  knowledge — is 
much  broader,  but  it  is  possible  that  in  the  process  of  broadening 
it,  the  essential  has  been  lost.  For  that  essential :  is  it  not  the  same 
as  it  was  in  Confucius'  days,  two  and  a  half  millennia  ago?  How- 
ever abstract  our  knowledge  may  be,  and  however  hard  we  may 
try  to  eliminate  subjective  elements,  it  is  still  in  the  last  analysis 
intensely  human.  Everything  which  we  think  or  do  is  relative  to 
man.  Science  is  nothing  but  the  reflection  of  nature  in  a  human 
mirror.  We  may  improve  the  mirror  indefinitely;  and  though  we 
may  rid  it,  or  ourselves,  of  one  cause  of  error  after  another,  it  is 
and  will  always  be,  for  good  or  for  evil,  irremediably  human. 

Now  it  is  one  thing  to  purify  our  theories  and  our  instruments, 
to  increase  their  abstraction,  their  generality,  their  invariance, 
and  to  minimize  to  the  limit  of  our  ability  the  disturbing  and  er- 
ratic elements,  especially  those  introduced  by  our  own  person- 
alities; it  is  quite  another  to  appraise  the  human  meaning  and 
value  of  those  theories  and  instruments.  In  the  first  case,  we  con- 


178  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

sider  the  matter  from  the  technical  and  practical  point  of  view; 
in  the  second,  we  consider  it  from  the  purely  human  one.  There 
is  no  conflict,  for  the  generalization  and  abstraction  are  made  by 
men  and  for  men;  both  points  of  view  are  not  opposite  or  ex- 
clusive; on  the  contrary  they  complete  one  another.  The  second 
is  essentially  that  of  the  historian  of  science.  It  is  not  only  legiti- 
mate but  necessary  if  we  wish  to  integrate  science  into  our  cul- 
ture and  not  use  it  only  as  an  instrument  foreign  to  it. 

Historians  of  science  like  other  specialists  are  so  busy,  so 
deeply  immersed  in  their  own  activity,  that  they  have  no  time  to 
think  about  it,  to  consider  it  as  it  were  from  the  outside,  and  they 
run  the  risk  of  adding  new  misunderstandings :  namely,  these  two 
capital  ones :  the  exaggerated  value  accorded  to  scientific  progress 
on  the  one  hand,  and  the  underestimation  of  progress  in  other 
fields. 

Let  us  examine  the  second  first,  for  it  is  perhaps  the  more  com- 
mon as  well  as  the  more  blatant.  The  reality  of  social  progress  is 
not  only  underestimated  but  often  called  into  question.  Are  we 
better — morally  and  socially — than  our  ancestors;  is  the  body 
politic  of  which  we  are  units  healthier?  There  are  plenty  of  rea- 
sons to  make  us  doubt  it.  The  organization  of  good  activities  may 
be  steadily  improving,  but  the  organization  of  vicious  ones  is  also 
improving,  and  one  may  well  wonder:  which  side  is  gaining? 

Virtues  and  vices  are  as  old  as  mankind  but  their  forms  and 
combinations  vary:  are  the  modern  forms  better  or  worse?  Is  any 
advance  in  the  right  direction  tangible  enough,  and  other  than 
precarious?  Our  suspicions  and  fears  cannot  be  quelled  for  very 
long.  Consider  war :  though  the  number  of  wars  may  be  steadily 
decreasing  (is  it  really?)  their  size  is  increasing.  Where  is  the 
gain?  If  there  be  social  progress  it  is  exceedingly  slow,  interrupted 
by  many  vicissitudes,  and  jeopardized  by  many  retrogressions. 
However,  is  our  impatience  justified?  Beginning  with  ancient 
Egypt  and  Mesopotamia  we  have  some  sixty  centuries  of  re- 
corded experience:  this  may  seem  very  much;  it  is  in  reality  very 


CASTING    BREAD    UPON    THE    WATERS  179 

little — only  about  two  hundred  generations.  (Thomas  Hunt  Mor- 
gan and  his  school  have  already  been  able  to  study  a  far  larger 
number  of  generations  of  the  fruit  fly,  T)rosophiia  melanog aster  !) 
Yet  it  is  not  even  necessary  to  consider  the  whole  sweep  of  his- 
tory to  realize  that  the  progress,  however  slow,  is  tangible.  To  be 
sure,  it  is  never  so  certain  and  irrevocable  as  the  progress  in 
the  discovery  of  truth,  but  its  precariousness  itself  decreases 
gradually. 

To  illustrate  the  reality  of  a  change  for  the  better  let  us  go  back 
only  a  few  generations  to  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century 
and  to  the  city  which  was  then  the  main  center  of  culture  in  the 
world :  Paris.  The  French  "society"  of  that  time  was  exceedingly 
polite  and  elegant.  Nowhere  in  that  age  did  the  refinements  of 
life  reach  a  higher  pitch.  Well  and  good.  Let  us  repair  to  the 
Place  de  greve,  on  March  78,  1757.  A  large  crowd  has  gathered 
there  to  witness  a  very  exciting  spectacle:  a  criminal  being  tor- 
tured to  death.  There  had  been  such  competition  to  hire  the  win- 
dows overlooking  the  square,  that  some  people  paid  as  much  as 
twelve  louis  for  a  single  one.  What  was  the  occasion  of  that  ex- 
traordinary entertainment? 

On  January  5  of  the  same  year,  a  jobless  servant  named 
Damiens,  had  a  chance  of  approaching  Louis  XV  at  Versailles  and 
stabbed  him  with  a  knife.  The  wound  was  slight.  The  man  was 
obviously  a  monomaniac.  He  explained  that  his  purpose  had  not 
been  to  kill  the  king  but  to  touch  and  warn  him.  This  crime  ex- 
cited deep  emotion  and  horror,  for  in  spite  of  the  king's  vicious- 
ness  and  insane  profligacy  which  were  well  known,  he  was  still 
in  the  eyes  of  the  multitude  a  sacred  person.  Damiens  was  sub- 
mitted to  frequent  tortures  for  more  than  two  months.  The  refine- 
ments of  medieval  cruelty  were  found  insufficient  and  a  new 
kind  of  rack  was  introduced  from  Avignon  for  his  supplice.  All 
this  to  no  avail,  for  he  confessed  nothing; — the  poor  devil  had 
nothing  to  confess  except  the  crime  itself  which  had  been  public. 
Finally  he  was  condemned  to  be  quartered  alive  and  the  execution 
was  fixed  for  the  28th  of  March.  It  was  arranged  that  the  show 


180  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

be  as  long  as  possible,  and  the  society  people  who  hired  windows 
knew  that  they  would  get  their  money's  worth.  The  poorer  spec- 
tators had  to  stand  in  the  square  or  lose  their  places,  but  the  richer 
ones  would  retire  to  the  rooms  whenever  there  was  an  intermezzo 
and  play  cards.  The  intermezzi  were  needed  to  enable  the  pris- 
oner to  recruit  his  strength  for  the  next  turn.  The  Count  de 
Tocqueville  remarks:  "La  plume  se  refuse  a  retracer  les  efTroy- 
ables  details  des  soufTrances  dJun  malheureux  insense  sur  lesquels 
les  bourreaux  s'acharnerent  pendant  plusieures  heures."  On  the 
morning  of  that  fateful  day  Damiens  was  submitted  to  a  final  tor- 
ture in  the  "chambre  de  la  question,"  and  it  was  carried  to  within 
an  inch  of  his  life,  being  discontinued  only  when  the  physicians 
and  surgeons  declared  that  death  was  dangerously  near.  This 
torture  having  been  as  fruitless  as  the  preceding  ones  it  was  de- 
cided to  proceed  with  the  punishment.  Damiens  was  entrusted  to 
the  clergy  for  the  care  of  his  soul,  and  then  carried  to  the  Place 
de  greve  more  dead  than  alive. 

However  ghastly  and  shocking  these  tortures  were  to  any  nor- 
mal person,  what  is  far  more  shocking  is  the  fact  that  so  many 
people  of  fashion  found  pleasure  and  excitement  in  them.  In  this 
crucial  respect  that  extra-refined  Parisian  society  was  on  the  same 
level  as  the  Iroquois  Indians  whose  delight  it  was  to  prolong  the 
sufferings  of  their  victims — on  the  same  level  as  those  untutored 
savages  but  with  no  excuse. 

The  admirable  elegance  of  the  eighteenth  century  was  indeed, 
as  measured  by  later  standards,  only  a  veneer,  concealing  the  most 
disgusting  license  and  brutality,  not  only  in  the  underworld  but 
in  the  upper  one,  in  the  very  highest  spheres,  even  in  the  sphere 
of  royalty  which  was  generally  supposed  to  be  almost  divine.  The 
damning  point  is  that  the  evil  conduct  of  royalty  and  nobility  was 
well  known  to  the  multitude,  and  yet  the  authors  of  such  misdeeds 
were  not  disgraced  (as  they  would  certainly  be  to-day)  but  hon- 
ored and  even  adored.  Louis  XV  was  called  ffLe  bien  aime,"  the 
Beloved!  There  are  plenty  of  brutes  and  swine  among  our  own 
contemporaries,  but  they  have  to  hide  themselves  very  carefully. 


CASTING    BREAD    UPON    THE    WATERS  181 

Exposure  would  throw  them  back  into  the  mud  where  they  be- 
long. 

I  admit  that  there  were  also  many  noble  men  and  women, 
whose  nobility  appeared  not  only  in  their  coats  of  arms  but  in 
their  character  and  conduct,  and  who  were  able  to  enjoy  all  the 
elegances  of  the  age  and  at  the  same  time  to  exemplify  its  finest 
virtues.  But  even  at  best,  that  society  was  extremely  limited,  and 
the  famous  "douceur  de  vivre"  of  the  eighteenth  century  of  which 
some  of  our  literary  men  and  artists  are  dreaming  as  if  it  were 
the  supreme  reward  of  a  golden  age,  cannot  have  been  more  com- 
mon then  than  it  is  now.  In  fact,  life  was  so  far  from  sweet  for  the 
masses  that  they  were  finally  goaded  into  the  despair  of  revolt. 
Revolutions,  it  should  be  noted,  do  not  happen  without  cause  or 
reason;  they  are  generally  the  result  of  a  long  preparation — not  of 
years  but  of  centuries;  and  those  who  prepare  them  are  not  the 
revolutionaries,  the  so-called  leaders,  but  rather  the  privileged 
people  who  abuse  their  privileges  and  increase  the  burdens  of  the 
people  beyond  endurance. 

We  have  abundant  proofs  of  the  cruelty,  barbarism,  and  in- 
humanity of  those  times  in  the  £ncyclopedie  (if  one  can  read  be- 
tween the  lines)  and  in  the  writings  of  the  "philosophers."  La 
Bruyere's  description  of  the  peasants  had  appeared  in  the  preced- 
ing century  (1688),  but  it  was  still  as  cruelly  true  in  the  eight- 
eenth, for  their  condition  hardly  improved  before  the  Revolution. 
Listen  to  this  old  English  version  of  it. 

We  meet  with  certain  wild  Animals,  Male  and  Female,  spread 
over  the  Country,  black  and  tann'd  with  the  Sun,  linkM  down  to 
the  Earth,  which  they  are  always  digging  and  turning  up  and  down 
with  an  unwearyM  Resolution;  they  have  something  like  an  articu- 
late Voice,  and  when  they  stand  erect  discover  a  human  Face,  and 
indeed  are  Men;  at  Night  they  retire  into  their  Burrows,  where 
they  live  on  brown  Bread,  Water,  Roots  and  Herbs:  They  save 
other  Men  the  trouble  of  sowing,  labouring,  and  reaping  for  their 
Maintenance,  and  deserve,  one  would  think,  not  to  want  the  Bread 
they  sow  themselves. 


182  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

Could  a  more  terrible  indictment  be  penned?  Truly  the 
"douceur  de  vivre"  which  some  of  the  paintings  and  music  of  that 
time  suggest,  was  restricted  to  a  very  small  company.  And  could 
the  nobler  spirits  of  that  age  continue  to  enjoy  that  "sweetness" 
as  soon  as  they  realized  the  unlimited  miseries  and  the  degrading 
servitude  of  the  majority  of  their  neighbors? 

In  contrast  with  the  rustics  of  La  Bruyere,  hopelessly  crushed 
down  below  the  level  of  humanity,  I  shall  always  recall  with 
pleasure  the  black  peasantry  of  Jamaica,  whom  I  was  privileged 
to  observe  during  my  stay  in  that  beautiful  country.  Though  they 
were  still  slaves  less  than  a  century  ago,  they  have  developed  re- 
markably well.  It  is  a  joy  to  meet  them  along  the  ways  and  paths 
of  the  island,  walking  or  riding  with  considerable  dignity  and 
greeting  the  stranger  with  courtesy.  Even  small  children  gave 
me  appropriate  salutations  in  good  English.  I  attended  a  Nativity 
Play  in  Bethlehem  College,  a  Moravian  school  for  colored  girls  in 
Malvern,  and  was  deeply  touched  by  their  gracious  performance. 

To  be  sure  there  is  still  a  superabundance  of  misery,  ignorance, 
and  vice,  even  in  our  most  enlightened  communities,  and  it  is  bet- 
ter that  we  should  always  bear  it  in  mind,  and  be  very  humble 
and  penitent :  when  I  derided  the  "douceur  de  vivre"  of  the  eight- 
eenth century  and  suggested  that  our  times  were  better,  I  did  not 
imply  that  they  were  "sweet."  No  kind  person  can  truly  enjoy 
life  while  he  knows  that  so  many  of  his  fellowmen  are  wantonly 
ground  under  the  wheels.  The  real  meaning  of  that  ancient 
"douceur  de  vivre"  is  that  we  may  be  excused  if  we  forget  the 
evils  of  the  eighteenth  century  while  we  should  never  forget  those 
which  it  is  in  our  power  to  cure.  However,  the  consciousness  of 
our  social  imperfections  should  not  hide  from  us  another  truth: 
the  reality  of  social  progress  which  any  detailed  comparison  be- 
tween the  conditions  of  to-day  and  those  of  a  thousand  or  a  hun- 
dred years  ago  would  reveal.  We  are  still  very  far  from  the  goal. 
This  is  the  more  offensive,  because  that  goal  is  not  an  invisible 
one  like  the  goal  of  science,  but  on  the  contrary  plainly  visible 


CASTING    BREAD    UPON    THE    WATERS  183 

and  attainable; — yet  we  are  moving,  be  it  ever  so  slowly,  in  the 
right  direction. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  is  perhaps  too  much  boasting  about 
the  progress  of  knowledge,  especially  by  those  who  are  foreign  to 
it  and  understand  it  least.  The  knowledge  revealed  by  scientific 
research  is  undoubtedly  wonderful;  but  the  wonder  does  not 
necessarily  increase  with  the  size  and  complexity  of  the  universe, 
and  the  latest  achievements  of  science  are  not  more  marvelous 
(as  achievements)  than  the  earlier  ones.  Some  simple-minded 
people  exult  because  the  universe  of  modern  science  is  immeasur- 
ably larger  than  that  of  Ptolemy  or  even  of  Herschel,  but  it  does 
not  make  such  a  great  difference  after  all,  if  they  continue  to  be 
such  fools  and  humbugs.  It  is  equally  silly  to  disdain  scientific 
endeavors  or  to  overestimate  them  to  the  detriment  of  others, 
such  as  the  creation  of  beauty  or  justice.  The  best  fruit  of  these 
endeavors  is  not  any  definite  result,  but  a  new  attitude  of  mind : 
the  appreciation  of  truth.  Veracity,  complete  and  unrestricted,  is 
a  conquest  of  science,  even  of  modern  science,  and  earlier  people 
could  have  no  conception  of  it.  It  is  significant  that  "to  tell  the 
truth"  was  not  one  of  the  Ten  Commandments;  it  is  more  signifi- 
cant still  that  lying,  or  tampering  in  various  ways  or  degrees  with 
the  truth  is  not  yet  the  disgrace  that  it  ought  to  be,  except  within 
the  narrow  scientific  field.  This  shows  that  however  deep  and 
comprehensive  our  scientific  knowledge  may  be,  our  scientific 
spirit  is  still  very  weak.  The  progress  of  veracity — which  ought  to 
be  our  measuring  rod  for  the  real  scientific  advance — is  just  as 
slow  and  precarious  as  social  progress.  Hence  there  is  nothing 
much  to  boast  about.  It  is  clear  that  scientific  enlightenment  can 
purify  life  only  to  the  extent  that  veracity  favors  its  diffusion.  All 
the  social  evils  will  eventually  wither  in  the  light  of  knowledge, 
but  this  can  only  happen  when  that  light  actually  reaches  them 
and  is  not  screened  off  by  our  greed  and  hypocrisy. 

Knowledge  is  not  valuable  in  itself  but  in  relation  to  other 
things.  Like  any  other  form  of  power,  it  may  be  (and  often  is) 


184  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

misused,  in  which  case  it  is  evil  and  dangerous.  Without  being 
misused  it  may  be  spoiled  and  made  worthless  and  contemptible 
by  the  lack  of  charity  or  the  excess  of  conceit.  We  must  try  to 
know  things  as  they  are :  this  is  fundamental,  but  not  final.  There 
is  a  world  of  difference  between  what  we  know  on  the  one  hand, 
and  what  we  are  and  do  on  the  other.  The  perfect  humanist  must 
take  all  this  into  account. 

We  can  only  find  ourselves  by  losing  ourselves.  This  is  in  my 
opinion  the  deepest  saying  of  the  Gospels,  without  exact  equiva- 
lent as  far  as  I  know  in  other  Scriptures.  There  is  much  emphasis 
of  course  in  other  sacred  writings,  especially  those  of  India,  on 
the  need  of  self  abandonment  to  attain  reality,  but  the  implications 
are  metaphysical  and  mystical  rather  than  ethical.  People  who  are 
always  talking  of  metaphysical  truth  are  just  as  likely  as  not  to  be 
inveterate  liars.  I  am  not  very  interested  in  the  theories  of  knowl- 
edge; my  concern  is  truthfulness  as  honest  men  and  scientists  un- 
derstand it.  Lawyers,  theologians,  and  even  philosophers  may  in- 
dulge in  distinctions  and  equivocations  and  get  away  with  it; 
scientists  cannot  do  that  without  disgrace. 

To  return  to  Christ's  saying,  it  is  often  misinterpreted;  it  is  con- 
sidered unworldly,  and  indeed  the  climax  of  unworldly  wisdom 
and  sanctity.  To  me  it  seems  to  be  simply  the  expression  of  com- 
mon sense.  One  may  find  verifications  of  it  in  almost  every  human 
life — in  frustrated  ambitions  as  well  as  in  those  whose  very  fulfill- 
ment could  not  conceal  their  vanity.  The  self-seeker  finds  nothing 
but  his  own  poor  self,  and  sundry  trifles,  such  as  wealth,  to  which 
his  disorderly  brain  attaches  a  false  value.  He  can  reach  nothing 
but  the  phantoms  of  his  own  imagination,  and  this  would  not 
matter  so  much  if  he  did  not  abandon,  for  the  sake  of  reaching 
them,  precious  realities.  It  is  not  necessary  to  search  for  the  abid- 
ing values  of  life;  all  that  is  needed  is  to  prepare  oneself  for  them. 
Utter  renouncement  is  the  shortest  and  surest  road  to  the  estab- 
lishment of  one's  personality,  or  more  exactly  to  the  accomplish- 
ment of  what  one  was  born  to  do. 

The  love  of  truth  and  the  search  for  it  for  its  own  sake  are  the 


CASTING    BREAD    UPON    THE    WATERS  185 

scientific  aspects  of  this  abnegation.  One  must  learn  to  love  the 
truth,  irrespective  of  its  use  and  application — whether  it  be  prof- 
itable or  not,  pleasant  or  not,  encouraging  or  the  opposite.  One 
must  forget  oneself  completely  in  the  presence  of  and  search  for 
truth,  and  love  it  in  advance  whatever  it  may  be.  Then  only  can 
one  find  it.  This  is  the  main  lesson  of  science.  Just  as  soon  as  we, 
as  a  people,  are  able  to  understand  it,  we  shall  be  truly  scientific- 
minded,  and  then  social  justice  will  be  easy  enough  to  accomplish. 
It  is  a  magnificent  prospect,  but  we  have  still  a  long  way  to  go : 
indeed  some  of  us  have  just  started,  and  most  of  us  not  yet. 

Of  course  our  real  goal  is  even  more  distant,  for  truth  and 
justice,  however  necessary,  are  not  sufficient.  The  purest  and 
sweetest  flower  of  the  human  heart  is  charity.  In  the  last  analysis 
there  can  be  no  greatness  in  the  human  order  (as  opposed  to  the 
order  of  nature)  without  magnanimity. 

It  is  surprising  that  a  seed  sown  in  Texel  should  blossom  in 
Jamaica,  for  it  would  be  difficult  to  find  two  more  completely  dif- 
ferent islands.  One  is  a  mere  sandbar  at  the  edge  of  a  cold  and 
foggy  sea,  with  but  few  trees  to  adorn  its  bleakness,  while  the 
other  is  set  like  a  jewel  in  the  middle  of  the  Caribbean  Sea,  its 
innumerable  hills  and  dales  covered  with  luxuriant  vegetation  of 
every  clime  and  kind:  pimento  trees  lending  to  the  landscape  a 
touch  of  classical  beauty,  bamboo  groves  suggesting  all  the  graces 
of  Asia,  and  other  trees  and  shrubs  without  number.  Yet  this  was 
my  strange  experience:  I  understood  fully  only  in  Jamaica  what 
had  been  hinted  to  me  in  Texel  many  years  before.  The  strange- 
ness lies  merely  in  the  remoteness  of  the  places,  otherwise  the  ex- 
perience is  very  common.  Indeed  it  is  one  of  the  rules  of  life. 
Farmers  may  complain  of  the  uncertainty  of  their  harvests,  but 
this  is  regularity  itself  as  compared  with  the  capricious  ingather- 
ing of  spiritual  crops.  Ideas  do  germinate  but  nobody  can  ever 
foretell  when  and  where.  Cast  your  bread  upon  the  face  of  the 
waters,  fling  the  seed — and  I  do  not  say  that  you  will  reap  (why 
should  you?)  but  there  will  be  a  harvest.  One  must  be  prepared 


186  THE    LIFE    OF    SCIENCE 

to  sow  widely,  generously,  to  cast  much  bread  upon  many  waters, 
and  to  gather  in  but  little  and  late  if  at  all.  The  personality  of  the 
reaper  is  unknown,  but  the  reaping  is  almost  certain.  That  is 
enough. 

The  scientists  and  scholars  who  appreciate  the  history  of 
science  to-day  are  very  few  in  number,  but  that  does  not  matter 
very  much.  The  essential  is  that  there  be  a  small  body  of  men  who 
do  appreciate  it  and  who  try  to  interpret  the  human  past  and 
present  in  such  terms;  they  are  walking  in  the  right  direction  and 
more  scientists  and  scholars  will  follow  them  by  and  by.  Selfish- 
ness and  patience  are  incompatible  because  of  the  brevity  of  our 
lives,  but  just  as  soon  as  we  forget  ourselves  either  in  search  of 
truth  or  in  the  evangelical  way  or  preferably  in  both  ways,  it  is  easy 
enough  to  be  patient.  The  speed  of  human  progress  is  less  im- 
portant than  its  direction.  Let  us  use  our  best  scientific  and  his- 
toric means  to  determine  and  to  correct  that  direction;  it  cannot 
be  determined  once  and  forever,  but  must  be  continually  cor- 
rected as  our  knowledge  and  wisdom  improve.  Then  let  us  follow 
it  as  faithfully  and  as  humbly  as  possible,  allowing  for  the  de- 
velopment of  whatever  gentleness  and  kindness  there  may  be  in 
us.  It  is  a  long  way  to  go,  but  we  should  enjoy  every  step  of  it. 


EDITORIAL   NOTE,  ACKNOWLEDGMENTS, 
AND  SOURCES 


The  essays  making  up  this  volume  have  been  chosen  to  give  both 
the  general  reader  and  the  student  a  better  understanding  of  the 
history  of  science,  its  scope,  purpose,  and  methods.  They  have 
been  selected  from  the  author's  writings  over  a  period  of  some 
thirty  years.  "East  and  West  in  the  History  of  Science"  was  sug- 
gested for  inclusion  by  Professor  Henry  Guerlac  of  Cornell.  "Cast- 
ing Bread  Upon  the  Face  of  the  Waters"  was  suggested  by  Mrs. 
George  Sarton.  The  remaining  essays  were  chosen  and  prepared 
for  publication  by  Frances  Davis  Cohen  and  I.  Bernard  Cohen. 

Although  some  of  these  essays  have  been  printed  elsewhere, 
chiefly  in  scholarly  journals  of  limited  circulation,  they  have  not 
hitherto  been  available  to  the  reader  at  large.  In  reprinting  them, 
no  attempt  has  been  made  to  publish  them  verbatim  et  literatim. 
Since  they  appeared  in  different  places,  and  at  different  times, 
there  was  a  certain  amount  of  repetition  which  has  been  elimi- 
nated. In  one  case,  selections  from  two  separate  essays  were  com- 
bined in  order  to  form  an  introductory  section  to  Part  Two: 
"Secret  History,"  the  title  of  which  derives  from  an  essay  which 
appeared  in  Scribner's  'Magazine,  1910,  67-.  187-192;  in  other 
cases,  sections  primarily  of  interest  to  research  scholars  and  scien- 
tists, as  well  as  references  to  contemporaneous  matters  no  longer 
of  immediate  concern,  have  been  eliminated;  finally,  the  extensive 
bibliographic  and  iconographic  footnotes,  as  well  as  facsimiles, 
have  been  suppressed,  since  they  are  of  interest  only  to  the  special- 
ist. In  the  list  which  appears  below,  all  such  deletions  and  emenda- 
tions are  indicated. 

Grateful  thanks  are  offered  the  publishers  of  the  essays  listed 
below  for  permission  to  reprint  them  in  this  volume. 

187 


188  EDITORIAL    NOTES 


SOURCES • VJR7  OWE 

'The  Spread  of  Understanding"  is  printed  from  a  hitherto  unpub- 
lished manuscript  of  1922. 

"The  History  of  Medicine  versus  the  History  of  Art"  was  the 
Fielding  H.  Garrison  Lecture  read  before  the  Seventeenth  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  American  Association  of  the  History  of  Medicine, 
Atlantic  City,  N.  J.,  4-6  May  1941.  It  first  appeared  in  Bulletin  of 
the  History  of  'Medicine,  1941,  iO:  123-135,  and  is  reprinted  with 
a  few  minor  emendations,  and  without  the  bibliographic  footnotes. 

"The  History  of  Science"  is  reprinted  with  a  few  deletions  and 
minor  emendations  from  7he  Monist,  1916,  26:  321-365. 

VART  7WO 

"Secret  History"  is  made  up  of  a  portion  of  "The  Teaching  of  the 
History  of  Science,"  3sis,  1921-2,  4  .■  225-249  and  a  portion  of  "The 
New  Humanism,"  Isis,  1924,  6:  9-42. 

"Leonardo  and  the  Birth  of  Modern  Science"  was  first  pub- 
lished under  the  title  "The  Message  of  Leonardo :  His  Relation  to 
the  Birth  of  Modern  Science,"  in  Scribner's  Magazine,  1919, 
65:  531-540;  it  is  reprinted  here  with  several  deletions  and  emen- 
dations. 

"Evariste  Galois"  was  first  printed  in  7be  Scientific  Monthly, 
1921,  13:  363-375,  and  was  reprinted  in  Osiris,  1937,  3:  241- 
259  (with  portrait,  facsimiles,  and  bibliography) . 

"Ernest  Renan"  is  printed  from  an  original  manuscript  of  1922; 
a  portion  of  this  essay  was  printed  in  7he  Nineteenth  Century 
and  After,  1922,  92:  953-961. 

"Herbert  Spencer"  is  an  abbreviated  form  of  an  essay  with  the 
same  title  in  Scribner's  Magazine,  1920,  67:  695-701;  reprinted 
in  Jsis,  1921,  3.-  375-390  (with  portrait  and  elaborate  biographical 
and  iconographic  notes) . 


EDITORIAL    NOTES  189 


VAR7  7HR££ 

"East  and  West  in  the  History  of  Science"  was  originally  the 
second  of  the  Colver  Lectures  at  Brown  University  for  the  year 
1930,  which  were  printed  under  the  title,  Jhe  History  of  Science 
and  the  Neiv  Humanism  (first  published  by  Henry  Holt  and 
Company,  New  York,  1930;  reprinted  by  the  Harvard  University 
Press,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  1937).  The  essay  as  printed  here  differs 
from  the  previously  printed  version  in  the  omission  of  several 
paragraphs  and  the  bibliographic  references,  and  in  several  minor 
emendations,  including  the  introduction  of  a  footnote  from  an- 
other section  of  that  book.  The  title  has  been  enlarged  from  the 
original  "East  and  West"  to  the  more  suggestive  title,  "East  and 
West  in  the  History  of  Science,"  which  was  used  in  the  Spanish 
translation  appearing  in  Al-Andalus,  1934,  2.-  261-297. 

VARJ  70VR 

"An  Institute  for  the  History  of  Science  and  Civilization"  is  the 
author's  third  article  on  this  subject;  the  previous  two  having  been 
published  in  Science,  1917,  45:  284-286;  46:  399-402.  The  pres- 
ent version  was  issued  in  a  small  mimeographed  edition  on  5 
December  1936,  and  was  published  with  an  introduction  and  an 
appendix  in  Jsis,  1938,  28:  7-17.  It  is  printed  here  with  a  few 
slight  emendations. 

"Casting  Bread  upon  the  Face  of  the  Waters"  is  reprinted  from 
Isis,  1934,  21:  488-501  with  a  few  deletions  and  without  the 
bibliographic  footnotes. 


INDEX 


Abacus,  use  of,  6,  153 
Abel,  N.  H.,  83,  88,  98-99 
Accounting,    system   used   by   Sume- 

rians,  136 
Adelard  of  Bath,  155 
Ahmose,  141,  153 
Al-  *  *  *,  see   under  part  of  name 

following  al 
Albert  the  Great,  158 
Alberti,  L.  B.,  69 
Algebra,  151;  Hindu,  147 
Almagest,  155 
Anatomy,  70,  80 
Angelico,   Fra,   39 
Animals,  domestication  of,   135 
Apollonius,  150 
Arabic    contributions    to    knowledge, 

150  n\;  numerals,  6;  treatises,  trans- 
lation of  into  Latin,  155 
Arabs,   intervention  between  ancient 

Greece  and  western  Christendom, 

145  ff.  . 
Archibald,  R.  C.,  137 
Archimedes,  10,  39-40,  79,  84,  150 
Architecture,        Romanesque        and 

Gothic,  21 
Aristocracy,  114 
Aristotle,  45,  79 
Arithmetic,   140;  Hindu,  147 
Art,  needed  for  the  understanding  of 

science,   21;   compared  to  science, 

24;  religious,  27;  technical  progress 

in,  27;  science  and,  39  ff. 
Asclepieia,  140 
Asclepius,  138 

Asiatic  arts,  peculiarities  of,  21 
Astrologers,  76 

Astronomical  observations,   151 
Astronomy,  Greek,  140,  147 
Athena,  Renan's  prayer  to,   102 


Automaticity,  principle  of,  73 
Averrocs,  by  Renan,   108 
Avicenna,  8,  150,  153 
al-cAwwam,  ibn,  153 

Babylonian  science,  5;  numeral  sys- 
tem, 5;  origin  of  Greek  astronomy, 
140;  planetary  observations,  136 

Bacon,  R.,  74,  79,  158 

al-Baitar,   ibn,   153 

Banking,   37 

Barr,  A.  H.,  Jr.,  25 

al-Battani,   149 

Battuta,   ibn,    153 

Belot,'  E.,  46 

Berthelot,  M.,  106,  107,  112,  114;  in- 
fluence on  Renan,  108 

Billroth,  T.,    17-19 

al-Biruni,   153 

al-Bitruji,   153 

Blood,  circulation  of,  7,  32 

Boerhaave,  H.,  16-17 

Bohn,  G.,  46 

Bolland,  J.  de,   170 

Bollandists,    170 

Boniface  VIII,  Pope,  76 

Book-keeping,  37 

Borgia,  Cesare,  68 

Borodin,  A.  P.,  26 

Botany,  72 

Botticelli,  S.,  39 

Brahms,  J.,  17 

Brahmsgemeinde,  18 

Bramante,  L.,  67 

Breasted,  J.  H.,  138 

Breughel,  P.,  42 

Brittany,   101 

Buckle,  H.  T.,  56-57 

Bull,  L.,   137 
191 


192 


INDEX 


Burton,  W.;  16 
Butlan,   ibn,    149 

Caesar,  J.,  62 

Calculation,  precedes  geometry,  52 

Calendar,  37;  Egyptian,  136;  trea- 
tises on,  153 

Canals,  71 

Candolle,  A.  de,  38,  54 

Carriere,  E.,  39 

Cauchy,  A.  L.,  89 

Chace,  A.  B.,   137 

Charles  X,  92 

Chemistry,  history  of,  36,  41 ;  modern, 
origin  of,  151;  organic,  36 

Chevalier,  A.,   92,  94,  96 

China,  science  in,   135 

Christianity,  development  of,  144 

Christianity,  Origins  of,  109 

Cicero,  113 

Circulation  of  blood,  7,  32 

Columbus,  M.  R.,  9 

Commercial  needs,  37 

Computation,  10 

Comte,  A.,  30  ff,  53,  122;  and 
Spencer,  compared,   121 

Conant,  J.  B.,  171 

Confucius,    177 

Conies,    153 

Constantine  the  African,  154 

Cosmos,  22 

Cournot,  A.,  31 

Course  of  Positive  "Philosophy,  122 

Crivelli,  Lucrezia,  74 

Cubic  equations,   153 

Damascus,  capture  of,  146 

Damiens,    179 

Dante,  and  Leonardo,  compared,  80 

Dar  al-Islam,  154 

Darwin,  C,  42,  113,  118 

Decimal  fractions,   10-11,  37 

Decimal  system  of  numbers,  5-7,  136 

Densities,  measurement  of,  151 

Demante,  T.  F.,   85 

Descartes,  R.,  42,  84,  91 


Development  Hypothesis,  118 
Diophantine  analysis,  153 
Diophantus,    45 
Discoveries,  industrial,   54 
Discovery,    psychological    importance 

of,  52 
Domestic  plants,  origin  of,  42 
Donatello,   66 

Duodecimal  fractions,  11,  153 
Dupuy,   P.,   90 
Diirer,  A.,  41 
Dynamics,  74,  80 

Earthshine,  75 

Eastern  people,  contributions  to  our 
civilization,    136 

Ecole  Normale,  89 

Ecole  Polytechnique,  89 

Edwin   Smith  papyrus,   138 

Egypt,  137;  science  in,  135;  capture 
of,  146 

Egyptian  mathematicians,   137 

Eliot,  George,  121-122 

Enneagon,   regular,   153 

Epidemics,  history  of,  36 

Equations,  cubic,  153;  determinate 
and  indeterminate,  137;  fifth  de- 
gree, 88 

Errors,  history  of,  44 

Este,   Isabella  d',  68 

Euclid,  84,  137 

Euripedes,  143 

Evolution,  113 

Experiment,  75,  77 

Experimental  method,  160-161,  162; 
development  of,   159 

Experimental  spirit,  incubation  of, 
160 

Exploration,   159 

Eyck,  H.  van,  39 

Eye-diseases,   1 56 

Fakhr  al-Din  al-Razi,  153 
False   position,   method   of,    137 
Fan  Ch'ih,  177 
Faraday,  M.,  26 


INDEX 


193 


Flying,  74;  problem  of,  73 

Fossils,  71,  75 

Fourier,   J.    B.    J.,   90 

Fractions,  decimal,  10-12,  37;  duo- 
decimal, 10-12,  153;  vigesimal,  10- 
12;   sexagesimal,    10-12,    140 

Franceschi,   P.  dei,  69 

Francis  I,  65,  69 

Fresnel,  A.  J.,  46 

future  of  Science,  107,  115 

Galen,  8-9,  79,   144,  150 

Galileo,  10,  42,  64,  79,  160 

Gallerani,  Cecilia,  74 

Galois,   Adelaide-Marie,  85 

Galois,   E.,  83   ff. 

Galton,  F.,  54 

Garrison,  F.  H.,  15 

Gauss,  K.  F.,  39-40,  96 

General  education,  science  in,  172 

Qeneral  History  of  Semitic  Lan- 
guages, 109 

Geography,    understanding   of,    35 

Geographical   investigations,    151 

Geometry,  Greek,   147,   151 

Gerard  of  Cremona,  155 

Gilbert,   W.,   79 

Giotto,  42 

Goethe,  J.  W.  von,  22,  42 

Golenishchev    papyrus,    1 37 

Good  will,  unification  of,  173 

Great  scientists,  influence  of,   34 

Greek  astronomy,  Babylonian  origin 
of,  140 

Greek  geometry,  151 

Greek  science,  139;  spirit  of,  142 

Greek  spirit,  144;  decadence  and  fall 
of,  142-144 

Quide  of  the  Perplexed,  149 

Guizot,  F.  P.  G.,  31 

Gundisalvo,  D.,   155 

Hagiology,   170 
al-Haitham,  ibn,  153 
Hanslick,    E.,    18 
Harun   al-Rashid,   147 


Harvey,  W.,  7-8 

Hasdai  ibn  Shaprut,  154 

Hebrew  grammar,   149 

Hebrew  prophets,    142 

Hebrew  spirit,   144 

Henry   IV,   103 

Heptagon,  regular,  153 

Herschel,  Sir  W.,   183 

Herzogenberg,   Elisabeth  von,    19 

Hindu-Arabic  numerals,  6,  37 

Hindu  numerals,  6 

Hipparchos,  140 

Hippocrates,    138,    150 

Hippocrates   of  Chios,    141 

Hippocratic  teaching,  46 

Historical  laws,  so-called,  52 

History,  conception  of,  34;  intellec- 
tual, 61 ;  political,  61 

History  of  Medicine,    15   ff.,    19,   46 

History  of  Science,  purpose  of,  19, 
33;  our  modern  idea  of,  due  to 
Comte,  30;  possibility  of  writing 
it  as  a  whole,  32;  interwoven  with 
history  of  technology,  36;  the 
leading  thread  in  the  history  of 
civilization,  40;  as  a  history  of 
ideas,  41;  a  history  of  taste,  42;  a 
research  method,  43;  pedagogic 
importance  of,  50;  international 
significance  of,  56;  the  indis- 
pensable basis  of  any  philosophy, 
58;  four  main  phases  of,  160;  need 
of  an  institute  for,  169  ff.;  the 
writing  of,  170;  as  a  history  of  the 
liberation  of  thought,    173 

History  of  Science  and  General  Edu- 
cation, 15 

History  of  Science  Society,  15 

Holbein  the   Elder,  42 

Humboldt,   A.   von,   22-23 

Hunain  ibn  Ishaq,  149 

al-Husain,  ibn,  153 

Huxley,  T.   K,   117 

Huygens,  C,  45,  46,  79 

Hydraulics,  74 

Hydrodynamics,   71 


194 


INDEX 


Iatrochemistry,    Hindu,    147 

Ibn  *  *  *,  see   under  part  of  name 

following  ibn 
Iconography,    173 
Ideas,  history  of,  41 
Imhotep,    138 
Imperialism,  61 
Incubation  rites,  140 
India,     origin     of     numeral     system 

(probably),  6;  science  in,  135 
Industrial  needs,   37 
Intellectual    evolution,    general    laws 

of,  52 
Invention,   37,   53 
Inventions,  technical,  37 
Iran,  146 
3sis,   15,    169 
Islam,  intellectual  conditions  of,   112 

Jabir  ibn  Aflah,   153 
Jabir  ibn   Haiyan,    149 
Jacobi,  K.  G.  J.,  96 
Jazla,  ibn,   149 
Jerusalem,  capture  of,   146 
Jesus  Christ,  62,  144,  184 
Jesus,  Life  of,  110,  112 
John  of  Seville,  155 
John   XXI,   Pope,    (Peter  of  Spain), 
157 

Kamal  al-Din  ibn  Yunus,  153 
al-Karkhi,   153 
Khaldun,  ibn,   151,   153 
Khallikan,  ibn,   153 
al-Khazini,  153 
Kidinnu,  140 

Knowledge,  making  of,  a  cumulative 
process,  40 

La  Bruyere,  J.  de,  181-182 
Laffitte,  P.,  31 
Lagrange,  J.  L.,  86 
Lamprecht,  K.,  52 
al-Latif,   cAbd,   153 
Launay,  L.  de,   36 
Lavoisier,  A.  L.,  62 


Leonardo  da  Vinci,  See  Vinci,  Leon- 
ardo da 
Leonardo  of  Pisa,  6 
Levi  Ben  Gershon,  159 
Lewes,  G.  H.,  117,  121-122 
Life  of  Jesus,  110,  112 
Local  value,  principle  of,   5 
Logarithms,   10 
Logic,  Greek,   147 
Longitudes,  determination  of,  32 
Louis-Philippe,  92-93 
Louis  XV,  179-180 
Lull,  R.,   158 

Mach,   Ernst,  47,   50,  56 

Machine,  invention  of,  53 

Maimonides,   149,   159 

al-Ma'mun,  147 

Mankind,  unity  of,  63 

Manning,  H.  P.,  137 

al-Mansur,   147 

al-Maqrizi,    153 

Marcus  Aurelius,  105 

Margaret  of  Valois,  103 

Marx,   K.,   53 

Materialism,    historical,    53 

Mathematics,  75;  See  also:  Equa- 
tions, Fractions,  Numerals,  etc. 

Mathematical  knowledge,  among 
Muslims  and  among  Christians, 
152 

Maurice,  Prince  of  Nassau,  9 

Mayan  numeral  system,  5 

Mecca,   Pilgrimage   to,   149 

Mechanics,  72;  See  also:  Dynamics, 
Hydrodynamics 

Medical  ideas,  evolution  of,   36 

Medical  plants,  origin  of,  42 

Medici,   66 

Medicine,  37;  history  of,  15  ff,  19, 
46;  social,  27;  Greek,  138,  147; 
Egyptian,   138 

Mesopotamia,  science  in,   135 

Metric  system,   11,  35 

Michelangelo,  69 

Mines,  36 


INDEX 


195 


Modern  science,  born,  78 
Monte  Cassino,  155 
Montesquieu,  C.  de  S.,  34 
Morgan,  T.  H.,   179 
Moro,  A.,  39 
Muhammad,    146,    148 
CMusik  der  Zuhinft,  18 
Muslims,  146  ff. 
Muslim  culture,  decline  of,   154 

Napier,   J.,    10 

Napoleon,  62 

Nasir  al-Din  al-Tusi,  153 

Natural  law,  53 

Natural   product,   chemical   synthesis 

of,   37 
Neoplatonists,   67 
Nestorians,  38 
New  humanism,  57 
Newton,  I.,  24,  39-40,  45-46,  62,  64, 

79,  84 
Nietzsche,   F.,   18 
Nike,  42 
Numerals,  4,  6,  37 

Observations,  clinical,   140 
Ophthalmology,    first    special    course 

in,  17 
Optics,  74 

Organic  chemistry,  36 
Origins  of  Christianity,  109 
Ostwald,  W.,  43 

Pacioli,  Fra  Luca,  74 

Palestrina,  42 

Palissy,  B.,  41 

Papyrus,  Edwin  Smith,    138;   Golen- 

ischev,  137;  Rhind,   137-138,  141 
Pascal,  B.,  42,  81 
Pasteur,  L.,  62 
Persia,  capture  of,  146 
Peter   of   Spain    (Pope    John    XXI), 

157 
Petrarca,   76 
Phidias,  39,  58 
Philo,  147 


Philosophic  positive,  Cours  de,  30 

Picasso,  P.,  25 

Pilgrimage  roads,   importance  of,   20 

Plague,  72 

Plant  structure,  75 

Plato,  101 

Platonic  philosophy,  67 

Poincare,  J.  H.,  26 

Poisson,  S.  D.,  93 

Polycletus,  39 

Positive  Philosophy,   Course  of,   122 

Practice,  without  theory,  73 

Priests,  as  transmitters  of  knowledge, 

38 
Printing,  re-discovery  of,  159 
Progress,  causes  of  in  science,  51 
Progress     of     knowledge,     boasting 

about,  183 
Psycho-sociological  point  of  view,  32 
Ptolemy,  79,  183 
Ptolemaic  system,  151 
Pumps,  exhaustion,  36 
Pure  science,  progress  in  domain  of, 

13 
Pyramids,  138 

al-Qazwini,    153 
Quatremere,  E.  M.,  109 
Qur'dn,  148,  152 
Qur'anic  idiom,  150 
Qutb  al-Din  al-Shirazi,  153 

Radolf  of  Liege,  153 
Ragimbold  of  Cologne,  153 
Rashid  al-Din,  21,   153 
Raspail,  F.  V.,  95 
Richard,  L.  P.   E.,  88 
Religion,  science  and,  37 
Renan,    Ernest,     101     ff.;    Averroes, 
108;  Berthelot's  influence  on,   108 
Renan,  Henriette,  103  ff. 
Research,   genealogical,   54 
Rhind  papyrus,  137-138,  141 
Rivet  de  la  Grange,  Dom  A.,  170 
Rodin,  F.  A.  R.,  39 
Roman  numerals,  6 


196 


INDEX 


Roman  science,   144 
Rosweyde,  H.,  170 
Rule  of  three,  138 
Rushd,  ibn,  153 

Saint  Sebastian  of  Munich,  42 

Saint-Simonists,  92 

Savonarola,  G.,  69,  80 

Scheffer,  Ary,  109 

Science,  pure,  13;  progressive  nature 
of,  24;  international,  or  superna- 
tional,  26;  success  of,  due  to  selec- 
tion of  problems,  27;  continuity 
of,  in  space  and  time,  32;  and 
civilization,  34;  and  technology, 
36;  and  religion,  37;  and  theology, 
38;  and  art,  39  ff.;  aims  at  objec- 
tivity, 40;  teaching  of,  49;  sig- 
nificance of,  from  international 
point  of  view,  55;  most  powerful 
factor  in  human  progress,  56;  the 
humanizing  of,  57;  the  dawn  of, 
135;  Chinese  and  Hindu,  136; 
Greek,  139;  transition  from  orien- 
tal to  Greek,  140;  Egyptian,  142; 
Roman,  144;  Arabic,  150  ff;  in  re- 
lation to  moral  issues,  173;  defi- 
nition of,  177;  main  lesson  of,  185. 

Science,  history  of,  see  History  of 
Science 

Science,  future  of,  107,  115 

Scientific  biographies,  educational 
value  of,  50 

Scientific  development,  conditions  of, 
52 

Scientific  knowledge,  of  oriental 
origin,  136;  part  manual  and  in- 
tuitive, 27 

Scientific  method,  164;  see  also:  Ex- 
perimental method 

Segantini,   G.,   39 

Semitic  languages,  Qeneral  History 
of,  109 

Semitic  philology,  151 

Servetus,  M.,  9 

Sexagesimal  fractions,  12,  140 


Sforza,  F.,  68 

Sforza,  L.,  67 

Shakespeare,   W.,   24 

Sigerist,  H.  E.,  20 

Sina,  ibn,  150,  153,  see  also  Avicenna 

Smith,  Edwin,   138 

Social  Statics,  117 

Societe  des  amis  du  peuple,  92 

Socrates,  62 

Sources,  return  to,  46 

Souvenirs  d'Enfance  et  de  Jeunesse, 

111 
Spherical  trigonometry,   153 
Spain,  capture  of,   146 
Spencer  and  Comte,   compared,    121 
Spencer,  G.,   116 
Spencer,  H.,  113,  116  ff. 
Spencer,  the  Rev.  T.,  116 
Spinoza,   B.,   62,    159 
Stevin,  S.,  9-10,   11,  79 
Strauss,   D.   F.,    121 
Streeter,  Canon,  27 
Sumerians,  system  of  accounting,  136 
Summulae  hgicales,  157 
Superstitions,  76 
al-Suri,   ibn,    153 
Synthetic  Philosophy,  118-119 
Syrians,    147 

Tabriz,  21 

Talmudic  studies,    158 

Tannery,  P.,  31,  52 

Tatian,  144 

Technical  inventions,  37 

Technology,  history  of,  54 

Textbooks,   50 

Theology,  and  science,  38 

Theory,  without  practice,  73 

Three,  rule  of,   138 

Tides,  71 

Tocqueville,  Count  de,   180 

Translation,  of  Arabic  treatises  into 

Latin,      147;     from     Greek     into 

Arabic,   147 
Trigonometry,      151;     Hindu,      147; 

spherical,  153 


INDEX 


197 


Tyndall,  J.,  117 

Uccello,  P.,  69 

Unity,  81 ;  of  thought  and  technique, 
79 

Vasari,  G.,  81 

Venus,  observations  of  by  Baby- 
lonians,  136 

Verrocchio,   A.  del,   39,  66,  69-70 

Vesalius,  A.,  9 

Vico,  G.  B.,  34 

Vie  de  Jesus,  110 

Vigesimal  fractions,  12 

Vigny,  A.  de,  98-99 

Vinci,  Leonardo  da,  41,  58,  65  ff., 
121,  160 

Viollet-le-Duc,   E.    E.,   42 

Voltaire,  34 

Vries,  H.  de,  42 


Wagner,    R.,    18 

Wallace,  A.  R.,  118 

Warfare  between  Science  and  7be- 

ology,   38 
Watts,  G.  F.,  39 
Weights   and   measures,    systems   of, 

37 
Weimar  circle,  22 
White,  A.,  38 
Writing,  art  of,   135,   144 

Xenophon,    101 

Yaqut,    153 
Young,  T.;  46 

Zero,  use  of,  5 
Zoology,  74 
Zuhr,  ibn,   153 


t,  B.  L  U 


._i£,MASS: 


M.B.L.  Li;     RY-        3  HOLE,  MASS.